Automation Technology
ms Safe.t® Technology Safe.t® Seminars Safe.t® Solutions Safe.t® Components
e.t® Solutions Safe.t® Components Safe.t® Systems Safe.t® Technology Safe.t® Seminars
ms Safe.t® Technology Safe.t® Seminars Safe.t® Solutions Safe.t® Components
e.t® Solutions
e.t® Systems
Safe.t® Components Safe.t® Systems
Safe.t® Technology Safe.t® Seminars
Safe.t® Technology
Safe.t® Solutions
Safe.t® Components
Automation Technology
Reservation
Technical data subject to change without notice. No claims for damages arising from alterations, errors or
misprints shall be allowed. Attention is drawn to the applicable standards and regulations on safety components
and systems together with the relevant operating and installation instructions.
BARTEC Catalogue Automation Technology
Edition 2014
Printed in Germany
Table of Contents
POLARIS HMI Device Series
Mobile Computing
ANTARES
Remote I/O Solutions
Bus and Interface Technology
MODEX Control Units
Network Technology
Power Supply
Process Monitor
POLARIS HMI Device Series
POLARIS HMI Device Series
Implementation POLARIS HMI Device Series
6-7
Overview Device Series
8-9
POLARIS PROFESSIONAL
“Open System“ for controlling complex installations
10 - 42
10 - 13
POLARIS Panel PC 10.4"
17-71V1-90../.000
14 - 15
POLARIS Panel PC 12.1" 17-71V1-80../.000
16 - 17
POLARIS Panel PC 12.1" W 17-71V1-B0../.000
18 - 19
POLARIS Panel PC 15" 17-71V1-.0../.000
20 - 21
POLARIS Panel PC 15" Sunlight
17-71V1-.2../.000
22 - 23
POLARIS Panel PC 17.3" 17-71V1-.0../.000
24 - 25
POLARIS Panel PC 19.1" 17-71V1-.0../.000
26 - 27
POLARIS Panel PC 24" 17-71V1-.0../.000
28 - 29
POLARIS II Panel PC 19.1"
17-7.V4-...2/..00
30 - 31
POLARIS II Panel PC 22"
17-7.V4-...2/..00
32 - 33
POLARIS II Panel PC 24"
17-7.V4-8..2/..00
34 - 35
Input devices for POLARIS PROFESSIONAL
17-71VZ-....
36 - 37
Enclosure for mouse and keyboard POLARIS PROFESSIONAL
05-0041-0277
36
USB device WLAN for POLARIS PROFESSIONAL
17-71VZ-6000/0100
38
Accessories for POLARIS PROFESSIONAL 39 - 42
POLARIS REMOTE
REMOTE controlled solution for process control systems in safe areas
44 - 77
44 - 47
POLARIS Remote 15"
17-71V2-.0..
48 - 49
POLARIS Remote 19.1"
17-71V2-.0..
50 - 51
POLARIS Remote 24"
17-71V2-.0..
52 - 53
POLARIS ZeroClient 12.1" W
17-71V1-B436/Z000
54 - 55
POLARIS ZeroClient 15"
17-71V1-.072/Z000/.200
56 - 57
POLARIS ZeroClient 15" Sunlight
17-71V1-6272/Z000/.200
58 - 59
POLARIS ZeroClient 17.3"
17-71V1-.072/Z000/.200
60 - 61
POLARIS ZeroClient 19.1"
17-71V1-.072/Z000/.200
62 - 63
POLARIS ZeroClient 24"
17-71V1-.072/Z000/.200
64 - 65
POLARIS II Remote 19.1"
17-7.V5-..0./..00
66 - 67
POLARIS II Remote 22"
17-7.V5-..0./..00
68 - 69
POLARIS II Remote 24"
17-7.V5-8.0./..00
70 - 71
Input devices for POLARIS REMOTE
17-71VZ-.0.0
72 - 73
Enclosure for mouse and keyboard for POLARIS REMOTE
05-0041-0277
72
Accessories for POLARIS REMOTE
74 - 77
POLARIS COMFORT
High-end version of operator stations
78 - 89
78 - 79
POLARIS Touch Panel 5.7"
17-71V1-A0../X000
80 - 81
POLARIS Touch Panel 10.4"
17-71V1-90../X000
82 - 83
POLARIS Touch Panel 12.1"
17-71V1-80../X000
84 - 85
Visualization software BMS-Graf-pro 7
17-28TF-0075
86
Input devices for POLARIS COMFORT
17-71VZ-.000
87
Accessories for POLARIS COMFORT
POLARIS BASIC
Excellent panels at attractive prices
88 - 89
90 - 102
POLARIS Control
17-71V0-000.
92 - 93
POLARIS Panel PC 5.7"
17-71V1-10..
94 - 95
POLARIS Panel PC 10.4"
17-71V1-20..
96 - 97
POLARIS Panel PC 12.1"
17-71V1-30..
98 - 99
Visualization software BMS-Graf-pro 6
17-28TF-0071/0.00
Accessories for POLARIS BASIC
100
101 - 102
POLARIS
POLARIS the efficient HMI system solution for zone 1 and 2 and for zone 21 and 22
With its innovative devices and system solutions, BARTEC has earned a top position among the world’s
suppliers of visualisation technology. Consistent product updating and further development form the
basis of more and more new solutions for new fields of application and for greater convenience and safety.
Our POLARIS Human Machine Interface series is the intelligent answer to increasingly complex processes
and higher demands on the functionality of machines and systems.
Perfect for harsh industrial environments in hazardous areas
6
With POLARIS, BARTEC offers you a one-source supply of a complete and continuous human-machineinterface portfolio and first-class devices and solutions for all tasks relating to process visualisation and
for operation and observation.
From operating devices and visualisation software for machine-oriented operation and observation to the
all-rounder open system for the most diverse requirements in process visualisation – all POLARIS devices
are robust and compact and offer a wide variety of connection possibilities.
03-0330-0648-02/2014-BAT-317215/1
LED technology and daylight suitability ensure brilliant images and the utmost of comfort even in unfavourable lighting conditions. For safe and intuitive operation you can choose between keypad and touchscreen.
6
POLARIS System Properties
 Brilliant display
safe reading and recognition
thanks to high-resolution displays
 LED technology
for unique graphics
 Touchscreen
intuitive operation
for more convenience and safety
 Daylight suitability
ensures the optimum in operating and
reading comfort even in unfavourable
lighting conditions
 High-performance processors
comfortable work
even in complex applications
 Software BMS-Graf-pro 7
efficient visualisation software
03-0330-0648-02/2014-BAT-317215/2
7
POLARIS is available not only in a standard version
but also as a customised solution. Just ask us!
Brilliant, comfortable, wireless. POLARIS.
7
POLARIS
POLARIS Device Series
POLARIS PROFESSIONAL
POLARIS REMOTE
 TFT colour display in 10.4" to 24"
 TFT colour display in 12.1" W to 24"
 High-performance processor
 Plug and play
 Windows 7
 KVM and remote PC solutions
 Recovery function
 Connection to standard PCs in safe areas
"Open System" for controlling complex installations
®
REMOTE-controlled solution for process control systems in safe areas
03-0330-0648-09/2014-BAT-317215/3
Visualisation of process sequences, system controlling
8
POLARIS COMFORT
POLARIS BASIC
 Touchscreen in 5.7" to 12.1"
 Graphics-capable TFT colour display to 12.1"
 Windows XP Embedded
 Intrinsically safe USB interface
 LED technology
 Direct connection in hazardous areas
®
Excellent panels at attractive prices
Control and operation of machinery and systems
Oil and gas
Chemicals
Pharmaceuticals
Mechanical engineering
Energy and the environment
03-0330-0648-09/2014-BAT-317215/4
High-end version of operator stations
Zone 1 and 2
Zone 21 and 22
9
03-0330-0648-09/2014-BAT-317215/5
POLARIS PROFESSIONAL
10
POLARIS PROFESSIONAL
"Open System" for controlling complex installations
POLARIS PROFESSIONAL is the all-rounder for machine-oriented operation and observation in hazardous areas. The panel has a high-resolution display with a touchscreen up to 24" and offers the optimum
interface and brilliant images for every application.
POLARIS PROFESSIONAL is open to a great number of software applications. The pre-installed, multilingual Windows 7® Ultimate operating system (optional availability of Windows 7® Embedded MUI) allows
the use of their standard visualisation or the BMS-Graf-pro 7 visualisation software from BARTEC. This
is facilitated by a faster Intel® AtomTM N270 Processor (1.6 GHz), which allows the optimum execution of
extensive applications locally also. Robust hard disks or solid-state drives are available as storage media.
Ethernet (copper or optical waveguides), USB, PROFIBUS-DP, serial interfaces and WLAN offer secure
interfaces to the control system or to the control in safe areas. High-quality keypads in various languages
and various mouse versions enhance the operating comfort.
We offer the POLARIS PROFESSIONAL devices to you as a complete solution in a stainless steel enclosure
for wall, table or floor-mounting. For particularly harsh areas of use with temperatures as low as down to
minus 40 degrees Celsius we equip the POLARIS series with electrical heating. We produce customerspecific solutions with more command and signalling devices on request.
Features
 Open to a great number of software applications
 Microsoft-compatible
 Recovery function by means of an Ex i version of USB flash drive
 LED display sizes up to 24"
 Variant with a sunlight-readable LED display
Possible connection
Ethernet
PC
03-0330-0648-09/2014-BAT-317215/6
PLC
PROFIBUS-DP/Serial/MPI
safe area
11
POLARIS PROFESSIONAL
POLARIS PROFESSIONAL for ATEX Zone 1 and 21
Size
10.4"
12.1"
12.1" W
15"
Resolution
SVGA, 800 x 600 pixels
XGA, 1024 x 768 pixels
WXGA, 1280 x 800 pixels
XGA, 1024 x 768 pixels
Backlighting
LED
LED
LED
CFL
Touchscreen
Yes
Yes
Yes
optional
Keypad
Front-panel keypad
Front-panel keypad
Front-panel keypad
optional external keypad
Additional components
Mouse
Touchpad
Trackball
Joystick
Mouse
Touchpad
Trackball
Joystick
Maus
Touchpad
Trackball
Joystick
Mouse
Touchpad
Trackball
Joystick
Interface Ex e
Ethernet (copper or
optical waveguides)
PROFIBUS-DP, RS422 etc.
Ethernet (copper or
optical waveguides)
PROFIBUS-DP, RS422 etc.
Ethernet (copper or
optical waveguides)
PROFIBUS-DP, RS422 etc.
Ethernet (copper or
optical waveguides)
PROFIBUS-DP, RS422 etc.
Interface Ex i
USB, supply module
hand-held scanner
USB, supply module
hand-held scanner
USB, supply module
hand-held scanner
USB, supply module
hand-held scanner
Data transfer
Ethernet, PROFIBUS-DP, serial
Ethernet, PROFIBUS-DP, serial
Ethernet, PROFIBUS-DP, serial
Ethernet, PROFIBUS-DP, serial
Power supply
DC 24 V
DC 24 V
DC 24 V
AC 90 V to 253 V, DC 24 V
Approvals
ATEX, IECEx, GOST-R, INMETRO
ATEX, IECEx, GOST-R, INMETRO
ATEX, IECEx, GOST-R, INMETRO
ATEX, IECEx, GOST-R, INMETRO
03-0330-0648-09/2014-BAT-317215/7
POLARIS PROFESSIONAL for ATEX Zone 1 and 21
Size
15" Sunlight
19.1"
17.3"
24"
Resolution
XGA, 1024 x 768 pixels
SXGA, 1280 x 1024 pixels
HD 1080, 1920 x 1080 pixels
HD 1080, 1920 x 1080 pixels
Backlighting
LED
CFL
LED
LED
Touchscreen
optional
optional
optional
optional
Keypad
optional external keypad
optional external keypad
optional external keypad
optional externe Tastatur
Additional components
Mouse
Touchpad
Trackball
Joystick
Mouse
Touchpad
Trackball
Joystick
Mouse
Touchpad
Trackball
Joystick
Maus
Touchpad
Trackball
Joystick
Interface Ex e
Ethernet (copper or
optical waveguides)
PROFIBUS-DP, RS422 etc.
Ethernet (copper or
optical waveguides)
PROFIBUS-DP, RS422 etc.
Ethernet (copper or
optical waveguides)
PROFIBUS-DP, RS422 etc.
Ethernet (copper or
optical waveguides)
PROFIBUS-DP, RS422 etc.
Interface Ex i
USB, supply module
hand-held scanner
USB, supply module
hand-held scanner
USB, supply module
hand-held scanner
USB, supply module
hand-held scanner
Data transfer
Ethernet, PROFIBUS-DP, serial
Ethernet, PROFIBUS-DP, serial
Ethernet, PROFIBUS-DP, serial
Ethernet, PROFIBUS-DP, serial
Power supply
AC 90 V to 253 V, DC 24 V
AC 90 V to 253 V, DC 24 V
AC 90 V to 253 V, DC 24 V
AC 90 V to 253 V, DC 24 V
Approvals
ATEX, IECEx, GOST-R, INMETRO
ATEX, IECEx, GOST-R, INMETRO
ATEX, IECEx, GOST-R, INMETRO
ATEX, IECEx, GOST-R, INMETRO
12
POLARIS PROFESSIONAL for ATEX Zone 2 and ATEX Zone 21/22
Size
19.1"
22"
24"
Resolution
SXGA, 1280 x 1024 pixels
WSXGA+, 1680 x 1050 pixels
Full HD, 1920 x 1080 pixels
Backlighting
CFL
CFL
LED
Touchscreen
optional
optional
optional
Keypad
optional external keypad
optional external keypad
optional external keypad
Additional components
Touchpad
Trackball
Touchpad
Trackball
Touchpad
Trackball
Interface Ex e
Ethernet (copper or
optical waveguides)
RS422 etc.
Ethernet (copper or
optical waveguides)
RS422 etc.
Ethernet (copper or
optical waveguides)
RS422 etc.
Data transfer
Ethernet, serial
Ethernet, serial
Ethernet, serial
Power supply
AC 90 V to 253 V, DC 24 V
AC 90 V to 253 V, DC 24 V
AC 90 V to 253 V, DC 24 V
Approvals
ATEX, GOST-R
ATEX, GOST-R
ATEX, GOST-R
Types of fastening for
ATEX Zone 2,
ATEX Zone 21 and 22
03-0330-0648-09/2014-BAT-317215/8
Types of fastening
for ATEX Zone 1 and 21
13
POLARIS PROFESSIONAL POLARIS Panel PC 10.4"
Explosion protection
Ex protection type Zone 1 and 21
ATEX
II 2G Ex db eb qb [ib op pr] IIC T4
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C
Certification
IBExU 05 ATEX 1117 X
IECEx Ex db eb qb [ib op pr] IIC T4
Ex tb IIIC T120 °C
Certification
IECEx IBE 11.0007 X
Further approvals
INMETRO, GOST-R
Protection class
IP 65 (front)
IP 54 (back)
POLARIS Panel PC 10.4"
Variant Zone 2
see BARTEC Internet: www.bartec-group.com
Features
Description
 LED technology
The POLARIS Panel PC 10.4" is an innovative further
development of the POLARIS PROFESSIONAL series.
 Higher screen resolution
 Touchscreen
 Processor 1.6 GHz
 Remote desktop solution
 Presentation of HTML pages
 Direct connection in hazardous areas
 Option of Windows 7®
 Integrated keyboard customisation
High-resolution displays with LED technology and
touchscreen for intuitive as well as comfortable
operation are available now in the standard variant.
State-of-the-art LED display technology ensures the
optimum contrast even with a large viewing angle.
This Panel PC has been equipped as standard with
the latest generation processor, the Intel® AtomTM with
1.6 GHz. Windows® XP Professional or Windows 7®
can be used as an operating system. Thanks to the
integrated keyboard customisation for Windows®,
Siemens WinCC flexible®, RS View® or BMS-Grafpro, the POLARIS Touch Panel can be used for all
visualisation tasks.
They can be connected to the control or the process
control system through Ethernet, PROFIBUS-DP or
various serial COM interfaces.
Of course, here too the user can work with the latest BMS-Graf-Pro Version 7, allowing for example
the transfer of projects through Ethernet, the use of
graphics lists and the integrated user administration.
Wired electrical connections are facilitated by integrated terminal compartments.
The front-panel fitting design ensures easy installation. On request, the devices are also available
as ready-made system solutions in stainless steel
enclosures for wall, floor or ceiling mounting.
03-0330-0707-02/2014-BAT-344828/1
They also feature an intrinsically safe USB interface
for a USB Ex i flash drive. Intrinsically safe input
devices can be connected also.
Technical
data
Construction
Front-panel fitting
Display
- 10.4" TFT graphic display
- 262,144 colours
- Resolution SVGA 800 x 600 pixels
- Brightness 400 cd/m²
- Visible surface approx. 211 x 158 mm
- Contrast 700:1
- Touchscreen (resistive)
Background lighting
- LED technology
- Service life approx. 50,000 hours
(at +25 °C)
Computer capacity
Intel® AtomTM N270, 1.6 GHz,
2 GB RAM/100 GB HDD
Operating system
Windows® XP Professional or
Windows 7® Ultimate or
Windows 7® Embedded MUI
Keyboard (short-stroke keys)
- Alphanumeric key block
- 4cursor keys
- 10special keys
- 12 function keys able to be
labelled with LEDs
Interfaces (basic version)
- 1 x Ex e Ethernet 100/10BaseT
(option of optical fibres)
- 1 x Ex e RS422
- 1 x Ex i USB for Ex i memory stick
- 1 x Ex i PS/2 for intrinsically safe mouse
Optional interfaces
1 x Ex i Supply module for hand-held
scanners
Dimensions (width x height x depth)
400 mm x 246 mm x approx. 130 mm
14
POLARIS PROFESSIONAL POLARIS Panel PC 10.4"
Possible connection
Safe area
Panel PC 10.4"
Power supply
Ethernet
e. g. RS422 or PROFIBUS-DP
PLC
Mouse
e. g. connection to the control system,
HTML server or remote server
Barcode hand scanner BCS 160ex
Selection chart
Wall cut-out
386 mm x 226 mm + 0.5 mm
Version
Weight
approx. 14 kg
Power supply
DC 24 V ± 10 %
Max. power consumption
Pmax.< 30 W
Permissible ambient temperatures
Storage
-20 °C to +50 °C
Operation
0 °C to +50 °C
POLARIS
PROFESSIONAL
Panel PC 10.4"
Variant
Operation -20 °C to +50 °C
on request (without external heating)
Relative air humidity
5 % to 95 % non-condensing
Vibration
0.7 g/1 mm; 5 Hz to 500 Hz pulse in
all 3 axes
Interfaces
Code no.
RS422
00
BARTEC PROFIBUS-DP
02
RS422, supply module for hand-held scanners
04
BARTEC PROFIBUS-DP, supply module for hand-held scanners
06
RS232
09
TTY
11
RS232, supply module for hand-held scanners
13
TTY, supply module for hand-held scanners
15
BARTEC PROFIBUS-DP, Ex d-USB
33
USB Ex e/RS422
37
Further Interface combinations on request
XX
Shock
15 g/11 ms pulse in all 3 axes
Material
Front
Back
Polyester foil on anodised
aluminium plate
(conditionally UV-resistant)
bichromated sheet steel
Complete order no. 17-71V1-90
/
000
Please insert correct code.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
You will find the accessoires with order details on the accessories pages.
03-0330-0707-02/2014-BAT-344828/2
Operating system
Code no.
Windows® XP Professional
P
Windows 7 Ultimate
U
Windows 7 Embedded MUI
F
®
®
15
POLARIS PROFESSIONAL POLARIS Panel PC 12.1"
Explosion protection
Ex protection type Zone 1 and Zone 21
ATEX
II 2G Ex db eb qb [ib op pr] IIC T4
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C
Certification
IBExU 05 ATEX 1117 X
IECEx Ex db eb qb [ib op pr] IIC T4
Ex tb IIIC T120 °C
Certification
IECEx IBE 11.0007 X
Further approvals
INMETRO, GOST-R
Protection class
IP 65 (front)
IP 54 (back)
Variant Zone 2
see BARTEC Internet: www.bartec-group.com
POLARIS Panel PC 12.1"
Features
Description
 LED technology
The POLARIS Panel PC 12.1" is an innovative further
development of the POLARIS PROFESSIONAL Serie.
 Higher screen resolution
 Touchscreen
 Processor 1.6 GHz
 Remote desktop solution
 Presentation of HTML pages
 Direct connection in hazardous areas
 Option of Windows 7®
 Integrated keyboard customisation
High-resolution displays with LED technology and
touchscreen for intuitive as well as comfortable
operation are available now in the standard variant.
State-of-the-art LED display technology ensures the
optimum contrast even with a large viewing angle.
This Panel PC has been equipped as standard with
the latest generation processor, the Intel® AtomTM
with 1.6 GHz.
Windows® XP Professional or Windows 7® can be
used as an operating system. Thanks to the integrated
keyboard customisation for Windows®, Siemens
WinCC flexible®, RS View® or BMS-Graf-pro, the
POLARIS Touch Panel can be used for all visualisation tasks. They can be connected to the control or the
process control system through Ethernet, PROFIBUSDP or various serial COM interfaces.
Of course, here too the user can work with the latest BMS-Graf-Pro Version 7, allowing for example
the transfer of projects through Ethernet, the use of
graphics lists and the integrated user administration.
Wired electrical connections are facilitated by integrated terminal compartments.
The front-panel fitting design ensures easy installation. On request, the devices are also available
as ready-made system solutions in stainless steel
enclosures for wall, floor or ceiling mounting.
03-0330-0708-02/2014-BAT-344829/1
They also feature an intrinsically safe USB interface
for a USB Ex i flash drive. Intrinsically safe input
devices can be connected also.
Technical data
Construction
Front-panel fitting
Display
- 12.1" TFT graphic display
- 262,144 colours
- Resolution XGA 1024 x 768 pixels
- Brightness 500 cd/m²
- Visible surface approx. 246 x 184 mm
- Contrast 700:1
- Touchscreen (resistive)
Background lighting
- LED technology
- Service life approx. 50,000 hours
(at +25 °C)
Computer capacity
Intel® AtomTM N270, 1.6 GHz,
2 GB RAM/100 GB HDD
Operating system
Windows® XP Professional or
Windows 7® Ultimate or
Windows 7® Embedded MUI
Keyboard (short-stroke keys)
- Alphanumeric key block
- 4 cursor keys
- 12 cursor keys
- 16 function keys able to be labelled
with LEDs
Interfaces (basic version)
- 1 x Ex e Ethernet 100/10BaseT
(option of optical fibres)
- 1 x Ex e RS422
- 1 x Ex i USB for Ex i memory stick
- 1 x Ex i PS/2 for intrinsically safe mouse
Optional interfaces
1 x Ex i Supply module for
hand-held scanners
Dimensions (width x height x depth)
440 mm x 275 mm x approx. 130 mm
16
POLARIS PROFESSIONAL POLARIS Panel PC 12.1"
Possible connection
Safe area
Panel PC 12.1"
Power supply
Ethernet
e. g. RS422 or PROFIBUS-DP
PLC
Mouse
Barcode hand scanner BCS 160ex
e. g. connection to the control system,
HTML server or remote server
Wall cut-out
425 mm x 255 mm + 0.5 mm
Selection chart
Weight
approx. 18 kg
Version
Supply voltage
DC 24 V ± 10 %
Max. power consumption
Pmax.< 35 W
Permissible ambient temperatures
Storage
-20 °C to +50 °C
Operation
0 °C to +50 °C
POLARIS
PROFESSIONAL
Panel PC 12.1"
Variant
Operation
-20 °C to +50 °C
on request (without external heating)
Relative air humidity
5 % to 95 % non-condensing
Vibration
0.7 g/1 mm; 5 Hz to 500 Hz pulse in
all 3 axes
Shock
15 g/11 ms pulse in all 3 axes
03-0330-0708-02/2014-BAT-344829/2
Material
Front
Back
Polyester foil on anodised
aluminium plate
(conditionally UV-resistant)
bichromated sheet steel
Interfaces
Code no.
RS422
00
BARTEC PROFIBUS-DP
02
RS422, supply module for hand-held scanners
04
BARTEC PROFIBUS-DP, supply module for hand-held scanners
06
Siemens PROFIBUS-DP/MPI
08
RS232
09
TTY
11
RS232, supply module for hand-held scanners
13
TTY, supply module for hand-held scanners
15
BARTEC PROFIBUS-DP, Ex d USB
33
USB Ex e/RS422
37
Further Interface combinations on request
XX
Complete order no. 17-71V1-80
/
000
Please insert correct code.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
You will find the accessories with order details on the accessories pages.
Operating system
Code no.
Windows XP Professional
P
Windows 7 Ultimate
U
Windows 7® Embedded MUI
F
®
®
17
POLARIS PROFESSIONAL POLARIS Panel PC 12.1" W
Explosion protection
Ex protection type Zone 1 and 21
ATEX
II 2G Ex db eb qb [ib op pr] IIC T4
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C
Certification
IBExU 05 ATEX 1117 X
IECEx Ex db eb qb [ib op pr] IIC T4
Ex tb IIIC T120 °C
Certification
IECEx IBE 11.0007 X
Further approvals
INMETRO, GOST-R
Protection class
IP 65 (front)
IP 54 (back)
POLARIS Panel PC 12.1" W
Features
Description
 LED technology
The POLARIS Panel PC 12.1" W is an innovative new
development of the POLARIS PROFESSIONAL series.
 High screen resolution
 Touchscreen
 1.6 GHz processor power
 Direct connection in hazardous areas
 Option of Windows 7®
 Integrated keyboard customisation
The high-resolution display with LED backlighting
and touchscreen allow intuitive and comfortable
operation. Even with wide viewing angles or when
lighting is poor, the state-of-the-art LED display
technology assures the optimum in contrast.
This Panel PC has been equipped as standard with
the latest generation processor, the Intel® AtomTM with
1.6 GHz. Windows® XP Professional or Windows 7®
can be used as an operating system.
Thanks to the integrated keyboard customisation for
Windows®, Siemens WinCC flexible®, RS View® or
BMS-Graf-pro, the POLARIS Touch Panel can be
used for all visualisation tasks. They can be connected to the control or the process control system
through Ethernet, PROFIBUS-DP or various serial
COM interfaces.
Of course, here too the user can work with the latest BMS-Graf-Pro Version 7, allowing for example
the transfer of projects through Ethernet, the use of
graphics lists and the integrated user administration.
Wired electrical connections are facilitated by integrated terminal compartments.
The front-panel fitting design ensures easy installation. On request, the devices are also available
as ready-made system solutions in stainless steel
enclosures for wall, floor or ceiling mounting.
03-0330-0709-07/2014-BAT-344835/1
They also feature an intrinsically safe USB interface
for a USB Ex i flash drive. Intrinsically safe input
devices can be connected also.
Variant Zone 2
see BARTEC Internet: www.bartec-group.com
Technical data
Construction
Front panel fitting
Display
- 12.1" W graphics-capable TFT colour display
- 262,144 colours
- WXGA resolution, 1280 x 800 pixels
- Brightness 400 cd/m²
- Visible surface approx. 264 x 166 mm
- Contrast 1200:1
- touchscreen (resistive)
Background lighting
- LED technology
- Service life approx. 50,000 hours
(at +25 °C)
Computer capacity
Intel® AtomTM N270, 1.6 GHz,
2 GB RAM/100 GB HDD
Operating system
Windows® XP Professional or
Windows 7® Ultimate or
Windows 7® Embedded MUI
Front-panel keys
- 10 special keys
- 12 inscribable function keys with LEDs
Optional variant: without front-panel keys
Interfaces (basic version)
- 1 x Ex e Ethernet 100/10BaseT (FO optional)
- 1 x Ex e RS422
- 1 x Ex i USB for Ex i flash drive
- 1 x Ex i PS/2 for intrinsically safe mouse
Variant without front-panel keys: 2 x Ex i PS/2
Optional interfaces
1 x Ex i supply module for
hand-held scanners
Dimensions (width x height x depth)
400 mm x 246 mm x approx. 130 mm
18
POLARIS PROFESSIONAL POLARIS Panel PC 12.1" W
Possible connection
Safe area
Panel PC 12.1" W
DC 24 V
Ethernet
e. g. RS422 or PROFIBUS-DP
PLC
Mouse
e. g. connection to the control system,
HTML server or remote server
Barcode hand scanner BCS 160ex
Selection chart POLARIS PROFESSIONAL Panel PC 12.1" W
Wall cut-out
386 mm x 226 mm + 0.5 mm
Keys
Weight
approx. 14 kg
Code no.
Supply voltage
DC 24 V ± 10 %
with
front-panel
keys
Max. power consumption
Pmax.< 35 W
Permissible ambient temperatures
Storage -20 °C to +50 °C
Operation 0 °C to +50 °C
without
front-panel
keys
Vibration
0.7 g/1 mm; 5 Hz to 500 Hz pulse in
all 3 axes
Shock
15 g/11 ms pulse in all 3 axes
03-0330-0709-07/2014-BAT-344835/2
Material
Front
Back
Polyester foil on anodised
aluminium plate
(conditionally UV-resistant)
bichromated sheet steel
Code no.
RS422
00
BARTEC PROFIBUS-DP
02
RS422, supply module for hand-held scanners
04
BARTEC PROFIBUS-DP, supply module for hand-held scanners
06
Siemens PROFIBUS-DP/MPI
08
RS232
09
TTY
11
RS232, supply module for hand-held scanners
13
TTY, supply module for hand-held scanners
15
BARTEC PROFIBUS-DP, Ex d USB
33
USB Ex e/RS422
37
Further Interface combinations on request
XX
0
Variant
Operation -20 °C to +50 °C
on request (without external heating)
Relative air humidity
5 % to 95 % non-condensing
Interfaces
4
Complete order no. 17-71V1-B
Please insert correct code.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
You will find the accessories with order details on the accessories pages.
/
000
Operating system
Code no.
Windows® XP Professional
P
Windows 7 Ultimate
U
Windows 7 Embedded MUI
F
®
®
19
POLARIS PROFESSIONAL POLARIS Panel PC 15"
Explosion protection
Ex protection type Zone 1 and 21
ATEX
II 2G Ex db eb qb [ib op pr] IIC T4
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C
Certification
IBExU 05 ATEX 1117 X
IECEx Ex db eb qb [ib op pr] IIC T4
Ex tb IIIC T120 °C
Certification
IECEx IBE 11.0007 X
Further approvals
INMETRO, GOST-R
Protection class
IP 65 (front)
IP 54 (back)
Variant Zone 2
see BARTEC Internet: www.bartec-group.com
POLARIS Panel PC 15"
Features
Description
 Ethernet interface
The Panel PC 15" is based on a fast Intel® AtomTM
processor.
 Easy front panel fitting
 Intrinsically safe USB interface
 Graphics-capable TFT colour display
 Direct linkage in explosive areas
 Optional touchscreen
 Optional WLAN
 Siemens PROFIBUS-DP/MPI interface
The Ethernet interface can be used to connect individual computers or network devices, e. g. a printer,
to an existing local network (LAN) (WLAN is also an
optional possibility) or local networks can be set up
completely wirelessly.
This facilitates a high-performance visualization and
operation of the processes directly on site.
The wired electrical connections are realized via a
terminal compartment of the “e” type of protection
(increased safety).
The state-of-the-art display technology guarantees
an optimum contrast, even with large viewing angle.
The front panel fitting assures easy installation. Upon
request, the devices are also available as turn-key
system solutions in a stainless steel enclosure as
wall, floor or ceiling mounting versions.
An intrinsically safe USB interface is available for a
USB Ex i memory stick.
Intrinsically safe input devices can be connected also.
The optional (intrinsically safe) touchscreen offers the
optimum in operating comfort.
03-0330-0402-07/2014-BAT-236274/1
Windows® XP Professional or Windows 7® can be
used as an operating system. The Panel PCs therefore support the installation of numerous software
packages, such as customer-specific software or
other commercially available standard visualisation
software.
Of course, here too the operator can also work with
the BARTEC “BMS-Graf-pro“ programming package
(Version 7.xxx or newer).
The BARTEC PROFIBUS-DP interface can only be
used in connection with the BARTEC “BMS-Grafpro“ software.
20
Technical data
Construction
Front panel fitting
Display
-15" graphics-capable TFT colour display
- 16.7 million colours
- XGA resolution, 1024 x 768 pixels
- Brightness up to 350 cd/m2
- Visible area approx. 304 x 228 mm
- Contrast 700:1
- Antireflection coating glass pane
- Optional touchscreen (resistive)
Backlight illumination
- CFL technology
- Service life approx. 50,000 hours
(at +25 °C)
Computer capacity
Intel® AtomTM N270, 1.6 GHz,
2 GB RAM/100 GB HDD
Operating system
Windows® XP Professional or
Windows 7® Ultimate or
Windows 7® Embedded MUI
Interface (Basic version)
- 1 x Ex e Ethernet 100/10BaseT
(option of optical fibres)
- 1 x Ex e RS422
- 1 x Ex i USB for Ex i memory stick
- 2 x Ex i PS/2 for intrinsically safe
keyboard and mouse
Optional interface modules
- 1 x Ex i Supply module for
hand-held scanner
- 1 x Ex d USB direct connection
(via Ex d socket) e. g. connection
through WLAN
Dimensions (width x height x depth)
411 mm x 332 mm x approx. 135 mm
POLARIS PROFESSIONAL POLARIS Panel PC 15"
Possible connection
Safe area
Panel PC 15"
Power supply
Ethernet
USB (Ex d socket)
WLAN
e. g. RS422 or PROFIBUS-DP
PLC
Keyboard
Mouse
Barcode hand scanner BCS 160ex
Wall cut-out
394.5 mm x 315.5 mm + 0.5 mm
Selection chart
Weight
approx. 23 kg
Version
Power supply
AC 90 to 253 V, 50 to 60 Hz
DC 24 V ± 10 % on request
Panel PC 15" without
touchscreen
Max. power consumption
Pmax. < 70 W
Code no.
4
Admissible ambient temperature
Storage -20 °C to +50 °C
Operation 0 °C to +50 °C
System solution with heating on request.
Humidity
5 to 95 % non-condensing
Panel PC 15" with
touchscreen
Vibration
0.7 g/1 mm; 5 Hz to 500 Hz pulse in
all 3 axes
Shock
15 g/11 ms pulse in all 3 axes
Material
Front
Back
Polyester foil on anodised
aluminium plate
(conditionally UV-resistant)
bichromated sheet steel
6
Interfaces
Code no.
RS422
00
BARTEC PROFIBUS-DP
04
RS422, supply module for hand-held scanner
08
BARTEC PROFIBUS-DP, supply module for hand-held scanner
12
RS232
32
TTY
36
RS232, supply module for hand-held scanner
40
TTY, supply module for hand-held scanner
44
Siemens PROFIBUS-DP/MPI
64
USB Ex e
72
Further Interface combinations on request
XX
Complete order no. 17-71V1-
Please insert correct code.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
You will find the accessories with order details on the accessories pages.
0
/
000
03-0330-0402-07/2014-BAT-236274/2
Operating system
Code no.
Windows XP Professional
P
Windows 7® Ultimate
U
Windows 7® Embedded MUI
F
®
21
POLARIS PROFESSIONAL POLARIS Panel PC 15" Sunlight
Explosion protection
Ex protection type Zone 1 and 21
ATEX
II 2G Ex db eb qb [ib op pr] IIC T4
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C
Certification
IBExU 05 ATEX 1117 X
IECEx Ex db eb qb [ib op pr] IIC T4
Ex tb IIIC T120 °C
Certification
IECEx IBE 11.0007 X
Further approvals
INMETRO, GOST-R
Protection class
IP 65 (front)
IP 54 (back)
POLARIS Panel PC 15" Sunlight
Features
 Sunlight readable display
An intrinsically safe USB interface is available for
a USB Ex i memory stick.
Backlight illumination
- LED technology
- Service life approx. 50,000 hours
(at +25 °C)
Intrinsically safe input devices can be connected
also. The optional (intrinsically safe) touchscreen
offers the optimum in operating comfort.
Computer capacity
Intel® AtomTM N270, 1.6 GHz,
2 GB RAM/100 GB HDD
Windows® XP Professional or Windows 7® can be
used as an operating system. The Panel PCs therefore support the installation of numerous software
packages, such as customer-specific software or
other commercially available standard visualisation
software.
Interface (Basic version)
- 1 x Ex e Ethernet 100/10BaseT
(option of optical fibres)
- 1 x Ex e RS422
- 1 x Ex i USB for Ex i memory stick
- 2 x Ex i PS/2 for intrinsically safe
keyboard and mouse
 Intrinsically safe USB interface
 Direct linkage in explosive areas
 Optional touchscreen
Description
The Ethernet interface can be used to connect
individual computers or network devices, e. g.
a printer, to an existing local network (LAN) (WLAN
is also an optional possibility) or local networks can
be set up completely wirelessly.
03-0330-0651-02/2014-BAT-318609/1
This facilitates a high-performance visualization
and operation of the processes directly on site.
The wired electrical connections are realized via a
terminal compartment of the “e” type of protection
(increased safety).
The state-of-the-art display technology guarantees
an optimum contrast, even with large viewing angle.
The front panel fitting assures easy installation.
Upon request, the devices are also available as turnkey system solutions in a stainless steel enclosure
as wall, floor or ceiling mounting versions.
22
Construction
Front panel fitting
 Optional WLAN
 Easy front panel fitting
Combined with the special characteristics of the
front polarizer, this allows excellent readability even
under strong sunlight and it is therefore ideal for
use outdoors. The Panel PC 15" Sunlight is based
on a fast Intel® AtomTM Processor.
Technical data
Display
-15" graphics-capable TFT colour display
- 262,144 colours
- XGA resolution, 1024 x 768 pixels
- Brightness up to 1000 cd/m2
- Visible area approx. 304 x 228 mm
- Contrast 700:1
- Antireflection coating glass pane
- Optional touchscreen (resistive)
 Ethernet interface
The POLARIS Panel PC 15" Sunlight is enhanced
with industrial LED backlighting, which reaches a
very high brightness of 1,000 cd/m2.
Variant Zone 2
see BARTEC Internet: www.bartec-group.com
Of course, here too the operator can also work with
the BARTEC “BMS-Graf-pro“ programming package (Version 7.xxx or newer).
The BARTEC PROFIBUS-DP interface can only be
used in connection with the BARTEC “BMS-Grafpro“ software.
Optional interface modules
- 1 x Ex i Supply module for
hand-held scanner
- 1 x Ex d USB direct connection
(via Ex d socket) e. g. connection
through WLAN
Operating system
Windows® XP Professional or
Windows 7® Ultimate or
Windows 7® Embedded MUI
Dimensions (width x height x depth)
411 mm x 332 mm x approx. 135 mm
POLARIS PROFESSIONAL POLARIS Panel PC 15" Sunlight
Possible connection
Safe area
Panel PC 15" Sunlight
Power supply
Ethernet
USB (Ex d socket)
WLAN
e. g. RS422 or PROFIBUS-DP
PLC
Keyboard
Mouse
Barcode hand scanner BCS 160ex
Selection chart
Wall cut-out
394.5 mm x 315.5 mm + 0.5 mm
Version
Weight
approx. 23 kg
Code no.
Interfaces
Code no.
RS422
00
BARTEC PROFIBUS-DP
04
RS422, supply module for hand-held scanner
08
BARTEC PROFIBUS-DP, supply module for hand-held scanner
12
Admissible ambient temperature
Storage -20 °C to +60 °C
Operation -20 °C to +60 °C
RS232
32
TTY
36
Humidity
5 to 95 % non-condensing
RS232, supply module for hand-held scanner
40
TTY, supply module for hand-held scanner
44
Siemens PROFIBUS-DP/MPI
64
USB Ex e
72
Further Interface combinations on request
XX
Power supply
AC 90 to 253 V, 50 to 60 Hz
DC 24 V ± 10 %
Panel PC
15" Sunlight without
touchscreen
Max. power consumption
Pmax. < 70 W
Panel PC
15" Sunlight with
touchscreen
Vibration
0.7 g/1 mm; 5 Hz to 500 Hz pulse in
all 3 axes
Shock
15 g/11 ms pulse in all 3 axes
Material
Front
Back
Polyester foil on anodised
aluminium plate
(conditionally UV-resistant)
bichromated sheet steel
4
6
Complete order no. 17-71V1-
Please insert correct code.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
You will find the accessories with order details on the accessories pages.
2
/
000
03-0330-0651-02/2014-BAT-318609/2
Operating system
Code no.
Windows XP Professional
P
Windows 7® Ultimate
U
Windows 7® Embedded MUI
F
®
23
POLARIS PROFESSIONAL POLARIS Panel PC 17.3"
Explosion protection
Ex protection type Zone 1 and 21
ATEX
II 2G Ex db eb qb [ib op pr] IIC T4
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C
Certification
IBExU 05 ATEX 1117 X
IECEx Ex db eb qb [ib op pr] IIC T4
Ex tb IIIC T120 °C
Certification
IECEx IBE 11.0007 X
Protection class
IP 65 (front)
IP 54 (back)
POLARIS Panel PC 17.3"
Variant Zone 2
see BARTEC Internet: www.bartec-group.com
Technical data
Features
Description
 Ethernet interface
The POLARIS Panel PC 17.3" is based on a fast Intel®
AtomTM Processor.
 Easy front panel fitting
 Intrinsically safe USB interface
 Full HD resolution
 Direct linkage in explosive areas
 Optional touchscreen
 Optional WLAN
 Siemens PROFIBUS-DP/MPI-Interface
The Ethernet interface can be used to connect
individual computers or network devices, e. g.
a printer, to an existing local network (LAN) (WLAN
is also an optional possibility) or local networks can
be set up completely wirelessly.
This facilitates a high-performance visualization and
operation of the processes directly on site.
The wired electrical connections are realized via a
terminal compartment of the “e” type of protection
(increased safety).
The state-of-the-art display technology guarantees
an optimum contrast, even with large viewing angle.
The front panel fitting assures easy installation. Upon
request, the devices are also available as turn-key
system solutions in a stainless steel enclosure as
wall, floor or ceiling mounting versions.
An intrinsically safe USB interface is available for a
USB Ex i memory stick.
Intrinsically safe input devices can be connected also.
The optional (intrinsically safe) touchscreen offers the
optimum in operating comfort.
03-0330-0784-05/2014-BAT-364905/1
Windows® XP Professional or Windows 7® can be
used as an operating system. The Panel PCs therefore support the installation of numerous software
packages, such as customer-specific software or
other commercially available standard visualisation
software.
Of course, here too the operator can also work with
the BARTEC “BMS-Graf-pro“ programming package
(Version 7.xxx or newer).
The BARTEC PROFIBUS-DP interface can only be
used in connection with the BARTEC “BMS-Grafpro“ software.
24
Construction
Front panel fitting
Display
-17.3" graphics-capable TFT colour display
-16.7 million colours
-Full HD resolution, 1920 x 1080 pixels
-Brightness 400 cd/m2
-Visible area approx. 382 x 215 mm
-Contrast 600:1
-Antireflection coating glass pane
-Optional touchscreen (resistive)
Backlight illumination
LED illumination
Computer capacity
Intel® AtomTM N270, 1.6 GHz,
2 GB RAM/100 GB HDD
Operating system
Windows® XP Professional or
Windows 7® Ultimate or
Windows 7® Embedded MUI
Interface (Basic version)
-1 x Ex e Ethernet 100/10BaseT
(option of optical fibres)
-1 x Ex e RS422
-1 x Ex i USB for Ex i memory stick
-2 x Ex i PS/2 for intrinsically safe
keyboard and mouse
Optional interface modules
-1 x Ex i Supply module for
hand-held scanner
- 1 x Ex d USB direct connection
(via Ex d socket) e. g. connection by
means of WLAN
-1 x Ex e USB
Dimensions (width x height x depth)
503 mm x 314 mm x approx. 135 mm
Wall cut-out
489 mm x 300 mm + 0.5 mm
POLARIS PROFESSIONAL POLARIS Panel PC 17.3"
Possible connection
Safe area
Panel PC 17.3"
Power supply
USB (Ex d socket)
Ethernet
WLAN
e. g. RS422 or PROFIBUS-DP
PLC
Keyboard
Mouse
Barcode hand scanner 160ex
Weight
approx. 33 kg
Selection chart
Power supply
AC 90 to 253 V, 50 to 60 Hz
DC 24 V ± 10 % on request
Version
Max. power consumption
Pmax. < 100 W depending on the variant
Panel PC 17.3"
without
touchscreen
Admissible ambient temperature
Storage
-20 °C to +50 °C
Operation
0 °C to +50 °C
System solution with heating on request.
Code no.
E
Humidity
5 to 95 % non-condensing
Vibration
0.7 g/1 mm; 5 Hz to 500 Hz pulse in all 3 axes
Panel PC 17.3"
with touchscreen
Shock
15 g/11 ms pulse in all 3 axes
Material
Front
Back
Polyester foil on anodised
aluminium plate
(conditionally UV-resistant)
bichromated sheet steel
F
Interfaces
Code no.
RS422
00
BARTEC PROFIBUS-DP
04
RS422, supply module for hand-held scanner
08
BARTEC PROFIBUS-DP, supply module for hand-held scanner
12
RS232
32
TTY
36
RS232, supply module for hand-held scanner
40
TTY, supply module for hand-held scanner
44
Siemens PROFIBUS-DP/MPI
64
USB Ex e/RS422
76
Further Interface combinations on request
XX
Complete order no. 17-71V1-
Please insert correct code.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
You will find the accessories with order details on the accessories pages.
0
/
000
03-0330-0784-05/2014-BAT-364905/2
Operating system
Code no.
Windows XP Professional
P
Windows 7® Ultimate
U
Windows 7® Embedded MUI
F
®
25
POLARIS PROFESSIONAL POLARIS Panel PC 19.1"
Explosion protection
Ex protection type Zone 1 and 21
ATEX
II 2G Ex db eb qb [ib op pr] IIC T4
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C
Certification
IBExU 05 ATEX 1117 X
IECEx Ex db eb qb [ib op pr] IIC T4
Ex tb IIIC T120 °C
Certification
IECEx IBE 11.0007 X
Further approvals
INMETRO, GOST-R
Protection class
IP 65 (front)
IP 54 (back)
Variant Zone 2
see BARTEC Internet: www.bartec-group.com
POLARIS Panel PC 19.1"
Features
Description
 Ethernet interface
The POLARIS Panel PC 19.1" is based on a fast
Intel® AtomTM processor.
 Easy front panel fitting
 Intrinsically safe USB interface
 Graphics-capable TFT colour display
 Direct linkage in explosive areas
 Optional touchscreen
 Optional WLAN
 Siemens PROFIBUS-DP/MPI-Interface
The Ethernet interface can be used to connect
individual computers or network devices, e. g. a
printer, to an existing local network (LAN) (WLAN
is also an optional possibility) or local networks
can be set up completely wirelessly.
This facilitates a high-performance visualization
and operation of the processes directly on site.
The wired electrical connections are realized via a
terminal compartment of the “e” type of protection
(increased safety).
The state-of-the-art display technology guarantees
an optimum contrast, even with large viewing angle.
The front panel fitting assures easy installation.
Upon request, the devices are also available as turnkey system solutions in a stainless steel enclosure
as wall, floor or ceiling mounting versions.
An intrinsically safe USB interface is available for
a USB Ex i memory stick.
Intrinsically safe input devices can be connected
also. The optional (intrinsically safe) touchscreen
offers the optimum in operating comfort.
03-0330-0401-02/2014-BAT-236273/1
Windows® XP Professional or Windows 7® can be
used as an operating system. This means that the
PCs are open for many different software packages,
for example customized software or various types
of commercially available standard visualisation
software.
Of course, here too the operator can also work with
the BARTEC ”BMS-Graf-pro“ programming package
(Version 7.xxx or newer).
The BARTEC PROFIBUS-DP interface can only be
used in connection with the BARTEC ”BMS-Grafpro“ software.
26
Technical data
Construction
Front panel fitting
Display
-19.1" graphics-capable TFT colour display
-16.7 million colours
-SXGA resolution, 1280 x 1024 pixels
-Brightness 300 cd/m2
-Visible area approx. 380 x 305 mm
-Contrast 1300:1
-Antireflection coating glass pane
-Optional touchscreen (resistive)
Backlight illumination
-CFL illumination
-Service life approx. 40,000 hours
(at +25 °C)
Computer capacity
Intel® AtomTM N270, 1.6 GHz,
2 GB RAM/100 GB HDD
Operating system
Windows® XP Professional or
Windows 7® Ultimate or
Windows 7® Embedded MUI
Interface (Basic version)
-1 x Ex e Ethernet 100/10BaseT
(option of optical fibres)
-1 x Ex e RS422
-1 x Ex i USB for Ex i memory stick
-2 x Ex i PS/2 for intrinsically safe
keyboard and mouse
Optional interface modules
-1 x Ex i Supply module for
hand-held scanner
- 1 x Ex d USB direct connection
(via Ex d socket) e. g. connection by
means of WLAN
Dimensions (width x height x depth)
498 mm x 400 mm x approx. 135 mm
POLARIS PROFESSIONAL POLARIS Panel PC 19.1"
Possible connection
Safe area
Panel PC 19,1"
Power supply
Ethernet
USB (Ex d socket)
WLAN
e. g. RS422 or PROFIBUS-DP
PLC
Keyboard
Mouse
Barcode hand scanner 160ex
Wall cut-out
484 mm x 386.5 mm + 0.5 mm
Selection chart
Weight
approx. 33 kg
Version
Power supply
AC 90 to 253 V, 50 to 60 Hz
DC 24 V ± 10 % on request
Panel PC 19.1"
without
touchscreen
Max. power consumption
Pmax. < 70 W
Code no.
5
Admissible ambient temperature
Storage
-20 °C to +50 °C
Operation
0 °C to +50 °C
System solution with heating on request.
Humidity
5 to 95 % non-condensing
Panel PC 19.1"
with
touchscreen
Vibration
0.7 g/1 mm; 5 Hz to 500 Hz pulse in
all 3 axes
Shock
15 g/11 ms pulse in all 3 axes
Material
Front
Back
Polyester foil on anodised
aluminium plate
(conditionally UV-resistant)
bichromated sheet steel
7
Interfaces
Code no.
RS422
00
BARTEC PROFIBUS-DP
04
RS422, supply module for hand-held scanner
08
BARTEC PROFIBUS-DP, supply module for hand-held scanner
12
RS232
32
TTY
36
RS232, supply module for hand-held scanner
40
TTY, supply module for hand-held scanner
44
Siemens PROFIBUS-DP/MPI
64
USB Ex e
72
Further Interface combinations on request
XX
Complete order no. 17-71V1-
Please insert correct code.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
You will find the accessories with order details
on the accessories pages.
0
/
000
03-0330-0401-02/2014-BAT-236273/2
Operating system
Code no.
Windows® XP Professional
P
Windows 7® Ultimate
U
Windows 7 Embedded MUI
F
®
27
POLARIS PROFESSIONAL POLARIS Panel PC 24"
Explosion protection
Ex protection type for Zone 1 and 21
ATEX
II 2G Ex db eb qb [ib op pr] IIC T4
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C
Certification
IBExU 05 ATEX 1117 X
IECEx Ex db eb qb [ib op pr] IIC T4
Ex tb IIIC T120 °C
Certification
IECEx IBE 11.0007 X
Protection class
IP 65 (front)
IP 54 (back)
Variant Zone 2
see BARTEC Internet: www.bartec-group.com
POLARIS Panel PC 24"
Technical data
Features
Description
 Ethernet interface
The POLARIS Panel PC 24" is based on a fast Intel®
AtomTM Processor.
 Easy front panel fitting
 Intrinsically safe USB interface
 Full HD resolution
 Direct linkage in explosive areas
 Optional touchscreen
 Optional WLAN
 Siemens PROFIBUS-DP/MPI-Interface
The Ethernet interface can be used to connect
individual computers or network devices, e. g.
a printer, to an existing local network (LAN) (WLAN
is also an optional possibility) or local networks can
be set up completely wirelessly.
This facilitates a high-performance visualization and
operation of the processes directly on site.
The wired electrical connections are realized via a
terminal compartment of the “e” type of protection
(increased safety).
The state-of-the-art display technology guarantees
an optimum contrast, even with large viewing angle.
The front panel fitting assures easy installation. Upon
request, the devices are also available as turn-key
system solutions in a stainless steel enclosure as
wall, floor or ceiling mounting versions.
An intrinsically safe USB interface is available for a
USB Ex i memory stick.
Intrinsically safe input devices can be connected also.
The optional (intrinsically safe) touchscreen offers the
optimum in operating comfort.
03-0330-0687-02/2014-BAT-334208/1
Windows® XP Professional or Windows 7® can be
used as an operating system. The Panel PCs therefore support the installation of numerous software
packages, such as customer-specific software or
other commercially available standard visualisation
software.
Of course, here too the operator can also work with
the BARTEC “BMS-Graf-pro“ programming package
(Version 7.xxx or newer).
The BARTEC PROFIBUS-DP interface can only be
used in connection with the BARTEC “BMS-Grafpro“ software.
28
Construction
Front panel fitting
Display
-24" graphics-capable TFT colour display
-16.7 million colours
-Full HD resolution, 1920 x 1080 pixels
-Brightness 300 cd/m2
-Visible area approx. 531 x 299 mm
-Contrast 3000:1
-Antireflection coating glass pane
-Optional touchscreen (resistive)
Backlight illumination
LED illumination
Computer capacity
Intel® AtomTM N270, 1.6 GHz,
2 GB RAM/100 GB HDD
Operating system
Windows® XP Professional or
Windows 7® Ultimate or
Windows 7® Embedded MUI
Interface (Basic version)
-1 x Ex e Ethernet 100/10BaseT
(option of optical fibres)
-1 x Ex e RS422
-1 x Ex i USB for Ex i memory stick
-2 x Ex i PS/2 for intrinsically safe
keyboard and mouse
Optional interface modules
-1 x Ex i Supply module for
hand-held scanner
- 1 x Ex d USB direct connection
(via Ex d socket) e. g. connection by
means of WLAN
-1 x Ex e USB
Dimensions (width x height x depth)
644 mm x 406 mm x approx. 135 mm
Wall cut-out
630 mm x 392 mm + 0.5 mm
POLARIS PROFESSIONAL POLARIS Panel PC 24"
Possible connection
Safe area
Panel PC 24"
Power supply
USB (Ex d socket)
Ethernet
WLAN
e. g. RS422 or PROFIBUS-DP
PLC
Keyboard
Mouse
Barcode hand scanner 160ex
Weight
approx. 40 kg
Selection chart
Power supply
AC 90 to 253 V, 50 to 60 Hz
DC 24 V ± 10 % on request
Version
Max. power consumption
Pmax. < 100 W depending on the variant
Panel PC 24"
without
touchscreen
Admissible ambient temperature
Storage
-20 °C to +50 °C
Operation
0 °C to +50 °C
System solution with heating on request.
Code no.
C
Humidity
5 to 95 % non-condensing
Vibration
0.7 g/1 mm; 5 Hz to 500 Hz pulse in all 3 axes
Panel PC 24"
with touchscreen
Shock
15 g/11 ms pulse in all 3 axes
Material
Front
Back
Polyester foil on anodised
aluminium plate
(conditionally UV-resistant)
bichromated sheet steel
D
Interfaces
Code no.
RS422
00
BARTEC PROFIBUS-DP
04
RS422, supply module for hand-held scanner
08
BARTEC PROFIBUS-DP, supply module for hand-held scanner
12
RS232
32
TTY
36
RS232, supply module for hand-held scanner
40
TTY, supply module for hand-held scanner
44
Siemens PROFIBUS-DP/MPI
64
USB Ex e/RS422
76
Further Interface combinations on request
XX
Complete order no. 17-71V1-
Please insert correct code.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
You will find the accessories with order details on the accessories pages.
0
/
000
03-0330-0687-02/2014-BAT-334208/2
Operating system
Code no.
Windows XP Professional
P
Windows 7® Ultimate
U
Windows 7® Embedded MUI
F
®
29
POLARIS PROFESSIONAL
POLARIS II Panel PC 19.1" for ATEX Zone 2 and ATEX Zone 21/22
Technical
data
Construction
Stainless steel enclosure
POLARIS II
Panel PC 19.1"
for ATEX Zone 2 and ATEX Zone 21/22
Display
-19.1" graphics-capable TFT colour display
-16.7 million colours
-SXGA resolution, 1280 x of 1024 pixels
-Brightness 300 cd/m²
-Visible surface approx. 376 x 301 mm
-Contrast 1300:1
-Option of touchscreen (resistive)
Backlighting
-CFL technology
-Service life approx. 50,000 hours
(at +25 °C)
Features
 In the stainless enclosure tiltable
 Ethernet interface
 Graphics-capable TFT colour display
 Direct linkage in hazardous areas
 Optional touchscreen
 Optional WLAN
Description
Explosion protection
The POLARIS II Panel PC 19.1" is based on a fast
AMD G-Serie T40 E dual-core Processor.
Ex protection type Zone 2
ATEX
II 3G Ex nA II T5
The Ethernet interface enables individual computers
or network devices such as for example a printer
to be connected to an existing local network (LAN)
(optionally through WLAN also) or local networks to
be set up completely wirelessly.
Certification
IBExU 09 ATEX B009
Allows high-performance visual display and operation of the processes directly on site.
State-of-the-art display technology provides optimum contrast even with a large viewing angle.
To allow the greatest ease in utilisation the devices are
available for wall, floor or table mounting.
A keyboard with integrated trackball or touchpad can
be connected. There is also the option of a touchscreen for the ultimate in operating ease.
03-0330-0649-09/2014-BAT-317216/1
Windows® XP Professional or Windows 7® can be
used as an operating system. This means that the
PCs are open for many different software packages,
for example customized software or various types
of commercially available standard visualisation
software.
30
Ex protection type Zone 21/22
II 2D Ex tD A21 IP65 T100 °C
ATEX
-25 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +50 °C
Certification
IBExU 09 ATEX 1113 X
Other approvals and certificates, see
www.bartec-group.com
Protection class
IP 65
Computer capacity
-AMD G-Serie T40 E dual-core 1.0 GHz
-2 GB RAM
-64 GB SSD
-further memory variants available on request
Interfaces (basic version)
-2 x Ethernet 100BaseT
- 2 x PS/2 for keyboard and mouse
-2 x RS232 Sub D (2 x RS232 optional)
-4 x USB
Operating system
Windows® XP Professional or
Windows 7® Ultimate or
Windows 7® Embedded MUI
Dimensions (width x height x depth)
610 mm x 450 mm x approx. 100 mm
Weight approx. 17 kg
Rated voltage
AC 110 to 230 V, 47 to 63 Hz
DC 24 V
Input voltage range
AC 90 to 253 V
DC 24 V ± 10 %
Max. power consumption
Pmax. < 75 W
Permissible ambient temperatures
Storage
-25 °C to +60 °C
Operation
0 °C to +50 °C
Relative air humidity
5 to 95 % non-condensing
Material Stainless steel
Optional accessories
-Keyboard with integrated trackball 38 mm
-Keyboard with integrated trackball 50 mm
-Keyboard with integrated touchpad
POLARIS PROFESSIONAL
POLARIS II Panel PC 19.1" for ATEX Zone 2 and ATEX Zone 21/22
Possible connection
Safe area
Ethernet
PLC
Selection chart
Ex area
Zone 21/22
Zone 2
Code no.
1
2
Version
Code no.
Input voltage
Code no.
6
AC 90 to 253 V
1
POLARIS II
Panel PC 19.1"
without touchscreen
POLARIS II
Panel PC 19.1"
with touchscreen
Complete order no. 17-7
5
2/
Code no.
Insert unit
Code no.
German
1
Trackball 50 mm
1
English
2
Trackball 38 mm
2
French
3
Touchpad
4
2
DC 24 V
V4-
Keyboard language
00
Please insert correct code.
Technical data subject to change.
Operating system
Code no.
Windows® XP Professional
P
Windows 7 Ultimate
U
Windows 7 Embedded MUI
F
®
03-0330-0649-09/2014-BAT-317216/2
®
31
POLARIS PROFESSIONAL
POLARIS II Panel PC 22" for ATEX Zone 2 and ATEX Zone 21/22
Technical data
Construction
Stainless steel enclosure
POLARIS II
PANEL PC 22"
for ATEX Zone 2 and ATEX Zone 21/22
Display
-22" graphics-capable TFT colour display
- 16.7 million colours
- WSXGA+ resolution, 1680 x of 1050 pixels
- Brightness 300 cd/m²
- Visible surface approx. 474 x 296 mm
- Contrast 1000:1
- Option of touchscreen (resistive)
Backlighting
- CFL technology
- Service life approx. 50,000 hours
(at +25 °C)
Features
 In the stainless enclosure tiltable
 Ethernet interface
 Graphics-capable TFT colour display
 Direct linkage in hazardous areas
 Optional touchscreen
 Optional WLAN
Description
The POLARIS II Pancel PC 22" is based on a fast
AMD G-Serie T40 E dual-core Processor.
The Ethernet interface enables individual computers
or network devices such as for example a printer
to be connected to an existing local network (LAN)
(optionally through WLAN also) or local networks to
be set up completely wirelessly.
Allows high-performance visual display and operation of the processes directly on site.
State-of-the-art display technology provides optimum contrast even with a large viewing angle.
To allow the greatest ease in utilisation the devices are
available for wall, floor or table mounting.
A keyboard with integrated trackball or touchpad can
be connected. There is also the option of a touch
screen for the ultimate in operating ease.
03-0330-0539-09/2014-BAT-291440
Windows® XP Professional or Windows 7® can be
used as an operating system. This means that the
PCs are open for many different software packages,
for example customized software or various types
of commercially available standard visualisation
software.
32
Explosion protection
Computer capacity
-AMD G-Serie T40 E dual-core 1.0 GHz
-2 GB RAM
-64 GB SSD
-further memory variants available on request
Interfaces (basic version)
- 2 x Ethernet 100BaseT
- 2 x PS/2 for keyboard and mouse
- 2 x RS232 Sub D (2 x RS232 optional)
- 4 x USB
Operating system
Windows® XP Professional or
Windows 7® Ultimate or
Windows 7® Embedded MUI
Ex protection type Zone 2
ATEX
II 3G Ex nA II T5
Dimensions (width x height x depth)
610 mm x 450 mm x approx. 100 mm
Certification
IBExU 09 ATEX B009
Weight approx. 17 kg
Ex protection type Zone 21/22
II 2D Ex tD A21 IP65 T100 °C
ATEX
-25 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +50 °C
Rated voltage
AC 110 to 230 V, 47 to 63 Hz
DC 24 V
Certification
IBExU 09 ATEX 1113 X
Input voltage range
AC 90 to 253 V
DC 24 V ± 10 %
Other approvals and certificates,
see www.bartec-group.com
Protection class
IP 65
Max. power consumption
Pmax. < 75 W
Permissible ambient temperatures
Storage
-25 °C to +60 °C
Operation
0 °C to +50 °C
Relative air humidity
5 to 95 % non-condensing
Material Stainless steel
Optional accessories
- Keyboard with integrated trackball 38 mm
- Keyboard with integrated trackball 50 mm
- Keyboard with integrated touchpad
POLARIS PROFESSIONAL
POLARIS II Panel PC 22" for ATEX Zone 2 and ATEX Zone 21/22
Possible connection
Safe area
Ethernet
PLC
Selection chart
Ex area
Zone 21/22
Zone 2
Code no.
1
2
Version
Code no.
Input voltage
Code no.
4
AC 90 to 253 V
1
POLARIS II
Panel PC 22"
without Touchscreen
POLARIS II
Panel PC 22"
with Touchscreen
Complete order no. 17-7
3
2/
Code no.
Insert unit
Code no.
German
1
Trackball 50 mm
1
English
2
Trackball 38 mm
2
French
3
Touchpad
4
2
DC 24 V
V4-
Keyboard language
00
Please insert correct code.
Technical data subject to change.
Operating system
Code no.
Windows® XP Professional
P
Windows 7 Ultimate
U
Windows 7 Embedded MUI
F
®
03-0330-0539-09/2014-BAT-291440
®
33
POLARIS PROFESSIONAL
POLARIS II Panel PC 24" for ATEX Zone 2 and ATEX Zone 21/22
Technical data
Construction
Stainless steel enclosure
POLARIS II
PANEL PC 24"
for ATEX Zone 2 and ATEX Zone 21/22
Features
 In the stainless enclosure tiltable
 Ethernet interface
 Graphics-capable TFT colour display
 Direct linkage in hazardous areas
 Optional touchscreen
 Optional WLAN
Description
The POLARIS II Pancel PC 24" is based on a fast
AMD G-Serie T40 E dual-core Processor.
The Ethernet interface enables individual computers
or network devices such as for example a printer
to be connected to an existing local network (LAN)
(optionally through WLAN also) or local networks to
be set up completely wirelessly.
Allows high-performance visual display and operation of the processes directly on site.
State-of-the-art display technology provides optimum contrast even with a large viewing angle.
To allow the greatest ease in utilisation the devices are
available for wall, floor or table mounting.
A keyboard with integrated trackball or touchpad can
be connected.
03-0330-0791-10/2014-BAT-365179/1
Windows® XP Professional or Windows 7® can be
used as an operating system. This means that the
PCs are open for many different software packages,
for example customized software or various types
of commercially available standard visualisation
software.
34
Explosion protection
Ex protection type Zone 2
ATEX
II 3G Ex nA II T5
Certification
IBExU 09 ATEX B009
Ex protection type Zone 21/22
II 2D Ex tD A21 IP65 T100 °C
ATEX
-25 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +50 °C
Display
-24" graphics-capable TFT colour display
- 16.7 million colours
- Full HD resolution, 1920 x of 1080 pixels
- Brightness 300 cd/m²
- Visible surface approx. 531 x 299 mm
- Contrast 5000:1
Backlighting
- LED technology
- Service life approx. 50,000 hours
(at +25 °C)
Computer capacity
-AMD G-Serie T40 E dual-core 1.0 GHz
-2 GB RAM
-64 GB SSD
-further memory variants available on request
Interfaces (basic version)
- 2 x Ethernet 100BaseT
- 2 x PS/2 for keyboard and mouse
- 2 x RS232 Sub D (2 x RS232 optional)
- 4 x USB
Operating system
Windows® XP Professional or
Windows 7® Ultimate or
Windows 7® Embedded MUI
Dimensions (width x height x depth)
670 mm x 450 mm x approx. 100 mm
Weight approx. 19 kg
Rated voltage
AC 110 to 230 V, 47 to 63 Hz
DC 24 V
Certification
IBExU 09 ATEX 1113 X
Input voltage range
AC 90 to 253 V
DC 24 V ± 10 %
Other approvals and certificates,
see www.bartec-group.com
Max. power consumption
Pmax. < 75 W
Protection class
IP 65
Permissible ambient temperatures
Storage -25 °C to +60 °C
Operation
0 °C to +50 °C
Relative air humidity
5 to 95 % non-condensing
Material Stainless steel
Optional accessories
- Keyboard with integrated trackball 38 mm
- Keyboard with integrated trackball 50 mm
- Keyboard with integrated touchpad
POLARIS PROFESSIONAL
POLARIS II Panel PC 24" for ATEX Zone 2 and ATEX Zone 21/22
Possible connection
Safe area
Ethernet
PLC
Selection chart
Ex area
Zone 21/22
Zone 2
Code no.
Input voltage
Code no.
1
AC 90 to 253 V
1
2
Code no.
Insert unit
Code no.
German
1
Trackball 50 mm
1
English
2
Trackball 38 mm
2
French
3
Touchpad
4
2
DC 24 V
Complete order no. 17-7
POLARIS II Panel PC 24"
Keyboard language
V4-8
2/
00
without touchscreen
Please insert correct code. Technical data subject to change.
Operating system
Code no.
Windows® XP Professional
P
Windows 7 Ultimate
U
Windows 7® Embedded MUI
F
03-0330-0791-10/2014-BAT-365179/2
®
35
POLARIS PROFESSIONAL Keyboard
Features
 Easy front panel fitting
 Modular construction
Description
The intrinsically safe keyboard and the mouse variants are intended for POLARIS
Professional and POLARIS Remote for zone 1 and 2 and for zone 21 and 22.
They are connected directly to the POLARIS Panel PC or POLARIS Remote.
The chemically resistant polyester foil is easy to clean and resistant to a lot of
aggressive fluids. The keyboard is available in various languages. A stainless steel
desktop housing for the keyboard and mouse is available as an optional accessory.
Keyboard
Explosion protection
Certification
IBExU 05 ATEX 1117 X
Certification
IECEx IBE 11.0007 X
Further approvals
INMETRO, GOST-R
Protection class
IP 65
150
Ex protection type IECEx Ex ib IIC T4
Ex ib IIIC T120 °C
3.3
420
all hole diameter: 3.3 mm
Technical data
Selection chart Keyboard
Construction
Front panel fitting
Language
Material
Polyester foil on aluminium sheet
(conditionally UV-resistant)
German
1
Dimensions
420 mm x 170 mm (width x height)
English
2
Wall cut-out
390 mm x 140 mm
French
3
Installation depth
18 mm
Weight
approx. 700 g
Complete order no. 17-71VZ-40
Others on request. Please insert correct code.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
B
223.4
Stainless steel 1.4301; AISI 304
Dimensions
(B x H x T)
600 mm x 85 mm x 220 mm
Protection class
IP 65
°
80
Material
0
Dimensions (in mm)
R 15
Technical data
Code no.
H
Enclosure for mouse and keyboard
03-0330-0407-02/2014-BAT-242769
170
390
140
400
300
100
II 2G Ex ib IIC T4
II 2D ib IIIC T120 °C
85
Ex protection type ATEX
Dimensions and wall cut-out for keyboard (in mm)
T
Order no.
Enclosure 05-0041-0277
Complete solution with installed equipment on request.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
36
POLARIS PROFESSIONAL Mouse, Trackball, Joystick and Touchpad
Mouse
Trackball Joystick
Explosion protection
Explosion protection
Touchpad
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
ATEX
II 2G Ex ib IIC T4
II 2D ib IIIC T120 °C
Ex protection type
ATEX
II 2G Ex ib IIC T4
II 2D ib IIIC T120 °C
Ex protection type
ATEX
II 2G Ex ib IIC T4
II 2D ib IIIC T120 °C
Certification
IBExU 05 ATEX 1117 X
Certification
IBExU 05 ATEX 1117 X
Certification
IBExU 05 ATEX 1117 X
IECEx Ex ib IIC T4
Ex ib IIIC T120 °C
IECEx Ex ib IIC T4
Ex ib IIIC T120 °C
IECEx Ex ib IIC T4
Ex ib IIIC T120 °C
Certification
IECEx IBE 11.0007 X
Certification
IECEx IBE 11.0007 X
Certification
IECEx IBE 11.0007 X
Further approvals
INMETRO, GOST-R
Further approvals
INMETRO, GOST-R
Further approvals
INMETRO, GOST-R
Protection class
IP 65
Protection class
Trackball
static
IP 65 (front side)
dynamic IP 56 (front side)
Protection class
IP 65
Technical data
Construction
Front panel fitting
Joystick IP 65
Construction
Capacitive touchpad for front panel fitting
Technical data
Construction
Front panel fitting
Material
Polyester foil on aluminium sheet
(conditionally UV-resistant)
Material
Polyester foil on aluminium sheet
(conditionally UV-resistant)
Dimensions
130 mm x 170 mm (width x height)
Dimensions
130 mm x 170 mm (width x height)
Wall cut-out
100 mm x 140 mm
Wall cut-out
100 mm x 140 mm
Installation depth
15 mm
Dimensions
130 mm x 170 mm (width x height)
Wall cut-out
100 mm x 140 mm
Weight
approx. 250 g
Weight
approx. 500 g
Dimensions and wall cut-out (mm)
Material
Polyester foil on aluminium sheet
(conditionally UV-resistant)
Installation depth
15 mm
Installation depth
43 mm
Weight
approx. 270 g
Technical data
Selection chart
110
Description
170
140
85
150
03-0330-0445-10/2014-BAT-242770
100
3.3
all hole diameter: 3.3 mm
130
Code no.
Mouse
1
Trackball
2
Touchpad
3
Joystick with button
9
Complete
order no. 17-71VZ-
000
Please insert correct code.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
37
POLARIS PROFESSIONAL USB device WLAN
Technical data
 Antenna WLAN
Standards
IEEE 802.11b; IEEE 802.11g
Bus Type
USB 2.0 Type A
Emissions Type
DSSS
Frequency band
2.4 ~ 2.483 MHz
USB device WLAN
Features
 Real time data access
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
ATEX
II 2G Ex qb IIC T4
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C
 Safe separation between safe area and
ex area over transmit-strain
Certification
IBExU 05 ATEX 1188 X
Description
By means of wireless LAN technology (optional), data
can be exchanged wirelessly for the first time via an
internal USB interface.
Data rate
Auto Fallback
54, 48, 36, 24, 19, 12, 9, 6 Mbps
11, 5,5, 2, 1 Mbps
Modulation type
OFDM mit BPSK, QPSK, 16QAM,
64 QAM (11g), BPSK, QPSK, CCK (11b)
Media Access Protokoll
CSMA/CA
Antenna
Internal
Transmit power
12 dBm (typical)
Channel number
1 ~ 11 channels (North America)
1 ~ 13 channels (EU)
1 ~ 14 channels (Japan)
IECEx Ex qb IIC T4
Ex tb IIIC T120 °C
Certification
IECEx IBE 12.0016X
Security support
64/128-bit WEP/WPA-TKIP
IEEE 802.1x authentication
AES Encryption
Protection class (screw base)
IP 54
Working mode
Infrastructure, Ad-hoc, Stations mode
Power supply
DC 5 V ± 10 %, 500 mA
Dimensions
∅ 50 mm x 139.5 mm
Product diagram
03-0330-0458-02/2014-BAT-243447
Internet
Station Mode
Admissible operating temperature
-20 °C ≤ Ta ≤ 60 °C
Internet
Cable/DSL Modem
Cable/DSL Modem
Router
Router
Notebook with
USB device
Access Point
Infrastructure Mode
Weight
Approx. 500 g
Note
For using the USB device the USB connection
(Ex d-socket) must exist at the POLARIS series
Professional and Comfort.
Ad-hoc Mode
Order no.
USB device WLAN
17-71VZ-6000/0100
Technical data subject to change without notice.
38
POLARIS PROFESSIONAL Accessories
Selection chart Accessories
Illustration
Description
Order no.
Ex i USB Stick for ATEX/IECEx Zone 1 and Zone 21
Ex i 4 GB memory flash drive
17-71VZ-5000/0100
Ex i recovery flash drive Built 007
17-71VZ-5000/0107
Connection cable for keyboard and mouse variants
Keyboard and mouse
1.8 m
05-0068-0163
Keyboard and mouse
3.0 m
05-0068-0204
Keyboard and trackball/joystick
1.8 m
05-0068-0172
Keyboard and trackball/joystick
3.0 m
05-0068-0205
Keyboard and touchpad
1.8 m
05-0068-0183
Keyboard and touchpad
3.0 m
05-0068-0206
Reinforcement frame
POLARIS series 10.4"
04-0205-0008
POLARIS series 12.1"
04-0205-0007
POLARIS series 12.1" W
05-0205-0008
POLARIS series 15"
05-0205-0009
POLARIS series 17.3"
05-0205-0013
POLARIS series 19.1"
05-0205-0010
POLARIS series 24"
05-0205-0012
Mounting clamp set
4 pieces
6 pieces
05-0091-0111
05-0091-0112
LAN STP cable
CAT.7 4 x 2 x 23 AWG, outer diameter: 7.9 mm
CAT.7 4 x 2 x 22 AWG, outer diameter: 18 mm; armoured
02-4082-0002
02-4082-0004
Note: additional cable glands required for armouring.
Original packaging
POLARIS series 10.4"
04-9035-0005
POLARIS series 12.1"
04-9035-0006
POLARIS series 12.1" W
04-9035-0005
POLARIS series 15"
04-9035-0007
POLARIS series 17.3"
on request
POLARIS series 19.1"
04-9035-0008
POLARIS series 24"
on request
03-0330-0658-08/2014-BAT-318903/1
39
POLARIS PROFESSIONAL Accessories
Selection chart Standard stainless steel enclosure
Illustration
Description
Order no.
Standard stainless steel enclosure
Technical data
Material
Stainless steel 1.4404; AISI 316 L
Surfacebrushed
Protection class IP 65
 for floor mounting with stand
Dimensions in mm
(B x H x T)
POLARIS series 10.4"
560 x 320 x 200
07-56D7-9611/9002
POLARIS series 12.1"
600 x 350 x 200
07-56D7-9711/9002
POLARIS series 12.1" W
560 x 320 x 200
07-56D7-9611/9002
Complete solutions with fitted components
on request
 with adapter connection without stand
Dimensions in mm
(B x H x T)
POLARIS series 15"
650 x 500 x 150
05-0041-0395
POLARIS series 15" Sunlight
650 x 500 x 150
05-0041-0395
POLARIS series 17.3"
660 x 600 x 150
on request
POLARIS series 19.1"
760 x 600 x 150
05-0041-0994
POLARIS series 24"
885 x 625 x 150
05-0041-0993
 for wall mounting with mounting straps
Dimensions in mm
(B x H x T)
POLARIS series 10.4"
560 x 320 x 200
07-56D7-9611/9001
POLARIS series 12.1"
600 x 350 x 200
07-56D7-9711/9001
POLARIS series 12.1" W
560 x 320 x 200
07-56D7-9611/9001
POLARIS series 15"
650 x 500 x 210
07-56D7-0B11/9001
POLARIS series 15" Sunlight
650 x 500 x 210
07-56D7-0B11/9001
POLARIS series 19.1"
760 x 600 x 210
07-56D7-9A11/9001
T
H
03-0330-0658-08/2014-BAT-318903/2
B
1 mounting strap for wall mounting
40
1
POLARIS PROFESSIONAL Accessories
Selection chart Exclusive II stainless steel enclosure
Illustration
Description
Order no.
Exclusive II stainless steel enclosure
- Material: stainless steel grade 1.4301
with adapter connection
Dimensions in mm
(B x H x T)
POLARIS series 15" 650 x 578 x 543
05-0041-0354
POLARIS series 17.3" 650 x 598 x 543
on request
POLARIS series 19.1" 650 x 598 x 543
05-0041-0353
POLARIS series 24" 885 x 625 x 543 05-0041-0406
B
0°
12
H
T
Stainless steel enclosure - swivel/tilt
without desktop mount
- Material: stainless steel grade 1.4301
Dimensions in mm
(B x H x T)
POLARIS series 15" 770 x 685 x 218
05-0041-0356
POLARIS series 19.1" 770 x 685 x 218
05-0041-0355
H
T
03-0330-0658-08/2014-BAT-318903/3
B
41
POLARIS PROFESSIONAL Accessories
Selection chart Stainless steel enclosure Accessories
Illustration
Description
Order no.
Stand for floor mounting
for Exclusive II stainless steel enclosure
05-0005-0050
Material: stainless steel grade 1.4301
swivel
Height approx. 900 mm, diameter 80 mm
Stand for floor mounting
for Standard stainless steel enclosure
from 15" series and POLARIS II
05-0005-0078
Material: stainless steel grade 1.4301
swivel
height approx. 1000 mm, diameter 80 mm
Desktop mount for stainless steel enclosure
for POLARIS 15" series/19.1" series
05-0005-0070
Material: stainless steel grade 1.4301
swivel
Length approx. 140 mm, Durchmesser 80 mm
Support arm for wall mounting
05-0005-0058
Material: stainless steel grade 1.4301
swivel
Length approx. 580 mm
Selection chart Special solutions
Illustration
Description
 Standard stainless steel enclosure
with additional fitted components
Material: stainless steel
suitable for all POLARIS devices
optional for fitting switch modules and/or heating
for wall mounting with mounting straps or support arm
or for floor mounting with stand
03-0330-0658-08/2014-BAT-318903/4
42
Order no.
on request
03-0330-0648-09/2014-BAT-317215/9
POLARIS REMOTE
10
POLARIS REMOTE
REMOTE-controlled solution for process control systems in safe areas
The POLARIS REMOTE serie is the ideal solution if you wish to use process control systems in safe areas
in hazardous areas also without restriction.
The connection to the server or the PC is established easily and directly by means of a local unit already
included in the scope of supply and there is therefore no need for software engineering. If you wish to switch
several local units one after another (cascading), you can access many different POLARIS REMOTE panels
on a server or PC without needing to use more software licences. Both analog and digital data transfers
assure an excellent quality of image and operation. The electrical connection is established by means of
a standard CAT 7 cable or an optical waveguide.
As an alternative to KVM solution POLARIS Zero Client series is the modern secure remote PC solution for the Zone 1 hazardous areas. The connection is based on the RDP7 protocol to control a remote
computer. The ZeroClient shell, developed by BARTEC itself, comes in a user-friendly tile look and was
designed in conformance to today’s safety standards to prevent any risks emanating from the user or the
network.
We supply the POLARIS REMOTE series as a complete solution in a stainless steel enclosure with first-class
Ex i keypads in various languages and diverse mouse variants. An electrically heated version is available
for use in a particularly harsh environment with temperatures as low as down to minus 40 degree Celsius.
We produce customer-specific solutions with more command and signalling devices on request.
Features
 Simple cascading
 KVM (Keyboard-Video-Mouse) technology,
software engineering no longer required
 Easy front-panel installation
 Distances of up to 10,000 m
 Customer-specific solutions
Connection example
03-0330-0648-09/2014-BAT-317215/10
PC
Local unit
safe area
11
POLARIS REMOTE
POLARIS REMOTE for ATEX Zone 1 and 21
Size
15"
19.1"
24"
Resolution
XGA, 1024 x 768 pixels
SXGA, 1280 x 1024 pixels
Full HD 1080, 1920 x 1080 pixels
Backlighting
CFL
CFL
LED
Touchscreen
optional
optional
optional
Keypad
optional external keypad
optional external keypad
optional external keypad
Additional components
Mouse, Touchpad, Trackball, Joystick
Mouse, Touchpad, Trackball, Joystick
Mouse, Touchpad, Trackball, Joystick
Interface KVM Box
2 x PS/2 input, 2 x PS/2 output,
1 x VGA input, 1 x VGA output,
1 x RS232 input
2 x PS/2 input, 2 x PS/2 output,
1 x VGA input, 1 x VGA output,
1 x RS232 input
1 x DVI In, 1 x DVI Out, 1 x USB
Data transfer
CAT7/LWL
CAT7/LWL
CAT7/LWL
Supply voltage
AC 90 V to 253 V, DC 24 V
AC 90 V to 253 V, DC 24 V
AC 90 V to 253 V, DC 24 V
Approvals
ATEX, IECEx, GOST-R, INMETRO
ATEX, IECEx, GOST-R, INMETRO
ATEX, IECEx, GOST-R, INMETRO
POLARIS REMOTE for ATEX Zone 2 and ATEX Zone 21/22
Size
19.1"
22"
24"
Resolution
SXGA, 1280 x 1024 pixels
WSXGA+, 1680 x 1050 pixels
Full HD, 1920 x 1080 pixels
Backlighting
CFL
CFL
LED
Touchscreen
optional
optional
optional
Keypad
optional external keypad
optional external keypad
optional external keypad
Additional components
Touchpad, Trackball
Touchpad, Trackball
Touchpad, Trackball
Interface KVM Box
1 x Keyboard in, 1 x Monitor in,
1 x Monitor out
1 x Keyboard in, 1 x Monitor in,
1 x Monitor out
1 x Keyboard in, 1 x Monitor in,
1 x Monitor out
Data transfer
CAT7/LWL
CAT7/LWL
CAT7/LWL
Supply voltage
AC 90 V to 253 V, DC 24 V
AC 90 V to 253 V, DC 24 V
AC 90 V to 253 V, DC 24 V
Approvals
ATEX, GOST-R
ATEX, GOST-R
ATEX, GOST-R
03-0330-0648-07/2014-BAT-317215/11
Types of fastening for ATEX Zone 1 and 21
46
POLARIS REMOTE ZeroClient for ATEX Zone 1 and 21
Size
15"
15" Sunlight
19.1"
Resolution
XGA, 1024 x 768 pixels
XGA, 1024 x 768 pixels
SXGA, 1280 x 1024 pixels
Backlighting
LED
LED
CFL
Keypad
optional external keypad
optional external keypad
optional external keypad
Additional components
Mouse, Touchpad, Trackball, Joystick,
Hand scanner on request
Mouse, Touchpad, Trackball, Joystick,
Hand scanner on request
Mouse, Touchpad, Trackball, Joystick,
Hand scanner on request
Interface KVM Box
1 x Ex e Ethernet 100/10BaseT
(optional LWL), 1 x Ex e USB,
1 x Exi USB, 2 x Ex i PS/2
for intrinsically safe mouse and keypad
1 x Ex e Ethernet 100/10BaseT
(optional LWL), 1 x Ex e USB,
1 x Exi USB, 2 x Ex i PS/2
for intrinsically safe mouse and keypad
1 x Ex e Ethernet 100/10BaseT
(optional LWL), 1 x Ex e USB,
1 x Exi USB, 2 x Ex i PS/2
for intrinsically safe mouse and keypad
Supply voltage
AC 90 V to 253 V or DC 24 V ± 10 %
AC 90 V to 253 V or DC 24 V ± 10 %
AC 90 V to 253 V or DC 24 V ± 10 %
Approvals
ATEX, IECEx, GOST-R, INMETRO
ATEX, IECEx, GOST-R, INMETRO
ATEX, IECEx, GOST-R, INMETRO
POLARIS REMOTE ZeroClient for ATEX Zone 1 and 21
Size
12.1" W
17.3"
24"
Resolution
WXGA, 1280 x 800 pixels
Full HD, 1920 x 1080 pixels
Full HD, 1920 x 1080 pixels
Backlighting
LED
LED
LED
Keypad
optional external keypad
optional external keypad
optional external keypad
Additional components
Mouse, Touchpad, Trackball, Joystick
Hand scanner on request
Mouse, Touchpad, Trackball, Joystick
Hand scanner on request
Mouse, Touchpad, Trackball, Joystick
Hand scanner on request
Interface KVM Box
1 x Ex e Ethernet 100/10BaseT
(optional LWL), 1 x Ex e USB,
1 x Exi USB, 2 x Ex i PS/2
for intrinsically safe mouse and keypad
1 x Ex e Ethernet 100/10BaseT
(optional LWL), 1 x Ex e USB,
1 x Exi USB, 2 x Ex i PS/2
for intrinsically safe mouse and keypad
1 x Ex e Ethernet 100/10BaseT
(optional LWL), 1 x Ex e USB,
1 x Exi USB, 2 x Ex i PS/2
for intrinsically safe mouse and keypad
Supply voltage
DC 24 V ± 10 %
AC 90 V to 253 V or DC 24 V ± 10 %
AC 90 V to 253 V or DC 24 V ± 10 %
Approvals
ATEX, IECEx, GOST-R, INMETRO
ATEX, IECEx, GOST-R, INMETRO
ATEX, IECEx, GOST-R, INMETRO
Types of fastening for ATEX Zone 2, ATEX Zone 21/22
03-0330-0648-07/2014-BAT-317215/12
Types of fastening for ATEX Zone 1 and 21
47
POLARIS REMOTE POLARIS Remote 15"
Explosion protection
Ex protection type Zone 1 and 21
ATEX
II 2G Ex db eb qb [ib op pr] IIC T4
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T120°C
Certification
IBExU 05 ATEX 1117 X
IECEx Ex db eb qb [ib op pr] IIC T4
Ex tb IIIC T120°C
Certification
IECEx IBE 11.0007 X
Further approvals
INMETRO, GOST-R
Protection class
IP 65 (front)
IP 54 (back)
Variant for Zone 2
see BARTEC Internet: www.bartec-group.com
POLARIS Remote 15"
Features
Description
 Easy front panel fitting
The POLARIS Remote 15" unit by BARTEC is a
display with keyboard and mouse with which a PC
can be operated in safe areas of hazardous areas.
 Graphic-capable TFT colour display
 Easy wiring
 Connection of standard PCs
in non-hazardous areas
 Optional touchscreen
 Transmission through fibre optical
waveguide or copper
 OSD menu, with setting keys on the front
 Reduction in costs by cascading
several POLARIS remote devices to one PC
Distances of up to 10,000 m are possible.
POLARIS Remote 15" offers the user the possibility of using any currently available PC-based
process control system, without any restrictions
in the Ex area.
The front panel installation assures ease of mounting. Upon request, the devices are also available as
turn-key system solutions in a stainless steel enclosure as wall, floor or ceiling mounting versions.
The screen of the Remote 15" is a TFT display
with an XGA resolution and is characterised by its
excellent brilliance and a very large reading angle.
Intrinsically safe input devices can be connected
also. Optionally, a touchscreen (intrinsically safe),
assuring an absolutely maximum operator convenience, is available.
Connection in the safe area is realized via a local
unit (included in delivery).
Technical data
Construction
Front panel fitting
Display
- 15" graphic-capable TFT colour display
- 16.7 million colours
- XGA resolution 1024 x 768 pixels
- Brightness 350 cd/m2
- Visible area approx. 304 x 228 mm
- Contrast 700:1
- Antireflection coating glass pane
- Optional touchscreen
Backlight illumination
- LED technology
- Service life approx. 50,000 hours
(at +25 °C)
Connection to the PC
- Connection to VGA
- PS/2 keyboard und PS/2 mouse port
- via cable STP/S; 4 x 2 x 23 AWG
optionally via fibre optic
Requirement to the base station
Keyboard and mouse with a PS/2connector;
VGA connection or graphics card with the
following technical data:
- VGA, SVGA, XGA, SXGA resolution
- Vertical sync frequency 60 to 75 Hz
03-0330-0407-07/2014-BAT-236279/1
Transmission distance
- up to 300 m via STP/S copper cable
- up to 400 m via 50 µm multi-mode
fibre optic cable
- up to 10,000 m via 9 µm single-mode
fibre optic cable (on request)
Power supply
AC 90 to 253 V, 50 to 60 Hz
DC 24 V ± 10 % on request
Max. power consumption
Pmax. < 60 W
48
POLARIS REMOTE POLARIS Remote 15"
Possible connection
Safe area
Remote 15"
PC
Keyboard
Video
Keyboard
Mouse
Patch cable
Local unit
Network outlet
RJ 45 system
Dimensions (width x height x depth)
411 mm x 332 mm x approx. 135 mm
Selection chart
Wall cut-out
394.5 mm x 315.5 mm + 0.5 mm
Version
Weight
Approx. 23 kg
Remote 15"
without touchscreen
Admissible ambient temperatures
Storage -20 °C to +50 °C
Operation
0 °C to +50 °C
System solution with heating on request.
Code no.
Remote 15"
with touchscreen
Vibration
0.7 g/1 mm; 5 Hz to 500 Hz pulse in all 3 axes
Shock
15 g/11 ms pulse in all 3 axes
STP/S CAT.6/CAT.7 Kabel
4 x 2 twisted pair
Interfaces
Code no.
for STP/S copper cable
(up to max. 300 m)
00
for STP/S copper cable (up to max. 300 m)
supply module for hand-held scanner*
04
for 50 µm multi-mode
fibre optic cable (up to max. 400 m)
08
for 50 µm multi-mode fibre optic cable
(up to max. 400 m),
supply module for hand-held scanner*
12
4
Humidity
5 to 95 % non-condensing
6
*(not with touchscreen)
Polyester foil on anodised
aluminium plate
(conditionally UV-resistant)
galvanised sheet steel,
bichromated
Complete order no. 17-71V2-
0
Please insert correct code.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
You will find the accessories with order details on the accessories pages.
03-0330-0407-07/2014-BAT-236279/2
Material
Front
Back
Mouse
49
POLARIS REMOTE POLARIS Remote 19.1"
Explosion protection
Ex protection type Zone 1 and 21
ATEX
II 2G Ex db eb qb [ib op pr] IIC T4
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T120°C
Certification
IBExU 05 ATEX 1117 X
IECEx Ex db eb qb [ib op pr] IIC T4
Ex tb IIIC T120°C
Certification
IECEx IBE 11.0007 X
Further approvals
INMETRO, GOST-R
Protection class
IP 65 (front)
IP 54 (back)
Variant for Zone 2
see BARTEC Internet: www.bartec-group.com
POLARIS Remote 19.1"
Technical data
Construction
Front panel fitting
Features
Description
 Easy front panel fitting
The POLARIS Remote 19.1" unit by BARTEC is a
display with keyboard and mouse with which a PC
can be operated in safe areas of hazardous areas.
 Graphic-capable TFT colour display
 Easy wiring
 Connection of standard PCs
in non-hazardous areas
 Optional touchscreen
 Transmission through fibre optical
waveguide or copper
 OSD menu, with setting keys on the front
 Reduction in costs by cascading
several POLARIS remote devices to one PC
Distances of up to 10,000 m are possible.
POLARIS Remote 19.1" offers the user the possibility of using any currently available PC-based
process control system, without any restrictions
in the Ex area.
The front panel installation assures ease of mounting. Upon request, the devices are also available as
turn-key system solutions in a stainless steel enclosure as wall, floor or ceiling mounting versions.
The screen of the Remote 19.1" is a TFT display
with an SXGA resolution and is characterised by its
excellent brilliance and a very large reading angle.
Intrinsically safe input devices can be connected
also. Optionally, a touchscreen (intrinsically safe),
assuring an absolutely maximum operator convenience, is available.
03-0330-0408-02/2014-BAT-236280/1
Connection in the safe area is realized via a local
unit (included in delivery).
Display
- 19.1" graphic-capable TFT colour display
- 16.7 million colours
- SXGA resolution 1280 x 1024 pixels
- Brightness 300 cd/m2
- Visible area approx. 380 x 305 mm
- Contrast 1300:1
- Antireflection coating glass pane
- Optional touchscreen
Backlight illumination
- LED technology
- Service life approx. 40,000 hours
(at +25 °C)
Connection to the PC
- Connection to VGA
- PS/2 keyboard and PS/2 mouse port
- via cable STP/S; 4 x 2 x 23 AWG
optionally via fibre optic cable
Requirement to the base station
Keyboard and mouse with a PS/2
connector; VGA connection or graphics
card with the following technical data:
- VGA, SVGA, XGA, SXGA resolution
- Vertical sync frequency 60 to 75 Hz
Transmission distance
- up to 300 m via STP/S copper cable
- up to 400 m via 50 µm multi-mode
fibre optic cable
- up to 10,000 m via 9 µm single-mode
fibre optic cable (on request)
Power supply
AC 90 to 253 V, 50 to 60 Hz
DC 24 V ± 10 % on request
Max. power consumption
Pmax. < 60 W
50
POLARIS REMOTE POLARIS Remote 19.1"
Possible connection
Safe area
Remote 19,1"
PC
Keyboard
Video
Keyboard
Mouse
Patch cable
Local unit
Network outlet
RJ 45 system
Version
Wall cut-out
484 mm x 386.5 mm + 0.5 mm
Weight
approx. 33 kg
Remote 19.1"
without touchscreen
Admissible ambient temperatures
Storage
-20 °C to +50 °C
Operation
0 °C to +50 °C
System solution with heating on request.
Code no.
Remote 19.1"
with touchscreen
Vibration
0.7 g/1 mm; 5 Hz to 500 Hz pulse in
all 3 axes
Code no.
for STP/S copper cable
(up to max. 300 m)
00
for STP/S copper cable (up to max. 300 m)
supply module for hand-held scanner*
04
for 50 µm multi-mode
fibre optic cable (up to max. 400 m)
08
for 50 µm multi-mode fibre optic cable
(up to max. 400 m),
supply module for hand-held scanner*
12
7
*(not with touchscreen)
Complete order no. 17-71V2-
0
Please insert correct code.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
You will find the accessories with order details on the accessories pages.
03-0330-0408-02/2014-BAT-236280/2
Polyester foil on anodised
aluminium plate
(conditionally UV-resistant)
galvanised sheet steel,
bichromated
Interfaces
5
Humidity
5 to 95 % non-condensing
Material
Front
Back
STP/S CAT.6/CAT.7 cable
4 x 2 twisted pair
Selection chart
Dimensions (width x height x depth)
498 mm x 400 mm x approx. 135 mm
Shock
15 g/11 ms pulse in all 3 axes
Mouse
51
POLARIS REMOTE POLARIS Remote 24"
Explosion protection
Ex protection type Zone 1 and 21
ATEX
II 2G Ex db eb qb [ib op pr] IIC T4
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T120°C
Certification
IBExU 05 ATEX 1117 X
IECEx Ex db eb qb [ib op pr] IIC T4
Ex tb IIIC T120°C
Certification
IECEx IBE 11.0007 X
Further approvals
INMETRO, GOST-R
Protection class
IP 65 (front)
IP 54 (back)
POLARIS Remote 24"
Variant for Zone 2
see BARTEC Internet: www.bartec-group.com
Features
Description
 Easy front panel fitting
The POLARIS Remote 24" unit by BARTEC is a
display with keyboard and mouse with which a PC
can be operated in safe areas of hazardous areas.
 Full HD resolution
 Easy wiring
 Connection of standard PCs
in non-hazardous areas
 Optional touchscreen
 Transmission through fibre optical
waveguide or copper
 OSD menu, with setting keys on the front
Distances of up to 10,000 m are possible.
POLARIS Remote 24" offers the user the possibility of using any currently available PC-based
process control system, without any restrictions
in the Ex area.
The front panel installation assures ease of mounting. Upon request, the devices are also available as
turn-key system solutions in a stainless steel enclosure as wall, floor or ceiling mounting versions.
The screen of the Remote 24" is a TFT display with
an Full HD resolution and is characterised by its
excellent brilliance and a very large reading angle.
Intrinsically safe input devices can be connected
also. Optionally, a touchscreen (intrinsically safe),
assuring an absolutely maximum operator convenience, is available.
Connection in the safe area is realized via a local
unit (included in delivery).
Technical data
Construction
Front panel fitting
Display
- 24“ graphic-capable TFT colour display
- 16.7 million colours
- Full HD resolution 1920 x 1080 pixels
- Brightness 300 cd/m2
- Visible area approx. 531 x 299 mm
- Contrast 3000:1
- Antireflection coating glass pane
- Optional touchscreen
Backlight illumination
- LED technology
- Service life approx. 50,000 hours
(at +25 °C)
Connection to the PC
with local unit (plug & play)
by means of STP/S cables 4 x 2 x 23 AWG
- 1 x DVI in
- 1 x DVI out (local monitor)
- 1 x USB for keyboard/mouse/touchscreen
and option of hand-held scanner
Cable length
- up to 100 m of STP/S copper cable
on request
- up to 500 m of 50 µm multi-mode
- up to 10 000 m of 9 µm single-mode
Power supply
AC 90 to 253 V, 50 to 60 Hz
DC 24 V ± 10 % on request
03-0330-0688-07/2014-BAT-334209/1
Max. power consumption
Pmax. < 60 W
Dimensions (width x height x depth)
644 mm x 406 mm x approx. 135 mm
Wall cut-out
630 mm x 392 mm + 0.5 mm
52
POLARIS REMOTE POLARIS Remote 24"
Possible connection
Safe area
Remote 24"
PC
Video
Keyboard
Mouse
Patch cable
Local unit
Network outlet
RJ 45 system
Weight
approx. 40 kg
Selection chart
Admissible ambient temperatures
Storage
-20 °C to +50 °C
Operation
0 °C to +50 °C
System solution with heating on request.
Version
Remote 24"
without touchscreen
Humidity
5 to 95 % non-condensing
Code no.
Shock
15 g/11 ms pulse in all 3 axes
Polyester foil on anodised
aluminium plate
(conditionally UV-resistant)
galvanised sheet steel,
bichromated
Remote 24"
with touchscreen
Interfaces
Code no.
for STP/S copper cable
(up to max. 100 m)
17
for STP/S copper cable (up to max. 100 m)
supply module for hand-held scanner*
18
C
Vibration
0.7 g/1 mm; 5 Hz to 500 Hz pulse in all 3 axes
Material
Front
Back
STP/S CAT.6/CAT.7 cable
4 x 2 twisted pair
for 50 µm multi-mode
fibre optic cable (up to max. 500 m)
on
request
for 50 µm multi-mode fibre optic cable
(up to max. 500 m),
supply module for hand-held scanner*
on
request
D
*(not with touchscreen)
Complete order no. 17-71V2-
0
Please insert correct code.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
You will find the accessories with order details on the accessories pages.
03-0330-0688-07/2014-BAT-334209/2
53
POLARIS REMOTE ZeroClient 12.1" W for Zone 1 and 21
Explosion protection
Ex protection type Zone 1 and 21
ATEX
II 2G Ex db eb qb [ib op pr] IIC T4
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C
Certification
IBExU 05 ATEX 1117 X
IECEx Ex db eb qb [ib op pr] IIC T4
Ex tb IIIC T120 °C
Certification
IECEx IBE 11.0007 X
POLARIS ZeroClient 12.1" W
Further approvals
INMETRO, GOST-R
Protection class
IP 65 (front)
IP 54 (back)
Variant Zone 2
see BARTEC Internet: www.bartec-group.com
Features
Description
Safety principle
The POLARIS ZeroClient series is the modern safe
remote HMI series for the Zone 1 hazardous area.
 Direct linkage in explosive areas
 Ethernet interface
 Easy front panel fitting
 Graphic-capable TFT colour display
The connection is based on the RDP7 protocol to
control a remote computer.
The ZeroClient shell, developed by BARTEC itself,
comes in a user-friendly tile look and was designed
in conformance to today’s safety standards to prevent any risks emanating from the user or the network.
The wired electrical connections are made via a
terminal compartment in the “e” (increased safety)
type of protection.
State-of-the-art display technology provides optimum contrast even with a large viewing angle.
The front-panel fitting assures easy installation. On
request, the devices are also available as turn-key
system solutions in stainless-steel enclosures as
wall, floor or ceiling mounting versions.
Intrinsically safe input devices can be connected
also. The optional (intrinsically safe) touch screen
offers the ultimate in operating comfort.
Technical data
Construction
Front panel fitting
Display
- 12.1" W graphics-capable TFT colour display
- 262,144 colours
- WXGA resolution, 1280 x 800 pixels
- Brightness 400 cd/m²
- Visible surface approx. 264 x 166 mm
- Contrast 1200:1
- Touchscreen (resistive)
Backlight illumination
- LED technology
- Service life approx. 50,000 hours
(at +25 °C)
Interfaces
- 1 x Ex e Ethernet 100/10BaseT
(option of optical fibres)
- 1 x Ex e USB
- 1 x Ex i USB
- 2 x Ex i PS/2 for intrinsically safe
keyboard and mouse
Optional accessories
Hand-held scanner on request
Dimensions (width x height x depth)
400 mm x 246 mm x approx. 130 mm
Wall cut-out
386 mm x 226 mm + 0.5 mm
Weight
approx. 14 kg
03-0330-0819-07/2014-BAT-372482/1
Supply voltage
DC 24 V ± 10 %
Max. power consumption
Pmax.< 35 W
Permissible ambient temperatures
Storage -20 °C to +50 °C
Operation 0 °C to +50 °C
System solution with heating on request.
54
POLARIS REMOTE ZeroClient 12.1" W for Zone 1 and 21
Possible connection
Safe area
ZeroClient 12.1" W
Ethernet
PC, server, virtual PC
Keyboard
Mouse
Relative air humidity
5 % to 95 % non-condensing
Vibration
0.7 g/1 mm; 5 Hz to 500 Hz pulse in
all 3 axes
Order no.
POLARIS REMOTE ZeroClient 12.1" W with touch screen
17-71V1-B436/Z000
Technical data subject to change without notice.
You will find the accessories with order details on the accessories pages.
Shock
15 g/11 ms pulse in all 3 axes
Polyester foil on anodised
aluminium plate
(conditionally UV-resistant)
bichromated sheet steel
03-0330-0819-07/2014-BAT-372482/2
Material
Front
Back
55
POLARIS REMOTE ZeroClient 15" for Zone 1 and 21
Explosion protection
Ex protection type Zone 1 and 21
ATEX
II 2G Ex db eb qb [ib op pr] IIC T4
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C
Certification
IBExU 05 ATEX 1117 X
IECEx Ex db eb qb [ib op pr] IIC T4
Ex tb IIIC T120 °C
Certification
IECEx IBE 11.0007 X
Further approvals
INMETRO, GOST-R
Protection class
IP 65 (front)
IP 54 (back)
Variant Zone 2
see BARTEC Internet: www.bartec-group.com
POLARIS ZeroClient 15"
Features
Description
Safety principle
The POLARIS ZeroClient series is the modern safe
remote HMI series for the Zone 1 hazardous area.
 Direct linkage in explosive areas
 Ethernet interface
 Easy front panel fitting
 Graphic-capable TFT colour display
The connection is based on the RDP7 protocol to
control a remote computer.
The ZeroClient shell, developed by BARTEC itself,
comes in a user-friendly tile look and was designed
in conformance to today’s safety standards to prevent any risks emanating from the user or the network.
The wired electrical connections are made via a
terminal compartment in the “e” (increased safety)
type of protection.
State-of-the-art display technology provides optimum contrast even with a large viewing angle.
The front-panel fitting assures easy installation. On
request, the devices are also available as turn-key
system solutions in stainless-steel enclosures as
wall, floor or ceiling mounting versions.
Intrinsically safe input devices can be connected
also. The optional (intrinsically safe) touch screen
offers the ultimate in operating comfort.
Technical data
Construction
Front panel fitting
Display
- 15" graphic-capable TFT colour display
- 16.7 Mio. colours
- XGA resolution 1024 x 768 pixels
- Brightness up to 350 cd/m2
- Visible area approx. 304 x 228 mm
- Contrast 700:1
- Antireflection coating glass pane
- Optional touchscreen (resistive)
Backlight illumination
- LED technology
- Service life approx. 50,000 hours
(at +25 °C)
Interfaces
- 1 x Ex e Ethernet 100/10BaseT
(option of optical fibres)
- 1 x Ex e USB
- 1 x Ex i USB
- 2 x Ex i PS/2 for intrinsically safe
keyboard and mouse
Optional accessories
Hand-held scanner on request
Dimensions (width x height x depth)
411 mm x 332 mm x approx. 135 mm
Wall cut-out
394.5 mm x 315.5 mm + 0.5 mm
03-0330-0817-07/2014-BAT-372480/1
Weight
approx. 23 kg
Supply voltage
DC 24 V ± 10 %
AC 100 to 230 V, 50 to 60 Hz
Input voltage range
DC 24 V ± 10 %
AC 90 V to 253 V
56
POLARIS REMOTE ZeroClient 15" for Zone 1 and 21
Possible connection
Safe area
ZeroClient 15"
Ethernet
PC, server, virtual PC
Keyboard
Mouse
Max. power consumption
Pmax. < 70 W
Selection chart
Admissible ambient temperatures
Storage
-20 °C to +50 °C
Operation
0 °C to +50 °C
System solution with heating on request.
Version
Humidity
5 to 95 % non-condensing
Vibration
0.7 g/1 mm; 5 Hz to 500 Hz pulse in all 3 axes
Shock
15 g/11 ms pulse in all 3 axes
Polyester foil on anodised
aluminium plate
(conditionally UV-resistant)
galvanised sheet steel,
bichromated
Input voltage range
Code no.
ZeroClient 15"
without touchscreen
4
AC 90 to 253 V
0
ZeroClient 15"
with touchscreen
6
DC 24 V
2
Complete order no. 17-71V1-
072/Z000/
200
Please insert correct code.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
You will find the accessories with order details on the accessories pages.
03-0330-0817-07/2014-BAT-372480/2
Material
Front
Back
Code no.
57
POLARIS REMOTE ZeroClient 15" Sunlight for Zone 1 and 21
Explosion protection
Ex protection type Zone 1 and 21
ATEX
II 2G Ex db eb qb [ib op pr] IIC T4
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C
Certification
IBExU 05 ATEX 1117 X
IECEx Ex db eb qb [ib op pr] IIC T4
Ex tb IIIC T120 °C
Certification
IECEx IBE 11.0007 X
Further approvals
INMETRO, GOST-R
Protection class
IP 65 (front)
IP 54 (back)
POLARIS ZeroClient 15" Sunlight
Features
Description
 Sunlight readable display
The POLARIS ZeroClient series is the modern safe
remote HMI series for the Zone 1 hazardous area.
Safety principle
 Direct linkage in explosive areas
 Ethernet interface
 Easy front panel fitting
 Graphic-capable TFT colour display
The connection is based on the RDP7 protocol to
control a remote computer.
The ZeroClient shell, developed by BARTEC itself,
comes in a user-friendly tile look and was designed
in conformance to today’s safety standards to prevent any risks emanating from the user or the network.
The wired electrical connections are made via a
terminal compartment in the “e” (increased safety)
type of protection.
State-of-the-art display technology provides optimum contrast even with a large viewing angle.
The front-panel fitting assures easy installation. On
request, the devices are also available as turn-key
system solutions in stainless-steel enclosures as
wall, floor or ceiling mounting versions.
Intrinsically safe input devices can be connected
also.
Variant Zone 2
see BARTEC Internet: www.bartec-group.com
Technical data
Construction
Front panel fitting
Display
-15" graphics-capable TFT colour display
- 262,144 colours
- XGA resolution, 1024 x 768 pixels
- Brightness up to 1000 cd/m2
- Visible area approx. 304 x 228 mm
- Contrast 700:1
- Antireflection coating glass pane
- Optional touchscreen (resistive)
Backlight illumination
- LED technology
- Service life approx. 50,000 hours
(at +25 °C)
Interfaces
- 1 x Ex e Ethernet 100/10BaseT
(option of optical fibres)
- 1 x Ex e USB
- 1 x Ex i USB
- 2 x Ex i PS/2 for intrinsically safe
keyboard and mouse
Optional accessories
Hand-held scanner on request
Dimensions (width x height x depth)
411 mm x 332 mm x approx. 135 mm
Wall cut-out
394.5 mm x 315.5 mm + 0.5 mm
03-0330-0820-07/2014-BAT-372483/1
Weight
approx. 23 kg
Supply voltage
DC 24 V ± 10 %
AC 100 to 230 V, 50 to 60 Hz
Input voltage range
DC 24 V ± 10 %
AC 90 V to 253 V
58
POLARIS REMOTE ZeroClient 15" Sunlight for Zone 1 and 21
Possible connection
Safe area
ZeroClient 15" Sunlight
Ethernet
PC, server, virtual PC
Keyboard
Mouse
Max. power consumption
Pmax. < 70 W
Selection chart
Admissible ambient temperatures
Storage
-20 °C to +60 °C
Operation
-20 °C to +60 °C
System solution with heating on request.
Version
Input voltage range
Code no.
AC 90 to 253 V
0
DC 24 V
2
ZeroClient 15" Sunlight
with touchscreen
Humidity
5 to 95 % non-condensing
Vibration
0.7 g/1 mm; 5 Hz to 500 Hz pulse in all 3 axes
Shock
15 g/11 ms pulse in all 3 axes
Polyester foil on anodised
aluminium plate
(conditionally UV-resistant)
galvanised sheet steel,
bichromated
Complete order no. 17-71V-6272/Z000/
200
Please insert correct code.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
You will find the accessories with order details on the accessories pages.
03-0330-0820-07/2014-BAT-372483/2
Material
Front
Back
59
POLARIS REMOTE ZeroClient 17.3" for Zone 1 and 21
Explosion protection
Ex protection type Zone 1 and 21
ATEX
II 2G Ex db eb qb [ib op pr] IIC T4
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C
Certification
IBExU 05 ATEX 1117 X
IECEx Ex db eb qb [ib op pr] IIC T4
Ex tb IIIC T120 °C
Certification
IECEx IBE 11.0007 X
POLARIS ZeroClient 17.3"
Protection class
IP 65 (front)
IP 54 (back)
Variant Zone 2
see BARTEC Internet: www.bartec-group.com
Technical data
Features
Description
Safety principle
The POLARIS ZeroClient series is the modern safe
remote HMI series for the Zone 1 hazardous area.
 Direct linkage in explosive areas
 Ethernet interface
 Easy front panel fitting
 Graphic-capable TFT colour display
The connection is based on the RDP7 protocol to
control a remote computer.
The ZeroClient shell, developed by BARTEC itself,
comes in a user-friendly tile look and was designed
in conformance to today’s safety standards to prevent any risks emanating from the user or the network.
The wired electrical connections are made via a
terminal compartment in the “e” (increased safety)
type of protection.
State-of-the-art display technology provides optimum contrast even with a large viewing angle.
The front-panel fitting assures easy installation. On
request, the devices are also available as turn-key
system solutions in stainless-steel enclosures as
wall, floor or ceiling mounting versions.
Intrinsically safe input devices can be connected
also. The optional (intrinsically safe) touch screen
offers the ultimate in operating comfort.
Construction
Front panel fitting
Display
-17.3” graphics-capable TFT colour display
-16.7 million colours
-Full HD resolution, 1920 x 1080 pixels
-Brightness 400 cd/m2
-Visible area approx. 382 x 215 mm
-Contrast 600:1
-Antireflection coating glass pane
-Optional touchscreen (resistive)
Backlight illumination
-LED illumination
-Service life approx. 50,000 hours
(at +25 °C)
Interfaces
- 1 x Ex e Ethernet 100/10BaseT
(option of optical fibres)
- 1 x Ex e USB
- 1 x Ex i USB
- 2 x Ex i PS/2 for intrinsically safe
keyboard and mouse
Optional accessories
Hand-held scanner on request
Dimensions (width x height x depth)
503 mm x 314 mm x approx. 135 mm
Wall cut-out
489 mm x 300 mm + 0.5 mm
Weight
approx. 33 kg
03-0330-0822-07/2014-BAT-372485/1
Power supply
AC 90 to 253 V, 50 to 60 Hz
DC 24 V ± 10 % on request
Max. power consumption
Pmax. < 70 W depending on the variant
Admissible ambient temperature
Storage
-20 °C to +50 °C
Operation
0 °C to +50 °C
System solution with heating on request.
60
POLARIS REMOTE ZeroClient 17.3" for Zone 1 and 21
Possible connection
Safe area
ZeroClient 17.3"
Ethernet
PC, server, virtual PC
Keyboard
Mouse
Humidity
5 to 95 % non-condensing
Selection chart
Vibration
0.7 g/1 mm; 5 Hz to 500 Hz pulse in all 3 axes
Version
Shock
15 g/11 ms pulse in all 3 axes
ZeroClient 17.3"
without touchscreen
E
AC 90 to 253 V
0
ZeroClient 17.3"
with touchscreen
F
DC 24 V
2
Material
Front
Back
Polyester foil on anodised
aluminium plate
(conditionally UV-resistant)
bichromated sheet steel
Input voltage range
Complete order no. 17-71V1-
072/Z000/
Code no.
200
Please insert correct code.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
You will find the accessories with order details on the accessories pages.
03-0330-0822-07/2014-BAT-372485/2
Code no.
61
POLARIS REMOTE ZeroClient 19.1" for Zone 1 and 21
Explosion protection
Ex protection type Zone 1 and 21
ATEX
II 2G Ex db eb qb [ib op pr] IIC T4
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C
Certification
IBExU 05 ATEX 1117 X
IECEx Ex db eb qb [ib op pr] IIC T4
Ex tb IIIC T120 °C
Certification
IECEx IBE 11.0007 X
Further approvals
INMETRO, GOST-R
Protection class
IP 65 (front)
IP 54 (back)
Variant Zone 2
see BARTEC Internet: www.bartec-group.com
POLARIS ZeroClient 19.1"
Technical data
Construction
Front panel fitting
Features
Description
Safety principle
The POLARIS ZeroClient series is the modern safe
remote HMI series for the Zone 1 hazardous area.
 Direct linkage in explosive areas
 Ethernet interface
 Easy front panel fitting
 Graphic-capable TFT colour display
The connection is based on the RDP7 protocol to
control a remote computer.
The ZeroClient shell, developed by BARTEC itself,
comes in a user-friendly tile look and was designed
in conformance to today’s safety standards to prevent any risks emanating from the user or the network.
The wired electrical connections are made via a
terminal compartment in the “e” (increased safety)
type of protection.
State-of-the-art display technology provides optimum contrast even with a large viewing angle.
The front-panel fitting assures easy installation. On
request, the devices are also available as turn-key
system solutions in stainless-steel enclosures as
wall, floor or ceiling mounting versions.
Intrinsically safe input devices can be connected
also. The optional (intrinsically safe) touch screen
offers the ultimate in operating comfort.
Display
-19.1" graphics-capable TFT colour display
-16.7 million colours
-SXGA resolution, 1280 x 1024 pixels
-Brightness 300 cd/m2
-Visible area approx. 380 x 305 mm
-Contrast 1300:1
-Antireflection coating glass pane
-Optional touchscreen (resistive)
Backlight illumination
- LED technology
- Service life approx. 50,000 hours
(at +25 °C)
Interfaces
- 1 x Ex e Ethernet 100/10BaseT
(option of optical fibres)
- 1 x Ex e USB
- 1 x Ex i USB
- 2 x Ex i PS/2 for intrinsically safe
keyboard and mouse
Optional accessories
Hand-held scanner on request
Dimensions (width x height x depth)
498 mm x 400 mm x approx. 135 mm
Wall cut-out
484 mm x 386.5 mm + 0.5 mm
03-0330-0818-07/2014-BAT-372481/1
Weight
approx. 33 kg
Power supply
AC 90 to 253 V, 50 to 60 Hz
DC 24 V ± 10 % on request
Max. power consumption
Pmax. < 70 W
62
POLARIS REMOTE ZeroClient 19.1" for Zone 1 and 21
Possible connection
Safe area
ZeroClient 19.1"
Ethernet
PC, server, virtual PC
Keyboard
Mouse
Admissible ambient temperature
Storage
-20 °C to +50 °C
Operation
0 °C to +50 °C
System solution with heating on request.
Selection chart
Humidity
5 to 95 % non-condensing
ZeroClient 19.1"
without touchscreen
5
AC 90 to 253 V
0
ZeroClient 19.1"
with touchscreen
7
DC 24 V
2
Version
Vibration
0.7 g/1 mm; 5 Hz to 500 Hz pulse in all 3 axes
Shock
15 g/11 ms pulse in all 3 axes
Polyester foil on anodised
aluminium plate
(conditionally UV-resistant)
bichromated sheet steel
Input voltage range
Complete order no. 17-71V1-
072/Z000/
Code no.
200
Please insert correct code.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
You will find the accessories with order details on the accessories pages.
03-0330-0818-07/2014-BAT-372481/2
Material
Front
Back
Code no.
63
POLARIS REMOTE ZeroClient 24" for Zone 1 et 21
Explosion protection
Ex protection type for Zone 1 and 21
ATEX
II 2G Ex db eb qb [ib op pr] IIC T4
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C
Certification
IBExU 05 ATEX 1117 X
IECEx Ex db eb qb [ib op pr] IIC T4
Ex tb IIIC T120 °C
Certification
IECEx IBE 11.0007 X
Protection class
IP 65 (front)
IP 54 (back)
Variant Zone 2
see BARTEC Internet: www.bartec-group.com
POLARIS ZeroClient 24"
Technical data
Features
Description
Safety principle
The POLARIS ZeroClient series is the modern safe
remote HMI series for the Zone 1 hazardous area.
 Direct linkage in explosive areas
 Ethernet interface
 Easy front panel fitting
 Graphic-capable TFT colour display
The connection is based on the RDP7 protocol to
control a remote computer.
The ZeroClient shell, developed by BARTEC itself,
comes in a user-friendly tile look and was designed
in conformance to today’s safety standards to prevent any risks emanating from the user or the network.
The wired electrical connections are made via a
terminal compartment in the “e” (increased safety)
type of protection.
State-of-the-art display technology provides optimum contrast even with a large viewing angle.
The front-panel fitting assures easy installation. On
request, the devices are also available as turn-key
system solutions in stainless-steel enclosures as
wall, floor or ceiling mounting versions.
Intrinsically safe input devices can be connected
also. The optional (intrinsically safe) touch screen
offers the ultimate in operating comfort.
Construction
Front panel fitting
Display
-24" graphics-capable TFT colour display
-16.7 million colours
-Full HD resolution, 1920 x 1080 pixels
-Brightness 300 cd/m2
-Visible area approx. 531 x 299 mm
-Contrast 3000:1
-Antireflection coating glass pane
-Optional touchscreen (resistive)
Backlight illumination
-LED technology
-Service life approx. 50,000 hours
(at +25 °C)
Interfaces
-1 x Ex e Ethernet 100/10BaseT
(option of optical fibres)
-1 x Ex e USB
-1 x Ex i USB
-2 x Ex i PS/2 for intrinsically safe
keyboard and mouse
Optional accessories
Hand-held scanner on request
Dimensions (width x height x depth)
644 mm x 406 mm x approx. 135 mm
Wall cut-out
630 mm x 392 mm + 0.5 mm
Weight
approx. 40 kg
03-0330-0816-07/2014-BAT-372474/1
Power supply
AC 90 to 253 V, 50 to 60 Hz
DC 24 V ± 10 % on request
Max. power consumption
Pmax. < 100 W depending on the variant
Admissible ambient temperature
Storage
-20 °C to +50 °C
Operation
0 °C to +50 °C
System solution with heating on request.
64
POLARIS REMOTE ZeroClient 24" for Zone 1 et 21
Possible connection
Safe area
ZeroClient 24"
Ethernet
PC, server, virtual PC
Keyboard
Mouse
Humidity
5 to 95 % non-condensing
Selection chart
Vibration
0.7 g/1 mm; 5 Hz to 500 Hz pulse in all 3 axes
Version
Shock
15 g/11 ms pulse in all 3 axes
ZeroClient 24"
without touchscreen
C
AC 90 to 253 V
0
ZeroClient 24"
with touchscreen
D
DC 24 V
2
Material
Front
Back
Polyester foil on anodised
aluminium plate
(conditionally UV-resistant)
bichromated sheet steel
Input voltage range
Complete order no. 17-71V1-
072/Z000/
Code no.
200
Please insert correct code.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
You will find the accessories with order details on the accessories pages.
03-0330-0816-07/2014-BAT-372474/2
Code no.
65
POLARIS REMOTE POLARIS II Remote 19.1" for ATEX Zone 2 and ATEX Zone 21/22
Technical data
Construction
Stainless steel enclosure
POLARIS II
Remote 19.1"
for ATEX Zone 2 and ATEX Zone 21/22
Features
 In the stainless enclosure tiltable
 Graphics-capable TFT colour display
 Simple wiring
 Connection of standard PCs in
non-hazardous areas
 Optional touchscreen
 Transmission through fibre optical
waveguide or copper
 Cost reduction by cascading several POLARIS II Remote devices to one PC
Description
Explosion protection
The POLARIS II Remote 19.1" from BARTEC is a
display which enables a PC to be operated in safe
areas of hazardous areas.
Ex protection type Zone 2
II 3G Ex nA II T5
Distances of up to 300 m are possible.
Certification
IBExU 09 ATEX B009
POLARIS II Remote 19.1" allows the user the possibility of utilising any currently available PC-based
process control systems without restrictions in the
Ex areas.
Ex protection type Zone 21/22
II 2D Ex tD A21 IP 65 T100 °C
-25 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +50 °C
On request the devices are also available as turn-key
system solutions in a stainless steel enclosure for
wall, floor or table mounting.
The screen on the POLARIS II Remote 19.1" is a TFT
display with SXGA resolution and is characterised
by its outstanding brilliance and a very large reading angle.
A keyboard with integrated trackball or touchpad
is available. An optional touch screen offering the
ultimate in operating ease is also obtainable.
03-0330-0552-02/2014-BAT-292153/1
Linking in the safe area is established through a
local unit (included in the scope of supply).
66
Certification
IBExU 09 ATEX 1113 X
Other approvals and certificates,
see www.bartec-group.com
Protection class
IP 65
Display
- 19.1" graphics-capable TFT colour display
- 16.7 million colours
- SXGA resolution, 1280 x of 1024 pixels
- Brightness 300 cd/m²
- Visible surface approx. 376 x 301 mm
- Contrast 1300:1
- Option of touchscreen (resistive)
Backlighting
- CFL technology
- Service life approx. 40,000 hours
(at +25 °C)
Conductor length
up to 300 m through STP cable VGA/PS2
up to 130 m through STP cable DVI/USB
up to 500 m through
multi-mode fibre-optic cable DVI/USB
up to 20 km through
single-mode fibre-optic cable DVI/USB
Dimensions (width x height x depth)
610 mm x 450 mm x approx. 100 mm
Weight approx. 17 kg
Rated voltage
AC 110 to 230 V, 47 to 63 Hz
DC 24 V
Input voltage range
AC 90 to 253 V
DC 24 V ± 10 %
Max. power consumption
Pmax. < 75 W
Permissible ambient temperatures
Storage
-25 °C to +60 °C
Operation 0 °C to +50 °C
Relative air humidity
5 to 95 % non-condensing
Material
Stainless steel
Optional accessories
- Keyboard with integrated trackball 38 mm
- Keyboard with integrated trackball 50 mm
- Keyboard with integrated touchpad
POLARIS REMOTE POLARIS II Remote 19.1" for ATEX Zone 2 and ATEX Zone 21/22
Possible connection
Safe area
PC
Video
Keyboard
Mouse
Local unit
RJ 45 system
STP/S CAT.6/CAT.7 cable
4 x 2 twisted pair
Selection chart
Ex area
Zone 21/22
Zone 2
1
2
Version
POLARIS II
Remote 19.1“
without
touchscreen
POLARIS II
Remote 19.1“
with touchscreen
Complete order no. 17-7
Code
no.
6
5
Input voltage
AC 90 to 253 V
Conductor length
Code
no.
up to 300 m
through STP cable
VGA/PS2
0
up to 130 m
through STP cable
DVI/USB
4
Keyboard
language
Code
no.
Insert unit
Code
no.
German
1
Trackball 50 mm
1
English
2
Trackball 38 mm
2
French
3
Touchpad
4
1
up to 500 m through
multi-mode fibre-optic
cable DVI/USB
5
up to 20 km through
single-mode fibreoptic cable DVI/USB
6
2
DC 24 V
V5-
Code
no.
0
/
00
Please insert correct code.
Technical data subject to change.
03-0330-0552-02/2014-BAT-292153/2
Code
no.
67
POLARIS REMOTE POLARIS II Remote 22" for ATEX Zone 2 and ATEX Zone 21/22
Technical data
Construction
Stainless steel enclosure
POLARIS II
REMOTE 22"
for ATEX Zone 2 and ATEX Zone 21/22
Features
 In the stainless enclosure tiltable
 Graphics-capable TFT colour display
 Simple wiring
 Connection of standard PCs
in non-hazardous areas
 Optional touchscreen
Description
 Cost reduction by cascading several POLARIS II Remote devices to one PC
Weight approx. 17 kg
Explosion protection
Distances of up to 200 m are possible.
Certification
IBExU 09 ATEX B009
POLARIS II Remote 22" allows the user the possibility of utilising any currently available PC-based
process control systems without restrictions in the
Ex areas.
Ex protection type Zone 21/22
II 2D Ex tD A21 IP65 T100 °C
-25 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +50 °C
A keyboard with integrated trackball or touchpad
is available. An optional touch screen offering the
ultimate in operating ease is also obtainable.
03-0330-0553-05/2014-BAT-292154/1
Linking in the safe area is established through a
local unit (included in the scope of supply).
68
Conductor length
up to 300 m through STP cable VGA/PS2
up to 130 m through STP cable DVI/USB
up to 500 m through
multi-mode fibre-optic cable DVI/USB
up to 20 km through
single-mode fibre-optic cable DVI/USB
Dimensions (width x height x depth)
610 mm x 450 mm x approx. 100 mm
Ex protection type Zone 2
II 3G Ex nA IIC T5
The POLARIS II Remote 22" screen is a TFT display
with WSXGA+ resolution and is distinguished by
its outstanding brilliance and a very large reading
angle.
Backlighting
- CFL technology
- Service life approx. 50,000 hours
(at +25 °C)
 Transmission through fibre optical
waveguide or copper
The POLARIS II Remote 22" from BARTEC is a
display which enables a PC to be operated in safe
areas of hazardous areas.
On request the devices are also available as turn-key
system solutions in a stainless steel enclosure for
wall, floor or table mounting.
Display
- 22" graphics-capable TFT colour display
- 16.7 million colours
- WSXGA+ resolution, 1680 x 1050 pixels
- Brightness 300 cd/m²
- Visible surface approx. 474 x 296 mm
- Contrast 600:1
- Option of touchscreen (resistive)
Certification
IBExU 09 ATEX 1113 X
Other approvals and certificates,
see www.bartec-group.com
Protection class
IP 65
Rated voltage
AC 110 to 230 V, 47 to 63 Hz
DC 24 V
Input voltage range
AC 90 to 253 V
DC 24 V ± 10 %
Max. power consumption
Pmax. < 75 W
Permissible ambient temperatures
Storage -25 °C to +60 °C
Operation 0 °C to +50 °C
Relative air humidity
5 to 95 % non-condensing
Material
Stainless steel
Optional accessories
- Keyboard with integrated trackball 38 mm
- Keyboard with integrated trackball 50 mm
- Keyboard with integrated touchpad
POLARIS REMOTE POLARIS II Remote 22" for ATEX Zone 2 and ATEX Zone 21/22
Possible connection
Safe area
PC
Video
Keyboard
Mouse
RJ 45 system
Local unit
STP/S CAT.6/CAT.7 cable
4 x 2 twisted pair
Selection chart
Ex area
Zone 21/22
Zone 2
1
2
Version
Code
no.
POLARIS II
Remote 22"
without
touchscreen
POLARIS II
Remote 22"
with touchscreen
Complete order no. 17-7
Please insert correct code.
Technical data subject to change.
4
3
Input voltage
AC 90 to 253 V
DC 24 V
V5-
Code
no.
1
2
0
/
Conductor
length
Code
no.
up to 300 m
through STP cable
VGA/PS2
0
up to 130 m
through STP cable
DVI/USB
4
up to 500 m through
multi-mode fibre-optic
cable DVI/USB
5
up to 20 km through
single-mode fibre-optic
cable DVI/USB
6
Keyboard
language
Code
no.
Insert unit
Code
no.
German
1
Trackball 50 mm
1
English
2
Trackball 38 mm
2
French
3
Touchpad
4
00
03-0330-0553-05/2014-BAT-292154/2
Code
no.
69
POLARIS REMOTE POLARIS II Remote 24" for ATEX Zone 2 and ATEX Zone 21/22
Technical data
Construction
Stainless steel enclosure
POLARIS II
REMOTE 24"
for ATEX Zone 2 and ATEX Zone 21/22
Features
 In the stainless enclosure tiltable
 Graphics-capable TFT colour display
 Simple wiring
 Connection of standard PCs in
non-hazardous areas
 Optional touchscreen
 Transmission through fibre optical
waveguide or copper
 Cost reduction by cascading several POLARIS II Remote devices to one PC
Description
The POLARIS II Remote 24" from BARTEC is a
display which enables a PC to be operated in safe
areas of hazardous areas.
Explosion protection
Ex protection type Zone 2
II 3G Ex nA IIC T5
Distances of up to 20 km are possible.
Certification
IBExU 09 ATEX B009
POLARIS II Remote 24" allows the user the possibility of utilising any currently available PC-based
process control systems without restrictions in the
Ex areas.
Ex protection type Zone 21/22
II 2D Ex tD A21 IP65 T100 °C
-25 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +50 °C
On request the devices are also available as turn-key
system solutions in a stainless steel enclosure for
wall, floor or table mounting.
The POLARIS II Remote 24” screen is a TFT display
with WSXGA+ resolution and is distinguished by
its outstanding brilliance and a very large reading
angle.
A keyboard with integrated trackball or touchpad
is available. An optional touch screen offering the
ultimate in operating ease is also obtainable.
03-0330-0792-10/2014-BAT-365387/1
Linking in the safe area is established through a
local unit (included in the scope of supply).
70
Certification
IBExU 09 ATEX 1113 X
Other approvals and certificates,
see www.bartec-group.com
Protection class
IP 65
Display
- 24" graphics-capable TFT colour display
- 16.7 million colours
- Full HD resolution, 1920 x 1080 pixels
- Brightness 300 cd/m²
- Visible surface approx. 474 x 296 mm
- Contrast 5000:1
- Option of touchscreen (resistive)
Backlighting
- LED technology
- Service life approx. 50,000 hours
(at +25 °C)
Conductor length
up to 130 m through STP cable DVI/USB
up to 500 m through
multi-mode fibre-optic cable DVI/USB
up to 20 km through
single-mode fibre-optic cable DVI/USB
Dimensions (width x height x depth)
670 mm x 450 mm x approx. 100 mm
Weight approx. 19 kg
Rated voltage
AC 110 to 230 V, 47 to 63 Hz
DC 24 V
Input voltage range
AC 90 to 253 V
DC 24 V ± 10 %
Max. power consumption
Pmax. < 75 W
Permissible ambient temperatures
Storage -25 °C to +60 °C
Operation 0 °C to +50 °C
Relative air humidity
5 to 95 % non-condensing
Material
Stainless steel
Optional accessories
- Keyboard with integrated trackball 38 mm
- Keyboard with integrated trackball 50 mm
- Keyboard with integrated touchpad
POLARIS REMOTE POLARIS II Remote 24" for ATEX Zone 2 and ATEX Zone 21/22
Possible connection
Safe area
PC
Video
Keyboard
Mouse
RJ 45 system
Local unit
STP/S CAT.6/CAT.7 cable
4 x 2 twisted pair
Selection chart
Ex area
Zone 21/22
Zone 2
1
2
Input voltage
Code
no.
AC 90 to 253 V
1
DC 24 V
Complete order no. 17-7
2
V5-8
0
Conductor length
Code
no.
Keyboard language
Code
no.
Insert unit
Code
no.
up to 130 m
through STP cable DVI/USB
4
German
1
Trackball 50 mm
1
up to 500 m through
multi-mode fibre-optic cable
DVI/USB
5
English
2
Trackball 38 mm
2
up to 20 km through
single-mode fibre-optic cable
DVI/USB
6
French
3
Touchpad
4
/
00
Please insert correct code.
Technical data subject to change.
03-0330-0792-10/2014-BAT-365387/2
Code
no.
71
POLARIS REMOTE Keyboard
Features
 Easy front panel fitting
 Modular construction
Description
The intrinsically safe keyboard and the mouse variants are intended for POLARIS
Professional and POLARIS Remote for zone 1 and 2 and for zone 21 and 22.
They are connected directly to the POLARIS Panel PC or POLARIS Remote.
The chemically resistant polyester foil is easy to clean and resistant to a lot of
aggressive fluids. The keyboard is available in various languages. A stainless
steel desktop housing for the keyboard and mouse is available as an optional
accessory.
Keyboard
Explosion protection
Certification
IBExU 05 ATEX 1117 X
Certification
IECEx IBE 11.0007 X
Further approvals
INMETRO, GOST-R
Protection class
IP 65
150
Ex protection type IECEx Ex ib IIC T4
Ex ib IIIC T120°C
170
390
140
400
300
100
II 2G Ex ib IIC T4
II 2D ib IIIC T120 °C
85
Ex protection type ATEX
Dimensions and wall cut-out for keyboard (in mm)
3,3
420
all hole diameter: 3.3 mm
Technical data
Selection chart Keyboard
Construction
Front panel fitting
Language
Material
Polyester foil on aluminium sheet
(conditionally UV-resistant)
German
1
Dimensions
420 mm x 170 mm (width x height)
English
2
Wall cut-out
390 mm x 140 mm
French
3
Installation depth
18 mm
Weight
approx. 700 g
Code no.
Complete order no. 17-71VZ-40
Others on request. Please insert correct code.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
0
Dimensions (in mm)
B
Enclosure for mouse and keyboard
Material
Stainless steel 1.4301; AISI 304
Dimensions
600 mm x 85 mm x 220 mm (B x H x T)
Protection class
IP 65
°
80
03-0330-0407-02/2014-BAT-242769
223.4
H
R 15
Technical data
T
Order no.
Enclosure 05-0041-0277
Complete solution with installed equipment on request.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
72
POLARIS REMOTE Mouse, Trackball, Joystick and Touchpad
Mouse
Trackball Joystick
Explosion protection
Explosion protection
Touchpad
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
ATEX
II 2G Ex ib IIC T4
II 2D ib IIIC T120 °C
Ex protection type
ATEX
II 2G Ex ib IIC T4
II 2D ib IIIC T120 °C
Ex protection type
ATEX
II 2G Ex ib IIC T4
II 2D ib IIIC T120 °C
Certification
IBExU 05 ATEX 1117 X
Certification
IBExU 05 ATEX 1117 X
Certification
IBExU 05 ATEX 1117 X
IECEx Ex ib IIC T4
Ex ib IIIC T120°C
IECEx Ex ib IIC T4
Ex ib IIIC T120°C
IECEx Ex ib IIC T4
Ex ib IIIC T120°C
Certification
IECEx IBE 11.0007 X
Certification
IECEx IBE 11.0007 X
Certification
IECEx IBE 11.0007 X
Further approvals
INMETRO, GOST-R
Further approvals
INMETRO, GOST-R
Further approvals
INMETRO, GOST-R
Protection class
IP 65
Protection class
Trackball
static
IP 65 (front side)
dynamic IP 56 (front side)
Protection class
IP 65
Technical data
Construction
Front panel fitting
Joystick IP 65
Construction
Capacitive touchpad for front panel fitting
Technical data
Construction
Front panel fitting
Material
Polyester foil on aluminium sheet
(conditionally UV-resistant)
Technical data
Material
Polyester foil on aluminium sheet
(conditionally UV-resistant)
Dimensions
130 mm x 170 mm (width x height)
Material
Polyester foil on aluminium sheet
(conditionally UV-resistant)
Wall cut-out
100 mm x 140 mm
Dimensions
130 mm x 170 mm (width x height)
Wall cut-out
100 mm x 140 mm
Installation depth
15 mm
Wall cut-out
100 mm x 140 mm
Installation depth
15 mm
Weight
approx. 270 g
Installation depth
43 mm
Weight
approx. 250 g
Dimensions
130 mm x 170 mm (width x height)
Weight
approx. 500 g
Dimensions and wall cut-out (mm)
Selection chart
110
Description
170
140
85
150
03-0330-0445-10/2014-BAT-242770
100
3.3
all hole diameter: 3.3 mm
130
Code no.
Mouse
1
Trackball
2
Touchpad
3
Joystick with button
9
Complete
order no. 17-71VZ-
000
Please insert correct code.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
73
POLARIS REMOTE Accessories
Selection chart Accessories
Illustration
Order no.
Description
Connection cable for keyboard and mouse variants
Keyboard and mouse
1.8 m
05-0068-0163
Keyboard and mouse
3.0 m
05-0068-0204
Keyboard and trackball/joystick
1.8 m
05-0068-0172
Keyboard and trackball/joystick
3.0 m
05-0068-0205
Keyboard and touchpad
1.8 m
05-0068-0183
Keyboard and touchpad
3.0 m
05-0068-0206
Reinforcement frame
POLARIS series 15”
05-0205-0009
POLARIS series 19.1”
05-0205-0010
POLARIS series 24”
05-0205-0012
Mounting clamp set
4 pieces
05-0091-0111
6 pieces
05-0091-0112
LAN STP cable
CAT.7 4 x 2 x 23 AWG, outer diameter: 7.9 mm
02-4082-0002
CAT.7 4 x 2 x 22 AWG, outer diameter: 18 mm; armoured
02-4082-0004
Note: additional cable glands are necessary for armouring.
Power pack for local unit
- for CAT cable with keyboard usage 03-9911-0018
- for CAT cable without keyboard usage 03-9911-0020
- for fibre optic cable
on request
03-0330-0659-08/2014-BAT-318904/1
19" rack mounting set for local unit
74
- for CAT cable
03-8931-0037
- for fibre optic cable
03-8931-0038
POLARIS REMOTE Accessories
Selection chart Accessories
Illustration
Description
Order no.
USB to PS/2 adapter
for mouse and keyboard, for non-hazardous areas
03-9829-0007
Local Unit/STP cable “Black Box“ make
with RS232 interface
03-9840-0091
Local Unit/STP cable “IHSE“ make
with RS232 interface
03-9840-0079
KVM cable
- VGA, PS/2 keyboard, PS/2 mouse, lengths 3 m
05-0068-0218
- VGA, AT keyboard, serial mouse, lengths 3 m
05-0068-0220
Original packaging
POLARIS series 15”
04-9035-0007
POLARIS series 19.1”
04-9035-0008
Selection chart Standard stainless steel enclosure
Illustration
Description
Order no.
Standard stainless steel enclosure
Technical data
Material
Stainless steel 1.4404; AISI 316 L
Surfacebrushed
Protection class IP 65
 with adapter connection without stand
Dimensions in mm
(B x H x T)
POLARIS series 15"
650 x 500 x 150
05-0041-0395
POLARIS series 19.1"
760 x 600 x 150
05-0041-0994
POLARIS series 24"
885 x 625 x 150
05-0041-0993
03-0330-0659-08/2014-BAT-318904/2
75
POLARIS REMOTE Accessories
Selection chart Exklusiv II stainless steel enclosure
Illustration
Description
Order no.
Exclusive II stainless steel enclosure
- Material: stainless steel grade 1.4301
with adapter connection
Dimensions in mm
(B x H x T)
POLARIS series 15"
650 x 578 x 543
05-0041-0354
POLARIS series 19.1"
650 x 598 x 543
05-0041-0353
POLARIS series 24"
885 x 625 x 543
05-0041-0406
B
0°
12
H
T
Stainless steel enclosure - swivel/tilt
without desktop mount
- Material: stainless steel grade 1.4301
Dimensions in mm
(B x H x T)
POLARIS series 15" 770 x 685 x 218
05-0041-0356
POLARIS series 19.1" 770 x 685 x 218
05-0041-0355
H
T
03-0330-0659-08/2014-BAT-318904/3
B
76
POLARIS REMOTE Accessories
Selection chart Stainless steel enclosure Accessories
Illustration
Description
Order no.
Stand for floor mounting
for Exclusive II stainless steel enclosure
05-0005-0050
Material: stainless steel grade 1.4301
swivel
Height approx. 900 mm, diameter 80 mm
Stand for floor mounting
for Standard stainless steel enclosure
from 15” series and POLARIS II
05-0005-0078
Material: stainless steel grade 1.4301
swivel
height approx. 1000 mm, diameter 80 mm
Desktop mount for stainless steel enclosure
for POLARIS 15” series/19.1” series
05-0005-0070
Material: stainless steel grade 1.4301
swivel
Length approx. 140 mm, Durchmesser 80 mm
Support arm for wall mounting
05-0005-0058
Material: stainless steel grade 1.4301
swivel
Length approx. 580 mm
Selection chart Special solutions
Illustration
Description
Order no.
 Standard stainless steel enclosure
with additional fitted components
on request
Material: stainless steel
suitable for all POLARIS devices
optional for fitting switch modules and/or heating
03-0330-0659-08/2014-BAT-318904/4
for wall mounting with mounting straps or support arm
or for floor mounting with stand
77
POLARIS COMFORT
POLARIS COMFORT
High-end version of operator stations
All POLARIS COMFORT Panels have high-resolution displays and touchscreens as standard. They not
only offer the utmost in operating comfort, they can also be ideally integrated into every application. Even
in poor lighting conditions or from unfavourable viewing angles, state-of-the-art LED display technology
assures an exceptionally brilliant image quality.
The POLARIS COMFORT operating devices work with BMS-Graf-pro 7, the new generation of BARTEC
visualisation software. The computer performance is sufficient for comfortably managing all tasks such
as image presentation and communication for controlling or transferring projects through Ethernet. The
project files can be transferred by means of an Ethernet connection or BARTEC’s Ex i version of USB flash
drive. Alternatively, the presentation of HTML pages or the use as a remote client is possible.
If a customer-specific application requires a higher computer power, an Intel® AtomTM processor with
1.6 GHz and Windows ® 7 Embedded is available as an option. For demanding visualisation tasks the new
operating devices are totally open thanks to the integrated keypad customisation for Windows ®, Siemens
WinCC flexible ®, RS View ® or BMS-Graf-pro.
A direct connection to the control or the process control system is possible through Ethernet, PROFIBUS-DP
or serial COM interfaces. Ex i mouse, trackball, joystick or touchpad are available as options.
The standard method of installing the POLARIS COMFORT panel is to fit it as a front panel, which can be
done quickly and with little effort. On request, we also supply the operating devices as turn-key system
solutions in stainless steel enclosures for mounting on walls, ceilings or floors.
Features
 LED technology
 High screen resolution
Touchscreen
03-0330-0648-02/2014-BAT-317215/13
 Direct connection in hazardous areas
78
POLARIS COMFORT for ATEX Zone 1 and Zone 21
Size 5.7" 10.4"12.1"
Resolution
VGA, 640 x 480 pixels
SVGA, 800 x 600 pixels
XGA, 1024 x 768 pixels
Backlighting
LEDLEDLED
Touchscreen
YesYesYes
Keypad
Front-panel keypad
Front-panel keypad
Front-panel keypad
Interface Ex e
Ethernet Ethernet
PROFIBUS-DP, RS422 etc.
(copper or optical waveguides)
PROFIBUS-DP, RS422 etc.
Ethernet
(copper or optical waveguides)
PROFIBUS-DP, RS422 etc.
Interface Ex i
USB
USB, power pack
hand-held scanner
USB, power pack
hand-held scanner
Data transfer
EthernetEthernetEthernet
PROFIBUS-DP, serial
PROFIBUS-DP, serial
PROFIBUS-DP, serial
Supply voltage
DC 24 V
DC 24 V
DC 24 V
Approvals
ATEX, IECEx, GOST-R,
ATEX, IECEx, GOST-R,
ATEX, IECEx, GOST-R,
INMETROINMETROINMETRO
Types of fastening
Connection example
Ethernet
PC
03-0330-0648-02/2014-BAT-317215/14
PLC
PROFIBUS-DP/Serial
safe area
79
POLARIS COMFORT POLARIS Touch Panel 5.7"
Explosion protection
Ex protection type Zone 1 and 21
ATEX
II 2G Ex db eb qb [ib op pr] IIC T4
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C
Certification
IBExU 05 ATEX 1117 X
IECEx Ex db eb qb [ib op pr] IIC T4
Ex tb IIIC T120 °C
Certification
IECEx IBE 11.0007 X
Further approvals
INMETRO, GOST-R
POLARIS Touch Panel 5.7"
Features
Description
 LED technology
The POLARIS Touch Panel 5.7" is an innovative
further development of the POLARIS Panel PCs 5.7".
 Higher screen resolution
 Touchscreen
 Remote desktop solution
 Presentation of HTML pages
 Direct connection in hazardous areas
High-resolution displays with LED technology and
touchscreen for intuitive as well as comfortable
operation are available now in the standard variant.
State-of-the-art LED display technology ensures the
optimum contrast even with a large viewing angle.
The proven LX800 offers sufficient computer capacity
for presenting HTML pages or functioning as a
remote client.
Of course, here too the user can work with the
latest “BMS-Graf-pro“ Runtime 7 under Windows®
XP Embedded, for example for the transmission of
projects over the Ethernet, the use of graphics lists
or an integrated user administration.
Allows a high-performance visual display and
operation of the processes directly on site.
The front-panel fitting makes mounting easy. On
request, the devices are also available as turn-key
system solutions in a stainless steel enclosure for
wall, floor or ceiling mounting.
An intrinsically safe USB interface is available for
a USB Ex i memory stick. Intrinsically safe input
devices can be connected also.
Protection class
IP 65 (front)
IP 54 (back)
Variant Zone 2
see BARTEC Internet: www.bartec-group.com
Technical data
Construction
Front-panel fitting
Display
- 5.7" TFT graphic display
- 262,144 colours
- Resolution VGA 640 x 480 pixels
- Brightness 700 cd/m²
- Visible surface approx. 115 x 86 mm
- Contrast 800:1
- Touchscreen (resistive)
Background lighting
- LED technology
- Service life approx. 50,000 hours
(at +25 °C)
Computer capacity
LX800 processor, 500 MHz
Compact Flash 4 GB
Operating system
Windows® XP Embedded (pre-installed)
Keyboard (short-stroke keys)
- alphanumeric key block
- 4 cursor keys
- 6 special keys
- 10 function keys able to be labelled
with LEDs
03-0330-0608-02/2014-BAT-307295/1
Interfaces (basic version)
- 1 x Ex e Ethernet 100/10BaseT
- 1 x Ex e RS422
- 1 x Ex i USB for Ex i memory stick
- 1 x Ex i PS/2 for intrinsically safe mouse
Dimensions (width x height x depth)
335 mm x 199 mm x approx. 130 mm
Wall cut-out
321 mm x 179 mm + 0.5 mm
Weight
approx. 10 kg
80
POLARIS COMFORT POLARIS Touch Panel 5.7"
Possible connection
Safe area
Touch Panel 5.7"
Power supply
Ethernet
e. g. RS422 or PROFIBUS-DP
PLC
Mouse
e. g. connection to the control system,
HTML server or remote server
Power supply
DC 24 V ± 10 %
Selection chart
Max. power consumption
Pmax.< 30 W
Version
Permissible ambient temperatures
Storage
-20 °C to +50 °C
Operation
0 °C to +50 °C
Variant
Operation
-20 °C to +50 °C
on request (without external heating)
Touch Panel 5.7"
Relative air humidity
5 to 95 % non-condensing
Vibration
0.7 g/1 mm; 5 Hz to 500 Hz pulse in all 3 axes
Shock
15 g/11 ms pulse in all 3 axes
Polyester foil on
anodised aluminium plate
(conditionally UV-resistant)
bichromated sheet steel
Code no.
RS422
00
BARTEC PROFIBUS-DP
02
RS232
09
TTY
11
BARTEC PROFIBUS-DP, Ex d-USB
33
RS422/Ex e USB
37
Further Interface combinations on request
XX
Complete order no. 17-71V1-A0
/X000
Please insert correct code. Technical data subject to change without notice.
You will find the accessories with order details on the accessories pages.
03-0330-0608-02/2014-BAT-307295/2
Material
Front
Back
Interfaces
81
POLARIS COMFORT POLARIS Touch Panel 10.4"
Explosion protection
Ex protection type Zone 1 and 21
ATEX
II 2G Ex db eb qb [ib op pr] IIC T4
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C
Certification
IBExU 05 ATEX 1117 X
IECEx Ex db eb qb [ib] IIC T4
Ex tb IIIC T120 °C
Certification
IECEx IBE 11.0007 X
Further approvals
INMETRO, GOST-R
POLARIS Touch Panel 10.4"
Protection class
IP 65 (front)
IP 54 (back)
Variant Zone 2
see BARTEC Internet: www.bartec-group.com
Features
Description
 LED technology
The POLARIS Touch Panel 10.4" is an innovative
further development of the POLARIS Panel PCs 10.4".
Construction
Front-panel fitting
High-resolution displays with LED technology and
touchscreen for intuitive as well as comfortable
operation are available now in the standard variant.
Display
- 10.4" TFT graphic display
- 262,144 colours
- Resolution SVGA 800 x 600 pixels
- Brightness 400 cd/m²
- Visible surface approx. 211 x 158 mm
- Contrast 700:1
- Touchscreen (resistive)
 Higher screen resolution
 Touchscreen
 Remote desktop solution
 Presentation of HTML pages
 Direct connection in hazardous areas
State-of-the-art LED display technology ensures the
optimum contrast even with a large viewing angle.
The proven LX800 offers sufficient computer capacity
for presenting HTML pages or functioning as a
remote client.
Of course, here too the user can work with the
latest “BMS-Graf-pro“ Runtime 7 under Windows®
XP Embedded, for example for the transmission of
projects over the Ethernet, the use of graphics lists
or an integrated user administration.
Allows a high-performance visual display and
operation of the processes directly on site.
The front-panel fitting makes mounting easy. On
request, the devices are also available as turn-key
system solutions in a stainless steel enclosure for
wall, floor or ceiling mounting.
An intrinsically safe USB interface is available for
a USB Ex i memory stick. Intrinsically safe input
devices can be connected also.
Technical
data
Background lighting
- LED technology
- Service life approx. 50,000 hours
(at +25 °C)
Computer capacity
LX800 processor, 500 MHz
Compact Flash 4 GB
Operating system
Windows® XP Embedded (pre-installed)
Keyboard (short-stroke keys)
- Alphanumeric key block
- 4cursor keys
- 10 special keys
- 12 function keys able to be labelled
with LEDs
03-0330-0609-02/2014-BAT-307296/1
Interfaces (basic version)
- 1 x Ex e Ethernet 100/10BaseT
(option of optical fibres)
- 1 x Ex e RS422
- 1 x Ex i USB for Ex i memory stick
- 1 x Ex i PS/2 for intrinsically safe mouse
Optional interfaces
1 x Ex i Supply module for hand-held
scanners
Dimensions (width x height x depth)
400 mm x 246 mm x approx. 130 mm
82
POLARIS COMFORT POLARIS Touch Panel 10.4"
Possible connection
Safe area
Touch Panel 10.4"
Power supply
Ethernet
e. g. RS422 or PROFIBUS-DP
PLC
Mouse
Barcode hand scanner BCS 160ex
e. g. connection to the control system,
HTML server or remote server
Wall cut-out
386 mm x 226 mm + 0.5 mm
Selection chart
Weight
approx. 14 kg
Version
Power supply
DC 24 V ± 10 %
Max. power consumption
Pmax.< 30 W
Permissible ambient temperatures
Storage
-20 °C to +50 °C
Operation
0 °C to +50 °C
Touch Panel 10.4"
Variant
Operation
-20 °C to +50 °C
on request (without external heating)
Relative air humidity
5 to 95 % non-condensing
Vibration
0.7 g/1 mm; 5 Hz to 500 Hz pulse in all 3 axes
Shock
15 g/11 ms pulse in all 3 axes
Polyester foil on
anodised aluminium plate
(conditionally UV-resistant)
bichromated sheet steel
Code no.
RS422
00
BARTEC PROFIBUS-DP
02
RS422, supply module for hand-held scanners
04
BARTEC PROFIBUS-DP, supply module for hand-held scanners
06
RS232
09
TTY
11
RS232, supply module for hand-held scanners
13
TTY, supply module for hand-held scanners
15
BARTEC PROFIBUS-DP, Ex d-USB
33
RS422/Ex e USB
37
Further Interface combinations on request
XX
Complete order no. 17-71V1-90
/X000
Please insert correct code. Technical data subject to change without notice.
You will find the accessories with order details on the accessories pages.
03-0330-0609-02/2014-BAT-307296/2
Material
Front
Back
Interfaces
83
POLARIS COMFORT POLARIS Touch Panel 12.1"
Explosion protection
Ex protection type Zone 1 and 21
ATEX
II 2G Ex db eb qb [ib op pr] IIC T4
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C
Certification
IBExU 05 ATEX 1117 X
IECEx Ex db eb qb [ib op pr] IIC T4
Ex tb IIIC T120 °C
Certification
IECEx IBE 11.0007 X
Further approvals
INMETRO, GOST-R
Protection class
IP 65 (front)
IP 54 (back)
POLARIS Touch Panel 12.1"
Variant Zone 2
see BARTEC Internet: www.bartec-group.com
Features
Description
 LED technology
The POLARIS Touch Panel 12.1" is an innovative
further development of the POLARIS Panel PCs 12.1".
 Higher screen resolution
 Touchscreen
 Remote desktop solution
 Presentation of HTML pages
 Direct connection in hazardous areas
High-resolution displays with LED technology and
touchscreen for intuitive as well as comfortable
operation are available now in the standard variant.
State-of-the-art LED display technology ensures the
optimum contrast even with a large viewing angle.
The proven LX800 offers sufficient computer capacity
for presenting HTML pages or functioning as a
remote client.
Of course, here too the user can work with the latest
“BMS-Graf-pro“ Runtime 7 under Windows® XP
Embedded, for example for the transmission of
projects over the Ethernet, the use of graphics lists
or an integrated user administration.
The front-panel fitting makes mounting easy. On
request, the devices are also available as turn-key
system solutions in a stainless steel enclosure for
wall, floor or ceiling mounting.
An intrinsically safe USB interface is available for
a USB Ex i memory stick. Intrinsically safe input
devices can be connected also.
Technical data
Construction
Front-panel fitting
Display
- 12.1" TFT graphic display
- 262,144 colours
- Resolution XGA 1024 x 768 pixels
- Brightness 500 cd/m²
- Visible surface approx. 246 x 184 mm
- Contrast 700:1
- Touchscreen (resistive)
Background lighting
- LED technology
- Service life approx. 50,000 hours (at +25 °C)
Computer capacity
LX800 processor, 500 MHz
Compact Flash 4 GB
Operating system
- Windows® XP Embedded (pre-installed)
Keyboard (short-stroke keys)
- Alphanumeric key block
- 4 cursor keys
- 12 cursor keys
- 16 function keys able to be labelled with LEDs
Interfaces (basic version)
- 1 x Ex e Ethernet 100/10BaseT
(option of optical fibres)
- 1 x Ex e RS422
- 1 x Ex i USB for Ex i memory stick
- 1 x Ex i PS/2 for intrinsically safe mouse
03-0330-0610-02/2014-BAT-307297/1
Optional interfaces
1 x Ex i Supply module for hand-held scanners
Dimensions (width x height x depth)
440 mm x 275 mm x approx. 130 mm
Wall cut-out
425 mm x 255 mm + 0.5 mm
84
POLARIS COMFORT POLARIS Touch Panel 12.1"
Possible connection
Safe area
Touch Panel 12.1"
Power supply
Ethernet
e. g. RS422 or PROFIBUS-DP
PLC
Mouse
Barcode hand scanner BCS 160ex
e. g. connection to the control system,
HTML server or remote server
Weight
approx. 18 kg
Selection chart
Supply voltage
DC 24 V ± 10 %
Version
Max. power consumption
Pmax.< 35 W
Permissible ambient temperatures
Storage
-20 °C to +50 °C
Operation
0 °C to +50 °C
Variant
Operation
-20 °C to +50 °C
on request (without external heating)
Touch Panel 12.1"
Relative air humidity
5 to 95 % non-condensing
Vibration
0.7 g/1 mm; 5 Hz to 500 Hz pulse in all 3 axes
Shock
15 g/11 ms pulse in all 3 axes
Material
Front
Back
Polyester foil on
anodised aluminium plate
(conditionally UV-resistant)
bichromated sheet steel
Code no.
RS422
00
BARTEC PROFIBUS-DP
02
RS422, supply module for hand-held scanners
04
BARTEC PROFIBUS-DP, supply module for hand-held scanners
06
RS232
09
TTY
11
RS232, supply module for hand-held scanners
13
TTY, supply module for hand-held scanners
15
BARTEC PROFIBUS-DP, Ex d-USB
33
RS422/Ex e USB
37
Further Interface combinations on request
XX
Complete order no. 17-71V1-80
/X000
Please insert correct code. Technical data subject to change without notice.
You will find the accessories with order details on the accessories pages.
03-0330-0610-02/2014-BAT-307297/2
Interfaces
85
POLARIS COMFORT BMS-Graf-pro 7 Visualization Software
BMS-Graf-pro 7 Visualization Software
Project engineering
Features
 Intuitive operation
 Touch-sensitive
 Comfortable handling
 Downward compatibility
50
over 100
over 100
 Operating messages
Variables
Messages
Message text
Size of message buffer
over 1000
250
250
2000
Description
The BMS-Graf-pro programming package enables
a simple and comfortable creation of process
visualisation for POLARIS Comfort and POLARIS
Professional.
Communication
PROFIBUS DP
Modbus/TCP Client
Modbus RTU Master
Modbus RTU Slave
 Process connection through Ethernet
 User administration
 Graphics lists
Alarm signals, operating messages, variables,
user administration, text lists, and graphics lists
can be generated in one project for animation and
process images. With the aid of high-performance
objects, from the line to touch buttons, the process
images can be conveniently produced on a user
friendly interface.
The BMS-Graf-pro Runtime is optimised to the
quickest reaction times. This benefits the presentation of the process images and also the communication for control. Communication protocols such as
Modbus/TCP support this optimisation too.
Image editor
 Technical characteristic figures
Images
500
Fields per image
100
Variables per image
100
Graphics objects
Curves
Graphics lists
Text lists
 Use of old project data
Graphics list
Technical data
User administration
User levels
25
System requirements
-Windows® XP or higher
- Processor at least 2 GHz
- Graphics at least XGA
POLARIS requirements
-Windows® XP Embedded or higher
- Processor at least 500 MHz
- Graphics at least VGA
In the course of the development, particular attention
was paid to ensuring that an existing project from
older BMS Graf and BMS-Graf-pro versions could
be opened easily and if necessary transferred into
the new device with very little adjustments required.
Order no.
17-28TF-0075
03-0330-0613-02/2014-BAT-307306
for all available languages.
Technical data subject to change without
notice.
86
POLARIS COMFORT Mouse, Trackball, Joystick and Touchpad
Mouse
Trackball Joystick
Explosion protection
Explosion protection
Touchpad
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
II 2G Ex ib IIC T4
ATEX
II 2D ib IIIC T120 °C
Ex protection type
ATEX
II 2G Ex ib IIC T4
II 2D ib IIIC T120 °C
Ex protection type
ATEX
II 2G Ex ib IIC T4
II 2D ib IIIC T120 °C
Certification
IBExU 05 ATEX 1117 X
Certification
IBExU 05 ATEX 1117 X
Certification
IBExU 05 ATEX 1117 X
IECEx
Ex ib IIC T4
Ex ib IIIC T120°C
IECEx
Ex ib IIC T4
Ex ib IIIC T120°C
IECEx
Ex ib IIC T4
Ex ib IIIC T120°C
Certification
IECEx IBE 11.0007 X
Certification
IECEx IBE 11.0007 X
Certification
IECEx IBE 11.0007 X
Further approvals
INMETRO, GOST-R
Further approvals
INMETRO, GOST-R
Further approvals
INMETRO, GOST-R
Protection class
IP 65
Protection class
Trackball
static
IP 65 (front side)
dynamic IP 56 (front side)
Protection class
IP 65
Technical data
Construction
Front panel fitting
Joystick IP 65
Construction
Capacitive touchpad for front panel fitting
Technical data
Construction
Front panel fitting
Material
Polyester foil on aluminium sheet
(conditionally UV-resistant)
Material
Polyester foil on aluminium sheet
(conditionally UV-resistant)
Dimensions
130 mm x 170 mm (width x height)
Dimensions
130 mm x 170 mm (width x height)
Wall cut-out
100 mm x 140 mm
Wall cut-out
100 mm x 140 mm
Installation depth
15 mm
Dimensions
130 mm x 170 mm (width x height)
Wall cut-out
100 mm x 140 mm
Weight
approx. 250 g
Weight
approx. 500 g
Dimensions and wall cut-out (mm)
Material
Polyester foil on aluminium sheet
(conditionally UV-resistant)
Installation depth
15 mm
Installation depth
43 mm
Weight
approx. 270 g
Technical data
Selection chart
110
Description
170
140
85
150
03-0330-0445-10/2014-BAT-242770
100
3.3
all hole diameter: 3.3 mm
130
Code no.
Mouse
1
Trackball
2
Touchpad
3
Joystick with button
9
Complete
order no. 17-71VZ-
000
Please insert correct code.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
87
POLARIS COMFORT Accessories
Selection chart Accessories
Illustration
Description
Order no.
Ex i USB-Stick ATEX/IECEx Zone 1 and Zone 21
Ex i memory stick 4 GB
17-71VZ-5000/0100
Ex i recovery stick Built 008
17-71VZ-5000/0108
Reinforcement frame
Touch Panel 5.7"
05-0205-0006
Touch Panel 10.4"
05-0205-0008
Touch Panel 12.1" 05-0205-0007
Mounting clamps set
4 pieces
05-0091-0111
6 pieces
05-0091-0112
LAN STP cable
CAT.7 4 x 2 x 23 AWG, outer diameter: 7.9 mm
02-4082-0002
CAT.7 4 x 2 x 22 AWG, outer diameter: 18 mm; armoured
02-4082-0004
Note: Additional cable glands for armouring necessary
03-0330-0660-02/2014-BAT-318915/1
Original packing
88
Touch Panel 5.7" 04-9035-0004
Touch Panel 10.4"
04-9035-0005
Touch Panel 12.1" 04-9035-0006
POLARIS COMFORT Accessories
Selection chart Stainless steel enclosure Standard
Illustration
Description
Order no.
Stainless steel enclosure Standard
Technical data
Material
Stainless steel 1.4404; AISI 316 L
Surfacebrushed
Protection class IP 65
 for floor mounting with stand
Dimensions in mm
(B x H x T)
Touch Panel 5.7" 500 x 280 x 200
07-56D7-9011/9002
Touch Panel 10.4"
560 x 320 x 200
07-56D7-9611/9002
Touch Panel 12.1" 600 x 350 x 20007-56D7-9711/9002
Complete solution with installed equipmenton request
 for wall mounting including mounting straps
Dimensions in mm
(B x H x T)
Touch Panel 5.7" 500 x 280 x 200
07-56D7-9011/9001
Touch Panel 10.4"
560 x 320 x 200
07-56D7-9611/9001
Touch Panel 12.1"
600 x 350 x 200
07-56D7-9711/9001
Complete solution with installed equipmenton request
B
H
T
1
03-0330-0660-02/2014-BAT-318915/2
1 mounting strap for wall mounting
89
POLARIS BASIC
POLARIS BASIC
Excellent panels at attractive prices
Nowadays, visualisation is standard in most machines. The cost factor plays an important role in particular
in stand-alone machinery, such as mixers, dryers or fuel-filling stations; operating devices with basic
functions are sufficient here as a rule. Our POLARIS BASIC Panels have been designed for this need.
Concentrating on the essential, they offer basic functionality at an attractive price.
The POLARIS BASIC Panels can be configured with the BMS-Graf-pro 6 visualisation software,
which has proven successful over many years. No matter whether hardware, software or project
planning, they offer the user the best possible compatibility.
If the requirements change, projects can be easily transferred to other POLARIS devices. The project
files are transferred simply through a serial interface or by means of the BARTEC Ex i version of
USB flash drive. A direct connection to the control or to the process control system is assured by
the PROFIBUS-DP or various serial COM interfaces. Protocols to older controls. e.g. S5, are still
supported also.
The standard method of installing the POLARIS BASIC Panel is to fit it as a front panel, which can
be done quickly and with little effort. On request, we also supply the operating devices as turn-key
system solutions in stainless steel enclosures for mounting on walls, ceilings or floors.
Features
 Easy front-panel installation
 Intrinsically safe USB interface
 Graphics-capable TFT colour display
 Direct connection in hazardous areas
03-0330-0648-02/2014-BAT-317215/15
Photo: Company NETZSCH
90
POLARIS BASIC for ATEX Zone 1 and Zone 21
Size
Control5.7"
10.4" 12.1"
Resolution
240 x 64 pixels
VGA, 640 x 480 pixels
QVGA, 320 x 240 pixels
SVGA, 800 x 600 pixels
Backlighting
LEDCFLCFLCFL
Keypad
Front-panel keypad
Front-panel keypad
Front-panel keypad
Front-panel keypad
Interface Ex e
RS422/485, PROFIBUS-DPRS422/485, PROFIBUS-DPRS422/485, PROFIBUS-DPRS422/485, PROFIBUS-DP
RS232, TTY
RS232, TTY
RS232, TTY
RS232, TTY
USB
USB
USB, power pack
USB, power pack
Interface Ex i
hand-held scanner
hand-held scanner
Data transfer
PROFIBUS-DP
serial: MPI, Modbus etc.
PROFIBUS-DP
serial: MPI, Modbus etc.
PROFIBUS-DP
serial: MPI, Modbus etc.
PROFIBUS-DP
serial: MPI, Modbus etc.
Supply voltage
DC 24 V
DC 24 V
DC 24 V
DC 24 V
Approvals
ATEX, IECEx, GOST-R, INMETRO
ATEX, IECEx, GOST-R, INMETRO
ATEX, IECEx, GOST-R, INMETRO
ATEX, IECEx, GOST-R, INMETRO
Types of fastening
Connection example
PLC
03-0330-0648-02/2014-BAT-317215/16
PROFIBUS-DP/Serial/MPI
safe area
91
POLARIS BASIC POLARIS Control
POLARIS Control
Features
 Graphic-capable, readable daylight
blue-colour display
 Easy front panel fitting
 Intrinsically safe USB interface
 Direct linkage in explosive areas
Description
The POLARIS Control is the ideal solution for all
simple applications requiring texts and small-scale
graphics.
For the display, an extremely conveniently readable
daylight blue-colour display is utilised.
With the Control, process visualizations can be
directly connected in explosive areas without
the need for additional intrinsically safe isolation
cards. The laying of blue lines for intrinsically safe
circuits is dropped. A separate wiring of the data
line is not necessary.
The POLARIS Control can be directly connected to
the PROFIBUS-DP or the communication interface
of the control station. Available are e. g. RS422/
RS485, PROFIBUS-DP.
An intrinsically safe USB interface for a USB
Ex i-memory stick enables the device configuration’s easy transferability.
On request the devices are also available as a readyto-use system solution in a stainless steel enclosure
for wall, floor or ceiling mounting.
03-0330-0406-02/2014-BAT-236278/1
The visualisation is created with the “BMS-Grafpro“ programming package (Version 6.xxx), which
has been specially developed and optimised for
that purpose.
Explosion protection
Ex protection type Zone 1 and 21
ATEX
II 2G Ex db eb qb [ib] IIC T4
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C
Certification
IBExU 05 ATEX 1117 X
IECEx Ex db eb qb [ib] IIC T4
Ex tb IIIC T120 °C
Certification
IECEx IBE 11.0007 X
Further approvals
INMETRO, GOST-R
Protection class
IP 65 (front)
IP 54 (back)
Variant Zone 2
see BARTEC Internet: www.bartec-group.com
Technical data
Construction
Front panel fitting
Display
- LCD display
- 2 colours white/blue
- 240 x 64 pixels
- Visible area approx. 133 x 40 mm
- Antireflection coating glass pane
- Daylight display technology
Backlight illumination
LED technology
Keyboard (short-stroke keys)
- Alphanumeric key block
- 4 special keys
- 12 function keys able to be labelled with LEDs
Interface (Basic version)
- 1 x Ex i USB for Ex i memory stick
- 1 x Ex e RS422/RS485
92
POLARIS BASIC POLARIS Control
Possible connection
DC 24 V
e. g. RS422/RS485
or PROFIBUS-DP
Supply line
PLC
Safe area
Control
Dimensions (width x height x depth)
290 mm x 151 mm x approx. 130 mm
Selection chart
Version
Wall cut-out
275 mm x 131 mm + 0.5 mm
Weight
approx. 6 kg
POLARIS Control
Power supply
DC 24 V ± 10 %
Max. power consumption
Pmax. < 15 W
Admissible ambient temperatures
Storage -20 °C to +50 °C
Operation 0 °C to +50 °C
System solution with heating on request.
Interfaces
Code no.
RS422/RS485
0
PROFIBUS-DP*
1
RS232
2
TTY
3
* Download only via USB Ex i-memory stick.
Complete order no. 17-71V0-000
Please insert correct code. Technical data subject to change without notice.
You will find the accessories with order details on the accessories pages.
Humidity
5 to 95 % non-condensing
Vibration
0.7 g/1 mm; 5 Hz to 500 Hz pulse in all 3 axes
Shock
15 g/11 ms pulse in all 3 axes
03-0330-0406-02/2014-BAT-236278/2
Material
Front
Polyester foil on anodised
aluminium plate
(conditionally UV resistant)
Rear panel galvanised sheet steel bichromated
93
POLARIS BASIC POLARIS Panel PC 5.7"
POLARIS Panel PC 5.7"
Features
 Easy front panel fitting
 Intrinsically safe USB interface
 Graphic-capable TFT colour display
 Direct linkage in explosive areas
Description
The POLARIS Panel PC 5.7" is a consistent further
development of the BAT 300 but still retains downward compatibility.
State-of-the-art TFT technology is used for the
display with a very high view angle, which attains a level of brightness of 400 cd/m2 in the
Ex applications.
With the Panel PC 5.7", process visualizations can
be directly connected in explosive areas without the
need for additional intrinsically safe isolation cards.
The laying of blue lines for intrinsically safe circuits
is dropped. A separate wiring of the data line is not
necessary.
The Panel PC can be directly connected to the
PROFIBUS-DP or the communication interface of
the control station.
Available features include e.g. RS422/RS485,
PROFIBUS-DP, RS232 or TTY. An intrinsically safe
USB interface for a USB Ex i-memory stick enables
the device configuration’s easy transferability.
03-0330-0405-02/2014-BAT-236277/1
Upon request, the devices are also available as
turn-key system solutions in a stainless steel enclosure as wall, floor or ceiling mounting versions.
The visualisation is created with the “BMS-Grafpro“ programming package (Version 6.xxx), which
has been specially developed and optimised for
that purpose.
94
Explosion protection
Ex protection type Zone 1 and 21
ATEX
II 2G Ex db eb qb [ib] IIC T4
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C
Certification
IBExU 05 ATEX 1117 X
IECEx Ex db eb qb [ib] IIC T4
Ex tb IIIC T120 °C
Certification
IECEx IBE 11.0007 X
Further approvals
INMETRO, GOST-R
Protection class
IP 65 (front)
IP 54 (back)
Variant Zone 2
see BARTEC Internet: www.bartec-group.com
Technical data
Construction
Front panel fitting
Display
- 5.7" graphic-capable TFT colour display
- 262,144 colours
- QVGA resolution 320 x 240 pixels
- Brightness 400 cd/m2
- Visible area approx. 116 x 88 mm
- Contrast 300:1
- Antireflection coating glass pane
Backlight illumination
- CFL illumination
- Service life approx. 25,000 hours
(at +25 °C)
Computer capacity
- Processor 500 MHz
- 256 MB RAM
- Compact Flash CF 512 MB
POLARIS BASIC POLARIS Panel PC 5.7"
Possible connection
DC 24 V
e. g. RS422/RS485 or
PROFIBUS-DP
Supply line
PLC
Safe area
Keyboard (short-stroke keys)
- Alphanumeric key block
- 4 cursor keys
- 6 special keys
- 10 function keys able to be labelled
with LEDs
Selection chart
Version
Panel PC 5.7"
Interface (Basic version)
- 1 x Ex e RS422/RS485
- 1 x Ex i USB for Ex i memory stick
Dimensions (width x height x depth)
335 mm x 199 mm x approx. 130 mm
Wall cut-out
321 mm x 179 mm + 0.5 mm
Weight
approx. 10 kg
Panel PC 5.7"
Interfaces
Code no.
RS422/RS485
00
PROFIBUS-DP*
02
RS232
09
TTY
11
* Download only via USB Ex i-memory stick.
Complete order no. 17-71V1-10
Please insert correct code. Technical data subject to change without notice.
You will find the accessories with order details on the accessories pages.
Power supply
DC 24 V ± 10 %
Max. power consumption
Pmax. < 30 W
Admissible ambient temperatures
Storage
-20 °C to +50 °C
Operation
0 °C to +50 °C
System solution with heating on request.
Humidity
5 to 95 % non-condensing
Vibration
0.7 g/1 mm; 5 Hz to 500 Hz pulse in all 3 axes
03-0330-0405-02/2014-BAT-236277/2
Shock
15 g/11 ms pulse in all 3 axes
Material
Front
Polyester foil on anodised
aluminium plate
(conditionally UV resistant)
Rear panel galvanised sheet steel bichromated
95
POLARIS BASIC POLARIS Panel PC 10.4"
POLARIS Panel PC 10.4"
Features
 Easy front panel fitting
 Intrinsically safe USB interface
 Graphic-capable TFT colour display
 Direct linkage in explosive areas
Description
The POLARIS Panel PC 10.4" is a consistent further
development of the BAT 600 but still retains downward compatibility.
State-of-the-art TFT technology is used for
the display, which attains a brightness level of
450 cd/m² in Ex applications. As an option, the
POLARIS Panel PC 10.4" is also available with a
daylight readable display.
The Panel PC 10.4" allows process visualisations to
be connected directly in explosive areas without the
need for any additional intrinsically safe isolation
cards. The laying of blue lines for intrinsically safe
circuits is dispensed with and there is no need for
separate data line wiring either.
The Panel PCs can be connected directly to the
PROFIBUS-DP or the control station’s communication interface. Available features include e.g.
RS422/485 or PROFIBUS-DP and the option of a
supply module for hand-held scanners.
An intrinsically safe USB interface for a USB Ex i
memory stick makes it easy to transfer the device’s
configuration.
03-0330-0403-02/2014-BAT-236276/1
On request the devices are also available as a readyto-use system solution in a stainless steel enclosure
for wall, floor or ceiling mounting.
The visualisation is created with the „BMS-Grafpro“ programming package (Version 6.xxx), which
has been specially developed and optimised for
that purpose.
96
Explosion protection
Ex protection type Zone 1 and 21
ATEX
II 2G Ex db eb qb [ib] IIC T4
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C
Certification
IBExU 05 ATEX 1117 X
IECEx Ex db eb qb [ib] IIC T4
Ex tb IIIC T120 °C
Certification
IECEx IBE 11.0007 X
Further approvals
INMETRO, GOST-R
Protection class
IP 65 (front)
IP 54 (back)
Variant for Zone 2
see BARTEC Internet: www.bartec-group.com
Technical data
Construction
Front panel fitting
Display
- 10.4" graphic-capable TFT colour display
- 262,144 colours
- VGA resolution 640 x 480 pixels
- Brightness up to 450 cd/m2
- Visible area approx. 211 x 158 mm
- Contrast 600:1
- Antireflection coating glass pane
Backlight illumination
- CFL technology
- Service life approx. 25,000 hours
(at +25 °C)
Computer capacity
- Processor 500 MHz
- 256 MB RAM
- Compact Flash CF 512 MB
POLARIS BASIC POLARIS Panel PC 10.4"
Possible connection
DC 24 V
e. g. RS422/RS485
or PROFIBUS-DP
Supply line
PLC
Safe area
Panel PC 10.4"
Keyboard (short-stroke keys)
- Alphanumeric key block
- 4 cursor keys
- 10 cursor keys
- 12 function keys able to be labelled with LEDs
Selection chart
Version
Interface (Basic version)
- 1 x Ex e RS422/RS485
- 1 x Ex i USB for Ex i memory stick
Optional interface modules
1 x Ex i Supply module for
hand-held scanner
Panel PC 10.4"
Dimensions (width x height x depth)
400 mm x 246 mm x approx. 130 mm
Wall cut-out
386 mm x 226 mm + 0.5 mm
Weight
approx. 14 kg
Power supply
DC 24 V ± 10 %
Interfaces
Code no.
RS422/RS485
00
PROFIBUS-DP*
02
RS422/RS485, supply module for hand-held scanner
04
PROFIBUS-DP, supply module for hand-held scanner*
06
RS232
09
TTY
11
RS232, supply module for hand-held scanner
13
TTY, supply module for hand-held scanner
15
* Download only via USB Ex i-memory stick.
Complete order no. 17-71V1-20
Please insert correct code. Technical data subject to change without notice.
You will find the accessories with order details on the accessories pages.
Max. power consumption
Pmax. < 30 W
Admissible ambient temperatures
Storage
-20 °C to +50 °C
Operation
0 °C to +50 °C
System solution with heating on request.
Humidity
5 to 95 % non-condensing
Vibration
0.7 g/1 mm; 5 Hz to 500 Hz pulse in all 3 axes
03-0330-0403-02/2014-BAT-236276/2
Shock
15 g/11 ms pulse in all 3 axes
Material
Front
Polyester foil on anodised
aluminium plate
(conditionally UV resistant)
Rear panel galvanised sheet steel bichromated
97
POLARIS BASIC POLARIS Panel PC 12.1"
POLARIS Panel PC 12.1"
Features
 Easy front panel fitting
 Intrinsically safe USB interface
 Graphic-capable TFT colour display
 Direct linkage in explosive areas
Description
The POLARIS Panel PC 12.1" is a consistent further
development of the BAT 800 but still retains downward
compatibility.
State-of-the-art TFT technology is used for the
display.
The Panel PC 12.1" allows process visualisations to
be connected directly in explosive areas without the
need for any additional intrinsically safe isolation
cards.
The laying of blue lines for intrinsically safe circuits
is dispensed with and there is no need for separate
data line wiring either.
The Panel PCs can be connected directly to the
PROFIBUS-DP or the control station’s communication
interface. Available features include e. g. RS422/
RS485 or PROFIBUS-DP and the option of a supply
module for hand-held scanners.
An intrinsically safe USB interface for a USB Ex i
memory stick makes it easy to transfer the device’s
configuration.
On request the devices are also available as a readyto-use system solution in a stainless steel enclosure
for wall, floor or ceiling mounting.
03-0330-0403-01/2014-BAT-236275/1
The visualisation is created with the „BMS-Grafpro“ programming package (Version 6.xxx), which
has been specially developed and optimised for
that purpose.
98
Explosion protection
Ex protection type Zone 1 and 21
ATEX
II 2G Ex db eb qb [ib] IIC T4
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C
Certification
IBExU 05 ATEX 1117 X
IECEx Ex db eb qb [ib] IIC T4
Ex tb IIIC T120 °C
Certification
IECEx IBE 11.0007 X
Further approvals
INMETRO, GOST-R
Protection class
IP 65 (front)
IP 54 (back)
Variant Zone 2
see BARTEC Internet: www.bartec-group.com
Technical data
Construction
Front panel fitting
Display
- 12.1" graphic-capable TFT colour display
- 262,144 colours
- SVGA resolution 800 x 600 pixels
- Brightness 350 cd/m2
- Visible area approx. 249 x 188 mm
- Contrast 400:1
- Antireflection coating glass pane
Backlight illumination
- CFL technology
- Service life approx. 25,000 hours (at +25 °C)
Computer capacity
- Processor 500 MHz
- 256 MB RAM
- Compact Flash CF 512 MB
POLARIS BASIC POLARIS Panel PC 12.1"
Possible connection
DC 24 V
e. g. RS422/RS485
or PROFIBUS-DP
Supply line
PLC
Safe area
Keyboard (short-stroke keys)
- alphanumerischer Tastenblock
- 4 cursor keys
- 12 Cursortasten
- 16 function keys able to be labelled
with LEDs
Panel PC 12.1"
Selection chart
Version
Interface (Basic version)
- 1 x Ex e RS422/RS485
- 1 x Ex i USB for Ex i memory stick
Panel PC 12.1"
Optional interface modules
1 x Ex i Supply module for hand-held scanner
Dimensions (width x height x depth)
440 mm x 275 mm x approx.130 mm
Interfaces
Code no.
RS422/RS485
00
PROFIBUS-DP*
02
RS422/RS485, supply module for hand-held scanner
04
PROFIBUS-DP, supply module for hand-held scanner*
06
RS232
09
TTY
11
RS232, supply module for hand-held scanner
13
TTY, supply module for hand-held scanner
15
Wall cut-out
425 mm x 255 mm + 0.5 mm
* Download only via USB Ex i-memory stick.
Weight
approx. 18 kg
Complete order no. 17-71V1-30
Power supply
DC 24 V ± 10 %
Please insert correct code. Technical data subject to change without notice.
You will find the accessories with order details on the accessories pages.
Max. power consumption
Pmax. < 30 W
Admissible ambient temperatures
Storage
-20 °C to +50 °C
Operation
0 °C to +50 °C
System solution with heating on request.
Humidity
5 to 95 % non-condensing
Vibration
0.7 g/1 mm; 5 Hz to 500 Hz pulse in all 3 axes
03-0330-0403-01/2014-BAT-236275/2
Shock
15 g/11 ms pulse in all 3 axes
Material
Front
Polyester foil on anodised
aluminium plate
(conditionally UV resistant)
Rear panel galvanised sheet steel bichromated
99
POLARIS BASIC BMS-Graf-pro 6 Visualization Software
BMS-Graf-pro 6 Visualization Software
Starting page
Project planning
Description
Conditioning
Logic controllers for serial coupling
The BMS-Graf-pro software package is a very
convenient tool for the generation of process
representations.
Individual images and projects are created on the
PC and stored in the POLARIS Panel PC, POLARIS
Control. The programme ensures that the single
images use only very small amount of memory space.
Description
PLC
AS511 on S5 Programming Port
S5-95U to 115U
MPI on S7 Programming Port
S7-300 S7-400 with MPI-Box
3964R with RK 512
S5 with communication processor CP524 to CP544
S7-300 with CP341
S7-400 with CP441-2
Modbus RTU, Slave and Master
Telemechanique TSX-Series
with communication processor TSXSCG1131
This allows the storage of over 100 images. The well
established and highly reliable functions of the BMS
Graf are still available for example: input and output
fields, bar graphs and vector graphics. All existing
projects/application can be integrated within the
new software.
April
AEG A-series with Modbus module,
AEG Modicon, AEG Quantum
Allen Bradley SLC500 with Pro Soft module (3150MCM)
PLC5/40 or PLC5/60
with comminicaions board 17-71-DBMM
The completely new WINDOWS based platform is
suitable for most popular versions of WINDOWS NT,
WIN 2000 and XP.
HIMA H51, H41, H11
Yokogawa
SMCC Micro XL with communication processor PX1
With the selection of the correct protocol driver
(please refer to table) connections to various PLC
systems are possible. BARTEC is continuously
increasing the number of protocols available.
Centrum CS with communication processor ACM11
GE-FANUC
90-30 with communication processor CMM311E
90-70 with communication processor CMM711 or PCM711
DCS Eurotherm, DCS Fisher&Porter SistemSix
Selection chart BMS-Graf-pro 6
Language
German
Fisher Rosemount Delta V
1
2
French
3
Complete order
no. 17-28TF-0071/0
Honeywell TDC3000
Code no.
English
03-0330-0443/A-02/2014-BAT-242768/1
Foxboro DCS 80E, AS21
00
Please insert correct code.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
Saia PCD
Mitsubishi A
Mitsubishi A with communication processor ASJ71C24
COMLI
Sattcontrol
Alfa Laval
Hostlink
OMRON SYSMAC CQM1
Logic controllers for PROFIBUS-DP
Description
PLC
Siemens
S5-95U with PROFIBUS-DP Master interface
S5-135U with PROFIBUS-DP Master interface EM308C
S7-300 with CPU 315-2 DP (Master)
S7-400 with CPU 416-2 DP (Master)
PCS 7
Hartmann & Braun
Freelance 2000 with field controller
Schneider
TSX Premium with PROFIBUS coupling unit
AEG Quantum with PROFIBUS coupling unit
Software BMS Graf pro is including the latest handling units. For more possibilities ask us.
100
POLARIS BASIC Accessories
Comfort
Selection chart Accessories
Illustration
Description
Order no.
Ex i memory stick 17-71VZ-5000
for POLARIS Panel PC and POLARIS Control
Reinforcement frame
Control
05-0205-0011
Panel PC 5.7"
05-0205-0006
Panel PC 10.4"
05-0205-0008
Panel PC 12.1"
05-0205-0007
Mounting clamps set
4 pieces
05-0091-0111
6 pieces
05-0091-0112
Original packing
04-9035-0003
Panel PC 5.7"
04-9035-0004
Panel PC 10.4"
04-9035-0005
Panel PC 12.1"
04-9035-0006
03-0330-0661-02/2014-BAT-318916/1
Control
101
POLARIS BASIC Accessories
Selection chart Stainless steel enclosure Standard
Illustration
Description
Order no.
Stainless steel enclosure Standard
Technical data
Stainless steel 1.4404; AISI 316 L
Material
SurfaceBrushed
IP 65
Protection class
 for floor mounting with stand
Dimensions in mm
(B x H x T)
Control
450 x 240 x 150
07-56D7-2B00/9002
Panel PC 5.7" 500 x 280 x 200
07-56D7-9011/9002
Panel PC 10.4"
560 x 320 x 200
07-56D7-9611/9002
Panel PC 12.1" 600 x 350 x 200
07-56D7-9711/9002
on request
Complete solution with installed equipment
 for wall mounting including mounting straps
Dimensions in mm
(B x H x T)
Control
450 x 240 x 150
07-56D7-2B00/9001
Panel PC 5.7" 500 x 280 x 200
07-56D7-9011/9001
Panel PC 10.4"
560 x 320 x 200
07-56D7-9611/9001
Panel PC 12.1" 600 x 350 x 200
07-56D7-9711/9001
on request
Complete solution with installed equipment
B
H
T
03-0330-0661-02/2014-BAT-318916/2
1 mounting strap for wall mounting
102
1
Mobile Computing
Mobile Computing
Introduction to Identification Systems
106 - 107
Mobile Computer MC 92NOex-IS Series
108 - 113
MC 92NOex-G for ATEX/IECEx Zone 1
with 1D-Long Range Scan Engine or 1D-/2D Imager Engine
17-A1A3-0G.0/SY..A600
108 - 109
MC 92NOex-K for ATEX/IECEx Zone 1
with 1D-Standard Range Scan Engine or 1D-/2D Imager Engine
17-A1A3-0K.0/SY..A600
110 - 111
MC 92NOex-G and -K for ATEX/IECEx Zone 1
with extended RFID reader
17-A1A3-RG../SY..A600; 17-A1A3-RK../SY..A600
112 - 113
Mobile Computer MC 92NOex-NI Series
114 - 119
MC 92NO -G for Class I, II, III Div. 2 and ATEX Zone 2/22
with 1D-Long Range Scan Engine or 1D-/2D Imager Engine
B7-A2A4-OG.0/SY..A600
114 - 115
MC 92NOex-K for Class I, II, III Div. 2 and ATEX Zone 2/22
with 1D-Standard Range Scan Engine or 1D-/2D Imager Engine
B7-A2A4-OK.0/SY..A600
116 - 117
ex
MC 92NOex-G and -K for Class I, II, III Div. 2 and ATEX Zone 2/22
with extended RFID reader
B7-A2A4-RG../SY..A600; B7-A2A4-RK../SY..A600
118 - 119
Accessories for MC 92NOxex Series
120 - 121
Mobile Computer MC 959xex-NI Series
122 - 129
MC 959x ex-NI for ATEX/IECEx Zone 2 and 22
B7-A293-0.0D/­A.100000, B7-A293-6.AE/A.100000, B7-A293-8..E/A.100000
122 - 125
RFID Snap-on Modul for Mobile Computer MC 959xex-NI Series
B7-A2Z0-002.
126
RFID Snap-on Modul for Mobile Computer MC 959x Series
G7-A0Z0-000.
127
Accessories for MC 959xex-NI Series
128 - 129
Mobile Computer MC 75Ax -NI Series
130 - 137
MC 75Ax ex-NI for ATEX/IECEx Zone 2 and 22
B7-A273-...S/W.RA9W00
130 - 132
MC 75Ax ex-NI HF for ATEX/IECEx Zone 2 and 22 with GSM-HSDPA (WWAN)
B7-A273-64CS/WRRAAR00
133 - 135
ex
Accessories for MC 75Axex Series
136 - 137
Hand-held barcode scanner
138 - 145
Hand-held scanner BCS 160ex for ATEX Zone 1 and Zone for 1D and PDF barcodes
17-21BA-M31S/.000
138 - 139
Accessories for hand-held scanner BCS 160ex140
Radio hand-held scanner BCS 160ex BT for ATEX Zone 1 and Zone 21
for 1D and PDF barcodes
17-21BA-M32S/.000
141 - 142
143 - 144
Accessories for hand-held scanner BCS 160ex BT Power pack for hand-held scanner for ATEX Zone 1 and Zone 21
for RS232/RS422 and USB interface
17-21BB-170./0000
145
Identification
Identification Systems
Mobile Computer
 Barcode- and RFID Reading  WLAN  Bluetooth
For use in explosion-proof areas we have developed the explosion-protected version of the Mobile
Computer series in co-operation with Motorola.
These high-performance Mobile Computers are IECEx, ATEX and UL certified for use in hazardous areas.
The MC device series is easy to handle, based on the usual Windows® Mobile environment and the realtime data exchange through WLAN or Bluetooth.
Application
The well-known Mobile Computer
from BARTEC work successful
for years in optimizing work
processings in Ex areas.
Pharmaceuticals
Manufacturers and suppliers
of raw materials required
for production e. g. medication
Petrochemicals
Production, processing, delivery
Automotive industry
Manufacturers and suppliers
of coatings, paint shops
03-0330-0636-10/2013-BAT-D316909/1
Food and beverages
Manufacturers and suppliers of
aromatic substances
Make your decision for a strong partner!
BARTEC, you can rely on for safe and comfortable
Mobile Computer.
BARTEC. Innovative. Efficient.
106
MC 92NOex-IS
MC 92NOex-NI
 WLAN
 WLAN
 Bluetooth
 Bluetooth
 RFID frequency LF, HF, UHF
 RFID frequency LF, HF, UHF
 Colour display with touch screen
 Various scan engines
 Various scan engines
 Barcode- and RFID-reader in one device
 Barcode- and RFID-reader in one device
 Barcode reading up to 12 m distance
MC 959xex-NI
MC 75Axex-NI
GPS
GPS
WWAN-GSM/CDMA
WWAN-GSM/CDMA
 RFID frequency LF, HF, UHF
 RFID frequency HF
 3.0 Megapixel camera
 3.2 Megapixel camera
 Colour display with touch screen
and LED backlighting
 Colour display with touch screen
and LED backlighting
 Various scan engines
 Various scan engines
 VoIP (Voice over IP)
 VoIP (Voice over IP)
03-0330-0636-10/2013-BAT-D316909/2
 Barcode reading up to 12 m distance
107
Mobile Computer MC 92NOex-IS MC 92NOex-G for ATEX/IECEx Zone 1
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
ATEX
II 2G Ex q [ib] IIC T4 Gb
Certification
PTB 13 ATEX 2019 X
IECEx Ex q [ib] IIC T4 Gb
Certification
IECEx PTB13.0043X
MC 92NO ex-G
with 1D-Long Range Scan Engine
or 1D-/2D Imager Engine
Other variants are available for:
- Brazil, Japan, Canada, Russia,
South Africa and USA
- Mining EU
Technical data
Keyboard version
- 28 keys, numeric
- 43 keys, numeric with (F) function keys
- 53 keys, alphanumeric
Display
3.7" VGA colour display
with touchscreen 480 x 640 pixels
Barcode options
SE 1524: 1D-Long Range Scan Engine
Reading range: up to 12 m
Features
Description
SE 4500-SR: 1D-/2D Imager Engine
Reading range: up to 60 cm
Other variants available, see user's manual.
 International approvals for global usability
The MC 92NOex-G Mobile Computer with its pistol
grip is a robust device for reliable barcode scanning
in hazardous (potentially explosive) areas.
Dimensions (height x width x depth)
231 mm x 91 mm x 193 mm
9.1 inch x 3.6 inch x 7.6 inch
The scan trigger is conveniently positioned at the
pistol grip. Thus barcodes can be captured with only
one hand. The integrated radio module enables real
time data access to your host system.
Weight
approx. 1060 g
approx. 34 oz
Barcode capture up to 12 m
WLAN radio standard IEEE 802.11 a/b/g/n
Easy battery changing in the Ex area
Expanded storage capacity with
replaceable SD card
Various versions of replaceable keyboards
Compatibility with MC92NO from Motorola
A further highlight is the large easy-to-read 3,7" VGA
colour display with touchscreen technology. The
MC 92NOex-G is working with the IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n
radio standard.
Service contracts
Market
Applications
Users
Automobile industry
Material flow monitoring
suppliers of paintwork, for paint
shops, etc.
Production control
Dispatch, receiving and stock
management departments
Food and beverages
03-0330-0762-04/2014-BAT-357132/1
The MC 92NO ex -G combines the strength of
Microsoft‘s Pocket PC platform with the power of the
TI OMAC 4430 dual-core® processor with 1 GHz.
Supplier chain management
Personnel who have been instructed
on the handling of potentially
explosive substances
suppliers of aromatic substances, etc.
Incoming/outgoing goods,
inventory management
Petrochemicals
Safety tests
from production through further
processing to delivery
Spare parts tracking
Personnel who have been instructed
on work in potentially explosive
substances.
Maintenance/repair work
Production area
Workshop communication
Personnel who have been instructed
on the handling of potentially
explosive substances.
Pharmaceuticals
suppliers of the individual
components required for the
production of e. g. medication
Conformity verification
Task allocation
108
Maintenance and repair
Ambient temperature
-20 °C to +40 °C
-4 °F to +104 °F
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +70 °C
-40 °F to +158 °F
Charging temperature
0 °C to +40 °C
+32 °F to +104 °F
Humidity
5 % to 95 % (non-condensing)
Protection class (EN 60529)
IP 54
Processor
TI OMAC 4430 dual-core® processor/1 GHz
Memory
1 GB/2 GB flash RAM/ROM with the option of
expansion with SD card: up to 32 GB
Operating system
Windows Embedded Handheld 6.5.3
or Windows CE 7.0
Power supply
Li-ion battery 17-A1Z0-0001
with 7.4 V/2200 mAh
Battery can be changed in the Ex area!
Mobile Computer MC 92NOex-IS MC 92NOex-G for ATEX/IECEx Zone 1
Backup battery
Ni-MH battery (rechargeable)
2.4 V/15 mAh
Possible connection
Safe area
MC 92NOex-G
Interfaces
- RS232
- USB
Access Point
Application development
EMDK available from Motorola Solutions
Homepage
MC 92NOex-G
Audio System
Integrated microphone and loudspeaker
ex
Access Point
Voice support
Voice over IP
Server
MC 92NOex-G
Ethernet
Wireless data communication (WLAN)
Radio standard
IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n
Data rate/frequency range
IEEE802.11a: up to 54 Mbit/s - 5 GHz
IEEE802.11b: up to 11 Mbit/s - 2.4 GHz
IEEE802.11g: up to 54 Mbit/s - 2.4 GHz
IEEE802.11n: up to 600 Mbit/s - 2.4/5 GHz
Output power
100 mW
The MC 92NOex-G Mobile Computer with the 1D-Long Range Scan Engine or the 1D-/2D Imager Engine
recognises the following barcodes:
1D-Codes:
2D-Codes: (only with 1D-/2D-Imager Engine)
Code 11
Interleaved 2 of 5
Aztec
(Macro) Micro PDF-417
Code 39
MSI
Australian 4-state
Micro PDF-417 PDF-417
Code 93
UPCA
Canadian 4-state
microQR
Code 128
UPCE
Composite AB
Maxi Code
Codabar
UPC/EAN supplementals
Composite C
QR Code
Coupon Code
Trioptic 39
PDF-417
TLC39
Bluetooth (WPAN)
Bluetooth version 2.1 with EDR
(including manager)
Chinese 2 of 5
RSS-14
Data Matrix
UK 4-state
Discrete 2 of 5
RSS Expanded
Dutch Kix
US Planet
Max. data rate
2.1 Mbit/s
EAN-8
RSS Limited
Japanese 4-state
US Postnet
EAN-13
Webcode
Macro PDF-417
USPS 4-state (US4CB)
Antenna
Integrated in the device
Note
The respective radio frequencies and
usable channels depend on the country-specific
regulations.
Antenna
Integrated in the device
Selection chart
Barcode options
SE 1524
1D-Long Range Scan Engine
03-0330-0762-04/2014-BAT-357132/2
SE 4500-SR
1D-/2D Imager Engine
Code no.
J
3
Version
Code no.
28 keys, numeric
A
43 keys, numeric with (F) function keys
F
53 keys, alphanumeric
E
53 keys, alphanumeric with layout for VT emulation
G
53 keys, alphanumeric with layout for 3270 emulation
H
53 keys, alphanumeric with layout for 5250 emulation
J
Complete order no. 17-A1A3-OG
0/SY
MC 92NOex-G including Li-ion battery (1 piece).
Please insert correct code. Technical data subject to change without notice. Note: All variants without accessories.
You will find the accessories with order details on the accessories pages.
Operating system
Code no.
Windows Embedded
Handheld 6.5.3
Q
Windows CE 7.0
Y
A600
109
Mobile Computer MC 92NOex-IS MC 92NOex-K for ATEX/IECEx Zone 1
Explosion protection
ATEX Ex protection type
II 2G Ex q [ib] IIC T4 Gb
Certification
PTB 13 ATEX 2019 X
IECEx Ex protection type
Ex q [ib] IIC T4 Gb
Certification
IECEx PTB13.0043X
MC 92NO ex-K with
1D-Standard Range Scan Engine
or 1D/2D Imager Engine
Other variants are available for:
- Brazil, Japan, Canada, Russia,
South Africa and USA
- Mining EU
Technical data
Keyboard version
- 28 keys, numeric
- 43 keys, numeric with (F) function keys
- 53 keys, alphanumeric
Display
3.7" VGA colour display
with touchscreen 480 x 640 pixels
Barcode options
SE 965: 1D-Standard Range Scan Engine
Reading range: up to 2.5 m
Features
Description
SE 4500-SR: 1D-/2D Imager Engine
Reading range: up to 60 cm
Other variants available, see user's manual.
 International approvals for global usability
The MC 92NOex-K Mobile Computer is a robust
device for reliable barcode scanning in hazardous
(potentially explosive) areas.
Dimensions (height x width x depth)
231 mm x 91 mm x 59 mm
9.1 inch x 3.6 inch x 2.3 inch
The scan trigger is positioned in such a way that
barcodes can be captured very conveniently. The
integrated radio module enables real time data access
to your host system.
Weight
approx. 980 g
approx. 31 oz
WLAN radio standard IEEE 802.11 a/b/g/n
Easy battery changing in the Ex area
Expanded storage capacity with
replaceable SD card
Various versions of replaceable keyboards
Based on MC92NO from Motorola
Service contracts
The MC 92NO ex -K combines the strength of
Microsoft‘s Pocket PC platform with the power of the
TI OMAC 4430 dual-core® processor with 1 GHz.
A further highlight is the large easy-to-read 3.7" VGA
colour display with touchscreen technology. The
MC 92NOex-K is working with the IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n
radio standard.
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +70 °C
-40 °F to +158 °F
Charging temperature
0 °C to +40 °C
+32 °F to +104 °F
Market
Applications
Users
Humidity
5 % to 95 % (non-condensing)
Automobile industry
Material flow monitoring
suppliers of paintwork, for paint
shops, etc.
Production control
Dispatch, receiving and stock
management departments
Protection class (EN 60529)
IP 54
Personnel who have been instructed
on the handling of potentially
explosive substances
Prozessor
TI OMAC 4430 dual-core® processor/1 GHz
Food and beverages
03-0330-0764-04/2014-BAT-357134/1
Ambient temperature
-20 °C to +40 °C
-4 °F to +104 °F
Supplier chain management
suppliers of aromatic substances, etc.
Incoming/outgoing goods,
inventory management
Petrochemicals
Safety tests
from production through further
processing to delivery
Spare parts tracking
Personnel who have been instructed
on work in potentially explosive
substances.
Maintenance/repair work
Production area
Workshop communication
Personnel who have been instructed
on the handling of potentially
explosive substances.
Pharmaceuticals
suppliers of the individual
components required for the
production of e. g. medication
Conformity verification
Task allocation
110
Maintenance and repair
Memory
1 GB/2 GB flash RAM/ROM with the option of
expansion with SD card: up to 32 GB
Operating system
Windows Embedded Handheld 6.5.3
or Windows CE 7.0
Power supply
Li-ion battery 17-A1Z0-0001
with 7.4 V/2200 mAh
Battery can be changed in the Ex area!
Mobile Computer MC 92NOex-IS MC 92NOex-K for ATEX/IECEx Zone 1
Backup battery
Ni-MH battery (rechargeable)
2.4 V/15 mAh
Possible connection
Safe area
MC 92NOex-K
Interfaces
- RS232
- USB
Access Point
Application development
EMDK available from Motorola Solutions
Homepage
MC 92NOex-K
Audio System
Integrated microphone and loudspeaker
Access Point
Voice support
Voice over IP
ex
Server
MC 92NOex-K
Ethernet
Wireless data communication (WLAN)
Radio standard
IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n
Data rate/frequency range
IEEE802.11a: up to 54 Mbit/s - 5 GHz
IEEE802.11b: up to 11 Mbit/s - 2.4 GHz
IEEE802.11g: up to 54 Mbit/s - 2.4 GHz
IEEE802.11n: up to 600 Mbit/s - 2.4/5 GHz
The MC 92NOex-K Mobile Computer with the 1D-Standard Range Scan Engine or the 1D-/2D-Imager Engine
recognises the following barcodes:
1D-Codes:
Output power
100 mW
Antenna
Integrated in the device
Note
The respective radio frequencies and
usable channels depend on the country-specific
regulations.
Bluetooth (WPAN)
Bluetooth version 2.1 with BT Explorer
(including manager)
Max. data rate
2.1 Mbit/s
Antenna
Integrated in the device
2D-Codes: (only with 1D-/2D Imager Engine)
Code 11
Interleaved 2 of 5
Aztec
(Macro) Micro PDF-417
Code 39
MSI
Australian 4-state
Micro PDF-417 PDF-417
Code 93
UPCA
Canadian 4-state
microQR
Code 128
UPCE
Composite AB
Maxi Code
Codabar
UPC/EAN supplementals
Composite C
QR Code
Coupon Code
Trioptic 39
PDF-417
TLC39
Chinese 2 of 5
RSS-14
Data Matrix
UK 4-state
Discrete 2 of 5
RSS Expanded
Dutch Kix
US Planet
EAN-8
RSS Limited
Japanese 4-state
US Postnet
EAN-13
Webcode
Macro PDF-417
USPS 4-state (US4CB)
Selection chart
Barcode options
03-0330-0764-04/2014-BAT-357134/2
SE 965
1D-Standard Range
Scan Engine
SE 4500-SR
1D-/2D Imager Engine
Code no.
A
3
Version
Code no.
28 keys, numeric
A
43 keys, numeric with (F) function keys
F
53 keys, alphanumeric
E
53 keys, alphanumeric with layout for VT emulation
G
53 keys, alphanumeric with layout for 3270 emulation
H
53 keys, alphanumeric with layout for 5250 emulation
J
Complete order no. 17-A1A3-0K
0/SY
ex
MC 92NO -K including Li-ion battery (1 piece).
Note: All variants without accessories. You will find the accessories with order details on the accessories pages.
Please insert correct code. Technical data subject to change without notice.
Operating system
Code no.
Windows Embedded
Handheld 6.5.3
Q
Windows CE 7.0
Y
A600
111
Mobile Computer MC 92N0ex RFID for ATEX/IECEx Zone 1
Technical data
Keyboard version
- 28 keys, numeric
- 43 keys, numeric with (F) function keys
- 53 keys, alphanumeric
Display
3.7" VGA colour display
with touchscreen 480 x 640 pixels
Barcode options
SE 965: 1D-Standard Range Scan Engine
Reading range: up to 2.5 m
SE 4500: 1D-/2D Imager Engine
Reading range: up to 60 cm
only for MC 92N0ex-G
SE 1524: 1D-Long Range Scan Engine
Reading range: up to 12 m
Other variants available, see user's manual.
MC 92NO ex-G and -K with extended RFID Reader
Description
Features
This unique idea enables a combination of stateof-the-art technologies and so it was possible to
integrate barcode data capture and RFID technology
in this one device.
 International approvals for global usability
Thanks to the modular keyboard and colour display,
the data can be processed directly on the mobile
computer. The data is transmitted to other corporate
divisions via WLAN or Bluetooth. This means that
the data is available in real time for further processing.
 WLAN radio standard IEEE 802.11 a/b/g/n
The software we offer for individual application
development is an open source demo version and
an SDK file. The SDK file is available for the C#
programming language and contains all necessary
resources for specific application development.
 RFID/UHF with a large reading range
 RFID reader and scanner in one device
 Easy battery changing in the Ex area
 Expanded storage capacity with
replaceable SD card
 Various versions of replaceable keyboards
 Service contracts
Explosion protection
On the one hand, the open source demo serves to
demonstrate the reading and writing of RFID tags;
on the other hand, it offers application developers
a good basis for customised reader programming.
ATEX Ex protection type
II 2G Ex q [ib] IIC T4 Gb
II 2G Ex q [ib] IIB T4 Gb
(with mounted antenna)
The MC 92NOex-IS can be retrofitted with the RFID
option in the factory. It cannot be retrofitted by the
customer himself.
Certification
PTB 13 ATEX 2019 X
For further details see IECEx Certificate of Conformity.
03-0330-0781-01/2014-BAT-362915/1
IECEx Ex protection type
Ex q [ib] IIC T4 Gb
Ex q [ib] IIB T4 Gb
(with mounted antenna)
Certification
IECEx PTB13.0043X
For further details see IECEx Certificate of Conformity.
Other variants are available for:
- USA, Canada
112
Dimensions (height x width x depth)
MC 92N0ex-K
231 mm x 115 mm x 105 mm
(9.1 inch x 4.5 inch x 4.1 inch)
MC 92N0ex-G
231 mm x 115 mm x 193 mm
(9.1 inch x 4.5 inch x 7.6 inch)
Weight
MC 92N0ex-K
approx. 1320 g (approx. 46 oz)
MC 92N0ex-G
approx. 1400 g (approx. 49 oz)
Ambient temperature
-20 °C to +40 °C (-4 °F to +104 °F)
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +70 °C (-40 °F to +158 °F)
Charging temperature
0 °C to +40 °C (+32 °F to +104 °F)
Humidity
5 % to 95 % (non-condensing)
Protection class (EN 60529)
IP 54
Prozessor
TI OMAC 4430 dual-core® processor/1 GHz
Memory
1 GB/2 GB flash RAM/ROM with the option of
expansion with SD card: up to 32 GB
Operating system
Windows Embedded Handheld 6.5.3
or Windows CE 7.0
Power supply
Li-ion battery 17-A1Z0-0001
with 7.4 V/2200 mAh
Battery can be changed in the Ex area!
Backup battery
Ni-MH battery (rechargeable)
2.4 V/15 mAh
Interfaces
- RS232
- USB
Mobile Computer MC 92N0ex RFID for ATEX/IECEx Zone 1
Audio System
Integrated microphone and loudspeaker
LF Reader extended
Supported standards
HITAG S256, HITAG S 2 kbit, HITAG 1, HITAG 2, Q5, ATA5567, EM4305,
HDX - RO, HDX (Multipage), EM4xxx (UNIQUE), FDX-B, BDE, ISO 117845,
ISO Animal, EM 4450/4550, EM4xxx (UNIQUE), FDX-B, BDE, ISO 11784/5,
ISO Animal
Voice support
Voice over IP
Nominal reading/writing distance
approx. 5 cm/approx. 1.9 inches
Wireless data communication (WLAN)
Antenna
ferrite antenna or air coil antenna
Radio standard
IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n
Frequency range
125/134 kHz
Transmitting power
100 mW ± 2dB
Data rate/frequency range
IEEE802.11a: up to 54 Mbit/s - 5 GHz
IEEE802.11b: up to 11 Mbit/s - 2.4 GHz
IEEE802.11g: up to 54 Mbit/s - 2.4 GHz
IEEE802.11n: up to 600 Mbit/s - 2.4/5 GHz
HF Reader extended
Output power
100 mW (Germany and International)
Antenna
Integrated in the device
Note
The respective radio frequencies and
usable channels depend on the country-specific
regulations.
Bluetooth (WPAN)
Bluetooth version 2.1 with BT Explorer
(including manager)
Max. data rate
2.1 Mbit/s
Antenna
Integrated in the device
Supported standards
HF ISO 15693 e.g. I-Code SLI, Tag-IT HFI, my-d vicinity, STM LRI512
HF ISO 14443 e.g. mifare, mifare Ultra Light, my-d proximity, I-Code 1 (optional)
Nominal reading/writing distance
HF ISO 15693
HF ISO 14443
approx. 7 to 12 cm/approx. 2.75 to 4.72 inch
approx. 1 to 6 cm/approx. 0.4 to 2.36 inch (with tags in cheque card format)
Antenna
integrated
Frequency range
13.56 MHz
Transmitting power
250 mW ± 2 dB
UHF Reader extended
Supported standards
EPC Class 1 Gen 2 tag
Nominal reading range
approx. 30 to 50 cm/approx. 11.8 to 19.6 inch
Nominal writing distance
approx. 30 to 50 cm/approx. 11.8 to 19.6 inch
Antenna
integrated
Frequency range
Europa
USA
Transmitting power
865.6 to 867.5 MHz (EN 302 208)
902.0 to 928.0 MHz (FCC CFR 47 part 15.247)
200 mW ± 2dB
UHF Reader extended with mounted antenna
Supported standards
EPC Class 1 Gen 2 tag
Nominal reading range
approx. 150 cm/approx. 59 inches
Nominal writing distance
approx. 150 cm/approx. 59 inches
Antenna
external (UPM Raflatac)
Frequency range
Europa
USA
Transmitting power
865.6 to 867.5 MHz (EN 302 208)
902.0 to 928.0 MHz (FCC CFR 47 part 15.247)
200 mW ± 2dB
Selection chart MC 92NOex-IS with extended RFID Reader
Barcode options
SE 965
1D-Standard
Range Scan Engine
SE 4500-SR
1D-/2D
Imager Engine
03-0330-0781-01/2014-BAT-362915/2
SE 1524 1D Long
Range Scan Engine
(only MC 92NOex-G)
RFID options
Code no.
RFID LF Reader
2
28 keys, numeric
A
Version
Code no.
RFID HF Reader
4
43 keys, numeric with (F) function keys
F
RFID UHF (US) Reader
5
53 keys, alphanumeric
E
RFID UHF (EU) Reader
6
53 keys, alphanumeric
with layout for VT emulation
G
RFID UHF (US) Reader
and mounted antenna
7
53 keys, alphanumeric
with layout for 3270 emulation
H
RFID UHF (EU) Reader
and mounted antenna
8
53 keys, alphanumeric
with layout for 5250 emulation
J
A
3
J
Complete order no.
MC 92NOex Version GUN
Code no.
Version BRICK
Operating system
Code no.
Windows
Embedded
Handheld 6.5.3
Q
Windows CE 7.0
Y
17-A1A3-RG/SYA600
17-A1A3-RK/SYA600 including Li-ion battery (1 piece).
Note: All variants without accessories. You will find the accessories with order details on the accessories pages.
Please insert correct code. Technical data subject to change without notice.
113
Mobile Computer MC 92NOex-NI MC 92NOex-G for Class I, II, III Div. 2 and ATEX Zone 2/22
Explosion protection
UL
Ex protection type
Class I Div 2 Group A, B, C, D T6
Class II Div 2 Group F, G
Class III
Certification
UL File E321557 Vol. 1 Sec. 5
ATEX Ex protection type
II 3G Ex nA IIC T6 Gc
II 3D Ex tc IIIC T80 °C Dc
-20 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +50 °C
MC 92NO -G
ex
with 1D-Long Range Scan Engine
or 1D-/2D Imager Engine
Declaration of conformity
B1-A2A3-7C0001, B1-A2A3-7C0002
Technical data
Keyboard version
- 28 keys, numeric
- 43 keys, numeric with (F) function keys
- 53 keys, alphanumeric
Display
3.7" VGA colour display
with touchscreen 480 x 640 pixels
Barcode options
SE 1524: 1D-Long Range Scan Engine
Reading range: up to 12 m
Features
Description
 International approvals for global usability
The MC 92NOex-G Mobile Computer with its pistol
grip is a robust device for reliable barcode scanning
in hazardous (potentially explosive) areas.
Barcode capture up to 12 m
WLAN radio standard IEEE 802.11 a/b/g/n
Expanded storage capacity with
replaceable SD card
Various versions of replaceable keyboards
Based on MC92NO from Motorola
Service contracts
The scan trigger is conveniently positioned at the
pistol grip. Thus barcodes can be captured with only
one hand. The integrated radio module enables real
time data access to your host system.
The MC 92NO ex -G combines the strength of
Microsoft‘s Pocket PC platform with the power of the
TI OMAC 4430 dual-core® processor with 1 GHz.
A further highlight is the large easy-to-read 3.7" VGA
colour display with touchscreen technology. The
MC 92NOex-G is working with the IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n
radio standard.
Market
Applications
Users
Automobile industry
Material flow monitoring
suppliers of paintwork, for paint
shops, etc.
Production control
Dispatch, receiving and stock
management departments
03-0330-0766-04/2014-BAT-357389/1
Food and beverages
Supplier chain management
Personnel who have been instructed
on the handling of potentially
explosive substances
SE 4500-SR: 1D/2D Imager Engine
Reading range: up to 60 cm
Other variants available, see user's manual.
Dimensions (height x width x depth)
231 mm x 91 mm x 193 mm
9.1 inch x 3.6 inch x 7.6 inch
Weight
approx. 765 g
approx. 27 oz
Ambient temperature
-20 °C to +50 °C
-4 °F to +122 °F
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +70 °C
-40 °F to +158 °F
Charging temperature
0 °C to +40 °C
+32 °F to +104 °F
Humidity
5 % to 95 % (non-condensing)
Protection class (EN 60529)
IP 64
Processor
TI OMAC 4430 dual-core® processor/1 GHz
suppliers of aromatic substances, etc.
Incoming/outgoing goods,
inventory management
Petrochemicals
Safety tests
from production through further
processing to delivery
Spare parts tracking
Personnel who have been instructed
on work in potentially explosive
substances.
Maintenance/repair work
Production area
Operating system
Windows Embedded Handheld 6.5.3
or Windows CE 7.0
Workshop communication
Personnel who have been instructed
on the handling of potentially
explosive substances.
Power supply
Li-ion battery B7-A2Z0-0006
with 7.4 V/2200 mAh
Pharmaceuticals
suppliers of the individual
components required for the
production of e. g. medication
Conformity verification
Task allocation
114
Maintenance and repair
Memory
1 GB/2 GB flash RAM/ROM with the option of
expansion with SD card: up to 32 GB
Mobile Computer MC 92NOex-NI MC 92NOex-G for Class I, II, III Div. 2 and ATEX Zone 2/22
Backup battery
Ni-MH battery (rechargeable)
2.4 V/15 mAh
Possible connection
Safe area
MC 92NOex-G
Interfaces
- RS232
- USB
Access Point
Application development
EMDK available from Motorola Solutions
Homepage
MC 92NOex-G
Audio System
Integrated microphone and loudspeaker
Access Point
Voice support
Voice over IP
ex
Server
MC 92NOex-G
Ethernet
Wireless data communication (WLAN)
Radio standard
IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n
Data rate/frequency range
IEEE802.11a: up to 54 Mbit/s - 5 GHz
IEEE802.11b: up to 11 Mbit/s - 2.4 GHz
IEEE802.11g: up to 54 Mbit/s - 2.4 GHz
IEEE802.11n: up to 600 Mbit/s - 2.4/5 GHz
Output power
100 mW
The MC 92NOex-G Mobile Computer with the 1D-Long Range Scan Engine or the 1D-/2D Imager Engine
recognises the following barcodes:
2D-Codes: (only with 1D-/2D-Imager Engine)
1D-Codes:
Antenna
Integrated in the device
Note
The respective radio frequencies and
usable channels depend on the country-specific
regulations.
Bluetooth (WPAN)
Bluetooth version 2.1 with EDR
(including manager)
Max. data rate
2.1 Mbit/s
Antenna
Integrated in the devicet
Code 11
Interleaved 2 of 5
Aztec
(Macro) Micro PDF-417
Code 39
MSI
Australian 4-state
Micro PDF-417 PDF-417
Code 93
UPCA
Canadian 4-state
microQR
Code 128
UPCE
Composite AB
Maxi Code
Codabar
UPC/EAN supplementals
Composite C
QR Code
Coupon Code
Trioptic 39
PDF-417
TLC39
Chinese 2 of 5
RSS-14
Data Matrix
UK 4-state
Discrete 2 of 5
RSS Expanded
Dutch Kix
US Planet
EAN-8
RSS Limited
Japanese 4-state
US Postnet
EAN-13
Webcode
Macro PDF-417
USPS 4-state (US4CB)
Selection chart
Barcode options
03-0330-0766-04/2014-BAT-357389/2
SE 1524
1D-Long Range Scan Engine
SE 4500-SR
1D-/2D Imager Engine
Code no.
J
3
Version
Code no.
28 keys, numeric
A
43 keys, numeric with (F) function keys
F
53 keys, alphanumeric
E
53 keys, alphanumeric with layout for VT emulation
G
53 keys, alphanumeric with layout for 3270 emulation
H
53 keys, alphanumeric with layout for 5250 emulation
J
Complete order no. B7-A2A4-OG
0/SY
ex
MC 92NO -G including Li-ion battery (1 piece).
Note: All variants without accessories. You will find the accessories with order details on the accessories pages.
Please insert correct code. Technical data subject to change without notice.
Operating system
Code no.
Windows Embedded
Handheld 6.5.3
Q
Windows CE 7.0
Y
A600
115
Mobile Computer MC 92NOex-NI MC 92NOex-K for Class I, II, III Div. 2 and ATEX Zone 2/22
Explosion protection
UL
Ex protection type
Class I Div 2 Group A, B, C, D T6
Class II Div 2 Group F, G
Class III
Certification
UL File E321557 Vol. 1 Sec. 5
ATEXEx protection type
II 3G Ex nA IIC T6 Gc
II 3D Ex tc IIIC T80 °C Dc
-20 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +50 °C
MC 92NO ex-K
with 1D-Standard Range Scan
Engine or 1D-/2D Imager Engine
Declaration of conformity
B1-A2A3-7C0001, B1-A2A3-7C0002
Technical data
Keyboard version
- 28 keys, numeric
- 43 keys, numeric with (F) function keys
- 53 keys, alphanumeric
Display
3.7" VGA colour display
with touchscreen 480 x 640 pixels
Barcode options
SE 965: 1D-Standard Range Scan Engine
Reading range: up to 2.5 m
Features
Description
SE 4500-SR: 1D-/2D Imager Engine
Reading range: up to 60 cm
Other variants available, see user's manual.
 International approvals for global usability
The MC 92NOex-K Mobile Computer is a robust
device for reliable barcode scanning in hazardous
(potentially explosive) areas.
Dimensions (height x width x depth)
231 mm x 91 mm x 59 mm
9.1 inch x 3.6 inch x 2.3 inch
The scan trigger is positioned in such a way that
barcodes can be captured very conveniently. The
integrated radio module enables real time data access
to your host system.
Weight
approx. 700 g
approx. 22 oz
WLAN radio standard IEEE 802.11 a/b/g/n
Expanded storage capacity with replaceable
SD card
Various versions of replaceable keyboards
Based on MC92NO from Motorola
Service contracts
The MC 92NO ex -K combines the strength of
Microsoft‘s Pocket PC platform with the power of the
TI OMAC 4430 dual-core® processor with 1 GHz.
A further highlight is the large easy-to-read 3.7" VGA
colour display with touchscreen technology. The
MC 92NOex-K is working with the IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n
radio standard.
Market
Applications
Users
Automobile industry
Material flow monitoring
suppliers of paintwork, for paint
shops, etc.
Production control
Dispatch, receiving and stock
management departments
03-0330-0767-01/2014-BAT-357390/1
Food and beverages
Supplier chain management
Personnel who have been instructed
on the handling of potentially
explosive substances
suppliers of aromatic substances, etc.
Incoming/outgoing goods,
inventory management
Petrochemicals
Safety tests
from production through further
processing to delivery
Spare parts tracking
Personnel who have been instructed
on work in potentially explosive
substances.
Maintenance/repair work
Production area
Workshop communication
Personnel who have been instructed
on the handling of potentially
explosive substances.
Pharmaceuticals
suppliers of the individual
components required for the
production of e. g. medication
Conformity verification
Task allocation
116
Maintenance and repair
Ambient temperature
-20 °C to +50 °C
-4 °F to +122 °F
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +70 °C
-40 °F to +158 °F
Charging temperature
0 °C to +40 °C
+32 °F to +104 °F
Humidity
5 % to 95 % (non-condensing)
Protection class (EN 60529)
IP 64
Processor
TI OMAC 4430 dual-core® processor/1 GHz
Memory
1 GB/2 GB flash RAM/ROM with the option of
expansion with SD card: up to 32 GB
Operating system
Windows Embedded Handheld 6.5.3
or Windows CE 7.0
Power supply
Li-ion battery B7-A2Z0-0006
with 7.4 V/2200 mAh
Mobile Computer MC 92NOex-NI MC 92NOex-G for Class I, II, III Div. 2 and ATEX Zone 2/22
Backup battery
Ni-MH battery (rechargeable)
2.4 V/15 mAh
Possible connection
Safe area
MC 92NOex-K
Interfaces
- RS232
- USB
Access Point
Application development
EMDK available from Motorola Solutions
Homepage
MC 92NOex-K
Audio System
Integrated microphone and loudspeaker
ex
Access Point
Voice support
Voice over IP
Server
MC 92NOex-K
Ethernet
Wireless data communication (WLAN)
Radio standard
IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n
Data rate/frequency range
IEEE802.11a: up to 54 Mbit/s - 5 GHz
IEEE802.11b: up to 11 Mbit/s - 2.4 GHz
IEEE802.11g: up to 54 Mbit/s - 2.4 GHz
IEEE802.11n: up to 600 Mbit/s - 2.4/5 GHz
Output power
100 mW
The MC 92NOex-G Mobile Computer with the 1D-Standard Range Scan Engine or the 1D-/2D Imager Engine
recognises the following barcodes:
1D-Codes:
2D-Codes: (only with 1D-/2D Imager Engine)
Code 11
Interleaved 2 of 5
Aztec
(Macro) Micro PDF-417
Code 39
MSI
Australian 4-state
Micro PDF-417 PDF-417
Code 93
UPCA
Canadian 4-state
microQR
Code 128
UPCE
Composite AB
Maxi Code
Codabar
UPC/EAN supplementals
Composite C
QR Code
Coupon Code
Trioptic 39
PDF-417
TLC39
Bluetooth (WPAN)
Bluetooth Version 2.1 mit EDR
(inklusive Manager)
Chinese 2 of 5
RSS-14
Data Matrix
UK 4-state
Discrete 2 of 5
RSS Expanded
Dutch Kix
US Planet
Max. data rate
2.1 Mbit/s
EAN-8
RSS Limited
Japanese 4-state
US Postnet
EAN-13
Webcode
Macro PDF-417
USPS 4-state (US4CB)
Antenna
Integrated in the device
Note
The respective radio frequencies and
usable channels depend on the country-specific
regulations.
Antenna
Integrated in the device
Selection chart
Barcode options
SE 965
1D-Standard Range
Scan Engine
03-0330-0767-01/2014-BAT-357390/2
SE 4500-SR
1D-/2D Imager Engine
Code no.
A
3
Version
Code no.
28 keys, numeric
A
43 keys, numeric with (F) function keys
F
53 keys, alphanumeric
E
53 keys, alphanumeric with layout for VT emulation
G
53 keys, alphanumeric with layout for 3270 emulation
H
53 keys, alphanumeric with layout for 5250 emulation
J
Complete order no. B7-A2A4-OK
0/SY
ex
MC 92NO -K including Li-ion battery (1 piece).
Note: All variants without accessories. You will find the accessories with order details on the accessories pages.
Please insert correct code. Technical data subject to change without notice.
Operating system
Code no.
Windows Embedded
Handheld 6.5.3
Q
Windows CE 7.0
Y
A600
117
Mobile Computer MC 92N0ex RFID for Class I, II, III Div. 2 and ATEX Zone 2/22
Technical data
Keyboard version
- 28 keys, numeric
- 43 keys, numeric with (F) function keys
- 53 keys, alphanumeric
Display
3.7" VGA colour display
with touchscreen 480 x 640 pixels
Barcode options
SE 965: 1D-Standard Range Scan Engine
Reading range: up to 2.5 m
SE 4500: 1D-/2D Imager Engine
Reading range: up to 60 cm
only for MC 92N0ex-G
SE 1524: 1D-Long Range Scan Engine
Reading range: up to 12 m
Other variants available, see user's manual.
MC 92NO ex-G and -K with extended RFID Reader
Description
Features
This unique idea enables a combination of stateof-the-art technologies and so it was possible to
integrate barcode data capture and RFID technology
in this one device.
 International approvals for global usability
Thanks to the modular keyboard and colour display,
the data can be processed directly on the mobile
computer. The data is transmitted to other corporate
divisions via WLAN or Bluetooth. This means that
the data is available in real time for further processing.
 WLAN radio standard IEEE 802.11 a/b/g/n
The software we offer for individual application
development is an open source demo version and
an SDK file. The SDK file is available for the C#
programming language and contains all necessary
resources for specific application development.
 RFID/UHF with a large reading range
 RFID reader and scanner in one device
 Easy battery changing in the Ex area
 Expanded storage capacity with
replaceable SD card
 Various versions of replaceable keyboards
 Service contracts
Explosion protection
UL Ex protection type
Class I Div. 2 Groups A, B, C, D T6
Class II Div. 2 Groups F, G
Class III
The MC 92NOex-IS can be retrofitted with the RFID
option in the factory. It cannot be retrofitted by the
customer himself.
03-0330-0782-04/2014-BAT-362984/1
On the one hand, the open source demo serves to
demonstrate the reading and writing of RFID tags;
on the other hand, it offers application developers
a good basis for customised reader programming.
118
Certification
UL File E321557 Vol. 1 Sec. 5
ATEX Ex protection type
II 3G Ex nA IIC T6 Gc
II 3D Ex tc IIIC T80 °C Dc
-20 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +50 °C
II 3G Ex nA IIB T6 Gc
II 3D Ex tc IIIB T80 °C Dc
-20 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +50 °C
(with mounted antenna)
Declaration of conformity
B1-A2A3-7C0001, B1-A2A3-7C0002
Dimensions (height x width x depth)
MC 92N0ex-K
231 mm x 115 mm x 105 mm
(9.1 inch x 4.5 inch x 4.1 inch)
MC 92N0ex-G
231 mm x 115 mm x 193 mm
(9.1 inch x 4.5 inch x 7.6 inch)
Weight
MC 92N0ex-K
approx. 980 g (approx. 34.5 oz)
MC 92N0ex-G
approx. 1120 g (approx. 39.5 oz)
Ambient temperature
-20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to +122 °F)
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +70 °C (-40 °F to +158 °F)
Charging temperature
0 °C to +40 °C (+32 °F to +104 °F)
Humidity
5 % to 95 % (non-condensing)
Protection class (EN 60529)
IP 64
Prozessor
TI OMAC 4430 dual-core® processor/1 GHz
Memory
1 GB/2 GB flash RAM/ROM with the option of
expansion with SD card: up to 32 GB
Operating system
Windows Embedded Handheld 6.5.3
or Windows CE 7.0
Power supply
Li-ion battery B7-A2Z0-0006
with 7.4 V/2200 mAh
Backup battery
Ni-MH battery (rechargeable)
2.4 V/15 mAh
Interfaces
- RS232
- USB
Mobile Computer MC 92N0ex RFID for Class I, II, III Div. 2 and ATEX Zone 2/22
Audio System
Integrated microphone and loudspeaker
LF Reader extended and internal
Supported standards
HITAG S256, HITAG S 2 kbit, HITAG 1, HITAG 2, Q5, ATA5567, EM4305,
HDX - RO, HDX (Multipage), EM4xxx (UNIQUE), FDX-B, BDE, ISO 117845,
ISO Animal, EM 4450/4550, EM4xxx (UNIQUE), FDX-B, BDE, ISO 11784/5,
ISO Animal
Voice support
Voice over IP
Nominal reading/writing distance
approx. 5 cm/approx. 1.9 inches
Wireless data communication (WLAN
Antenna
ferrite antenna or air coil antenna
Radio standard
IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n
Frequency range
125/134 kHz
Transmitting power
100 mW ± 2dB
Data rate/frequency range
IEEE802.11a: up to 54 Mbit/s - 5 GHz
IEEE802.11b: up to 11 Mbit/s - 2.4 GHz
IEEE802.11g: up to 54 Mbit/s - 2.4 GHz
IEEE802.11n: up to 600 Mbit/s - 2.4/5 GHz
HF Reader extended
Supported standards
HF ISO 15693 e.g. I-Code SLI, Tag-IT HFI, my-d vicinity, STM LRI512
HF ISO 14443 e.g. mifare, mifare Ultra Light, my-d proximity, I-Code 1 (optional)
Nominal reading/writing distance
HF ISO 15693
HF ISO 14443
Lese-/Schreibreichweite
approx. 7 to 12 cm/approx. 2.75 to 4.72 inch
approx. 1 to 6 cm/approx. 0.4 to 2.36 inch (with tags in cheque card format)
Output power
100 mW (Germany and International)
Antenna
integrated
Frequency range
13.56 MHz
Antenna
Integrated in the device
Transmitting power
250 mW ± 2 dB
Note
The respective radio frequencies and
usable channels depend on the country-specific
regulations.
Supported standards
EPC Class 1 Gen 2 tag
Nominal reading range
approx. 30 to 50 cm/approx. 11.8 to 19.6 inch
Nominal writing distance
approx. 30 to 50 cm/approx. 11.8 to 19.6 inch
UHF Reader extended
Antenna
integrated
Frequency range
Bluetooth (WPAN)
Bluetooth version 2.1 with BT Explorer
(including manager)
Max. data rate
2.1 Mbit/s
Antenna
Integrated in the device
Europa
USA
Transmitting power
865.6 to 867.5 MHz (EN 302 208)
902.0 to 928.0 MHz (FCC CFR 47 part 15.247)
200 mW ± 2dB
UHF reader extended with mounted antenna
Supported standards
EPC Class 1 Gen 2 tag
Nominal reading range
approx. 150 cm/approx. 59 inches
Nominal writing distance
approx. 150 cm/approx. 59 inches
Antenna
external (UPM Raflatac)
Frequency range
Europa
USA
Transmitting power
865.6 to 867.5 MHz (EN 302 208)
902.0 to 928.0 MHz (FCC CFR 47 part 15.247)
200 mW ± 2dB
Selection chart MC 92NOex-NI with extended and internal RFID Reader
Barcode options
none**
0
RFID options
Code no.
28 keys, numeric
A
RFID LF Reader
2
43 keys, numeric
with (F) function keys
F
RFID HF Reader
4
53 keys, alphanumeric
E
RFID UHF (US) Reader
5
6
53 keys, alphanumeric
with layout for VT emulation
G
7
53 keys, alphanumeric
with layout for 3270 emulation
H
8
53 keys, alphanumeric
with layout for 5250 emulation
J
SE 4500-SR
1D-/2D Imager Engine
3
RFID UHF (EU) Reader
J
RFID UHF (US) Reader
and mounted antenna
RFID UHF (EU) Reader
and mounted antenna
Code no.
1
A
* available only without
the scan engine
Version
RFID LF Reader internal*
SE 965
1D-Standard
Range Scan Engine
SE 1524 1D Long
Range Scan Engine
(only MC 92NOex-G)
03-0330-0782-04/2014-BAT-362984/2
Code no.
Operating system
Code no.
Windows Embedded
Handheld 6.5.3
Q
Windows CE 7.0
Y
**combinable only with internal
RFID LF reader.
Version GUN
B7-A2A4-RG
/SY
A600
Version BRICK
B7-A2A4-RK
/SY
A600
including Li-ion battery (1 piece).
Complete order no. MC 92NOex
Note: All variants without accessories. You will find the accessories with order details on the accessories pages.
Please insert correct code. Technical data subject to change without notice.
119
Accessories for the MC 92NOex Series
Selection chart Accessories for the MC 92NOex Series
Illustrations
Description
Order no.
Spare battery
for ATEX/IECEx Zone 1
7.4 V/2200 mAh, lithium ion battery
for UL Class I, II, III Division 1
7.4 V/2200 mAh, lithium ion battery
17-A1Z0-0001
Spare battery
for ATEX Zone 2 and Zone 22
Class I, II, III Division 2
7.4 V/2200 mAh, lithium ion battery
B7-A2Z0-0025
Addition of a memory card
IS: Certified Industrial Grade SD card with
NI: Recommended ATP Industrial Grade SD card with
1GB
2GB
4GB
8GB
16 GB
32GB
Display protection film
for gas groups IIA and IIB
5 units per pack
03-0330-0797-05/2014-BAT-368573/1
17-28BE-F006/0002
17-28BE-F006/0003
17-28BE-F006/0004
17-28BE-F006/0005
17-28BE-F006/0006
17-28BE-F006/0007
17-A1Z0-0003
Spare keyboard with green overlay
for ATEX Zone 2 and Zone 22
UL Class I, II, III Division 2
with 28 keys, numerical
with 43 keys, numerical, (F) Function keys
with 53 keys, numerical
with 53 keys, alphanumerical for VT emulation
with 53 keys, alphanumerical for 3270 emulation
with 53 keys, alphanumerical for 5250 emulation
05-0080-0577
05-0080-0578
05-0080-0579
05-0080-0580
05-0080-0581
05-0080-0582
Spare keyboard with blue overlay
for ATEX Zone 1
UL Class I, II, III Division 1
with 28 keys, numerical
with 43 keys, numerical, (F) Function keys
with 53 keys, numerical
with 53 keys, alphanumerical for VT emulation
with 53 keys, alphanumerical for 3270 emulation
with 53 keys, alphanumerical for 5250 emulation
05-0080-0438
05-0080-0440
05-0080-0441
05-0080-0442
05-0080-0443
05-0080-0444
Holster made of leather, for attaching to a belt;
also suitable for use in a potentially explosive atmosphere.
- for MC 92NOex-K RFID
- for MC 92NOex-G RFID
- for MC 92NOex-G and MC 92NOex-K
with belt clip and rotary part
Rotary part for holster
120
17-A1Z0-0002
03-9809-0023
03-9809-0024
03-9809-0026
03-9809-0027
Accessories for the MC 92NOex Series
Selection chart Accessories for the MC 92NOex Series
Illustrations
Description
Order no.
Single Slot Cradle for a non-potentially explosive atmosphere,
for the docking station to communicate with the PC
- for data synchronisation
- for installing software
including:
- RS232 connection cable
Cradle <-> PC
- USB connection cable
Cradle <-> PC
- Charging port for lithium ion battery
- Power pack and DC line cord (EU)
05-0079-0018
4-fold Ethernet Cradle for a non-potentially explosive atmosphere
Please order individual parts required separately:
- 4-fold Ethernet cradle
- Power pack
- Connection cable from power pack to the cradle
- AC line cord, 3-core, for the specific country
EU version
US version
4-fold charging station for a non-potentially explosive atmosphere
Please order individual parts required separately:
- 4-fold charging station
- Power pack
- Connection cable from power pack to the cradle
- AC line cord, 3-core, EU
- AC line cord, 3-core, US
03-0330-0797-04/2014-BAT-368573/2
4-fold fast charging station UBC2000
for a non-potentially explosive atmosphere
Including:
- Power pack
- DC line cord Power pack <-> UBC2000
Please order individual parts required separately:
- Battery adapter for UBC2000 (maximum of 4 units per UBC2000)
- AC line cord, 3-core, for the specific country
EU version
US version
03-9849-0026
03-9911-0021
03-9919-0010
03-9609-0011
03-9609-0021
03-9849-0052
03-9911-0021
03-9919-0010
03-9609-0011
03-9609-0021
03-9915-0004
03-9919-0007
03-9609-0011
03-9609-0021
Spare stylus for MC 92NOex-K
- 3 units per pack
- 3 units per pack, with rubber loop
- 3 units per pack, spare rubber loop
03-9849-0041
03-9849-0039
03-9849-0047
Spare stylus for MC 92NOex-G
- 10 units per pack
- 3 units per pack, grey with rubber loop
03-9849-0070
03-9849-0043
Spare wrist strap for MC 92NOex-G
- 3 units per pack
Spare wrist strap for MC 92NOex-K
- 3 units per pack
- 1 fastener for strap
03-9849-0068
03-9849-0067
03-9849-0056
121
Mobile Computer MC 959xex-NI for ATEX/IECEx Zone 2 and 22
MC 959x ex-NI
for ATEX/IECEx Zone 2 and 22
Features
Description
 Option of WWAN-GSM-HSDPA/CDMA-EVDO
The MC 959xex-NI offers the characteristic features
of the robust MC 9090ex mobile computer series and
numerous new capabilities in addition. These were
modified specially by BARTEC for use in ATEX/IECEx
Zone 2 and 22 hazardous areas.
Several technologies are available for data communication with other systems and company divisions.
The result is a device which sets new standards both
in technology and in design: it is an innovative product
with an unsurpassed selection of functions which
take mobile computing innovation to a completely
new level.
 Wireless PAN (WPAN) (Bluetooth)
 GPS
 WLAN radio standard IEEE 802.11 a/b/g
Tri-mode radio standard
 Comprehensive voice-over IP support
 Various barcode applications with
different scan engines
Option of a 3-megapixels camera
 Easy battery changing
 Expanded storage capacity due to
replaceable Micro SD card
 Various keypad variants
Thanks to the ergonomically mounted scan triggers
on the MC 959xex-NI, data can be captured easily in
one-hand operation.
 Compatibility with the MC95xx
from Motorola
Market
Applications
Users
Automobile industry
Material flow monitoring
suppliers of paintwork, for paint
shops, etc.
Production control
Dispatch, receiving and stock
management departments
Food and beverages
03-0330-0619-04/2014-BAT-309541/1
The MC 959xex-NI offers a more robust design,
extended options for data capture, more intelligent
functions, greater processing power and better
ergonomics.
Supplier chain management
Personnel who have been instructed
on the handling of potentially
explosive substances
suppliers of aromatic substances, etc.
Incoming/outgoing goods,
inventory management
Petrochemicals
Safety tests
from production through further
processing to delivery
Spare parts tracking
Personnel who have been instructed
on work in potentially explosive
substances.
Maintenance/repair work
Production area
Workshop communication
Personnel who have been instructed
on the handling of potentially
explosive substances.
Pharmaceuticals
suppliers of the individual
components required for the
production of e. g. medication
Conformity verification
Task allocation
122
Maintenance and repair
 Wireless WAN (WWAN)
 Wireless LAN (WLAN)
 IrDA connection
These modules, which are integrated in the device,
allow a seamless transmission of voice and data and
are easy to integrate into the company’s network.
Further advantages when using it are its robust
construction, easy-to-read 3.7'' VGA colour display
with touch technology and a high-performance
lithium ion battery.
In the MC 959xex-NI, the Marvell PXA320 processor
with 806 MHz ensures fast process execution and
the Microsoft® Windows Mobile® 6.5 operating
system in conjunction with the Enterprise Mobility
Developer Kit (EMDK) from Motorola facilitates an
easy development of applications.
256 MB RAM integrated in the device and 1 GB flash
memory are available for storing user-defined applications and data. For larger applications and volumes
of data, BARTEC offers micro SD memory cards.
Mobile Computer MC 959xex-NI for ATEX/IECEx Zone 2 and 22
The MC 959xex-NI Mobile Computer recognises the following bar codes with the 1D Standard Range Scan
Engine or the 1D/2D Imager Engine:
1D-Codes:
2D codes: (only 1D/2D Imager Engine)
Code 11
Interleaved 2 of 5
Aztec
(Macro) Micro PDF-417
Code 39
MSI
Australian 4-state
Micro PDF-417
Code 93
UPCA
Canadian 4-state
microQR
Code 128
UPCE
Composite AB
Maxi Code
Codabar
UPC/EAN supplementals
Composite C
QR Code
Coupon Code
Trioptic 39
Chinese 2 of 5
TLC39
Chinese 2 of 5
RSS-14
Data Matrix
UK 4-state
Discrete 2 of 5
RSS Expanded
Dutch Kix
US Planet
EAN-8
RSS Limited
Japanese 4-state
US Postnet
EAN-13
Webcode
Macro PDF-417
USPS 4-state (US4CB)
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
ATEX
II 3G Ex ic IIC T6 Gc
II 3D Ex ic IIIC T90 °C Dc
Certification
EPS 13 ATEX 1 588 X
IECEx Ex ic IIC T6 Gc
Ex ic IIIC T90 °C Dc
Certification
IECEx EPS13.0028X
Technical data
 Physical features
Dimensions (lenght x width x depth)
234 mm x 89 mm x 51 mm
9.2 inch x 3.5 inch x 2 inch
Weight (including battery)
623 g (approx. 22 oz.)
Display
3.7" VGA colour display (TFT) with
640 x 480 pixels
Touchscreen
analog-resistive touchscreen made of
polycarbonate
Display backlighting
LED technology
03-0330-0619-04/2014-BAT-309541/2
Keyboard options modular
- alphanumeric keypad
- Alpha keypad
- numeric keypad (Phone)
- numeric keypad (Calculator)
Notifications
-
Programmable LEDs
-
Audio notifications
-
Vibrator alert
Performance characteristics
CPU
Marvell PXA320 at 806 MHz
Operating Windows Mobile® 6.5
system
(Classic and Professional)
Memory
256 MB RAM/1 GB Flash
with the option of expansion with
Micro SD card: up to 32 GB
 User environment
Operating temperature
-20 °C to +50 °C
-4 °F to +122 °F
Storage temperature (at 95 % RH)
-40 °C to +70 °C
-40 °F to +158 °F
Protection class
IP 64
Air humidity
5 to 95 %, non-condensing
Light immunity
Readability
Incandescent lamps
Sunlight
Fluorescent lamps
4,844 lux
86,111 lux
4,844 lux
Battery
Capacity
Rechargeable lithium ion battery
4800 mAh at 3.7 V and state
of charge and health indicators
Standby time
150 hours
Talk time
8 hours (minimum/suspend mode)
 Voice and data communication
over wireless WAN
WWAN wireless module GPS
option of GSM-HSDPA or CDMA-EVDO
Integrated stand-alone or assisted GPS
(A-GPS) through SUPL;
SiRFstarIII GSC3f/L chip set
123
Mobile Computer MC 959xex-NI for ATEX/IECEx Zone 2 and 22
 Voice and data communication
over wireless LAN
Ambient light immunity
107,640 lux
WLAN wireless module
Tri-mode IEEE® 802.11a/b/g
Scan rate
104 (± 12) scans/sec. (bi-directional)
Supported data transmission rates
1, 2, 5.5, 6, 9, 11, 12, 18, 24, 36, 48
and 54 Mbps
Scan angle
47° ± 3° standard
35° ± 3° reduced
Operating channels
Channels 8 - 165 (5040 - 5825 MHz)
Channels 1 - 13 (2412 - 2472 MHz)
Channel 14
(2484 MHz) Japan only
The actual operating channels and
frequencies depend on the applicable rules
and certification authorities.
Security
WPA2, WEP (40 or 128 bits), TKIP, TLS,
TTLS (MS-CHAP), TTLS (MS-CHAP Ver. 2),
TTLS (CHAP), TTLS-MD5, TTLS-PAP,
PEAP-TLS, PEAP (MS-CHAPv2), AES
LEAP, CCXv4 certification, FIPS-140-2
certification
Antenna
internal
Interactive Sensor Technology
Motion sensor
Three-axis accelerometer for motion-sensing
applications for dynamic screen orientation,
power monitoring and free-fall detection.
 Data capture options
Available options
1D Laser scanner
1D/2D Imager
1D Laser scanner and camera
1D/2D Imager and camera
 Colour camera
Resolution
3 megapixels
Illumination
Flash (user-controllable)
Lens
Autofocus
 1D laser scanner (SE950)
Range on 100 % UPC-A
60 cm
03-0330-0619-04/2014-BAT-309541/3
Resolution
4 mm minimum width
Roll
± 35° from the vertical
Pitch angle
± 65° from normal
Skew tolerance
± 50° from normal
124
 1D/2D Imager (SE4500SR)
Focal distance
From the centre of the scan window:
SR - 19 cm
Sensor resolution
752 x 480 pixels
Field of view
Horizontal40°
Vertical25°
Skew tolerance
± 60°
Pitch tolerance
± 60°
Roll tolerance
360°
Ambient light immunity
96,900 lux
Aiming LED (VLD)
655 ± 10 Nm lasers
Illumination element (LED)
625 ± 5 Nm LEDs (2 x)
Mobile Computer MC 959xex-NI for ATEX/IECEx Zone 2 and 22
Selection chart MC 9590ex-NI without WWAN
Data capture
Code no.
Version keypad
Code no.
A
52 keys, alphanumeric keypad
B
SE4500 1D/2D Imager
B
40 keys, Alpha keypad
C
SE950
C
26 keys, numeric keypad (Phone)
D
D
26 keys, numeric keypad (Calculator)
E
SE950
1D Laser Scan Engine
1D Laser with camera
SE4500 1D/2D Imager with camera
Complete order no. B7-A293-0 0D/­A 100000
MC 9590ex-NI without WWAN including Li-ion battery (1 pc.)
Please insert correct code.
Selection chart MC 9596ex-NI with GSM-HSDPA
Data capture
Code no.
Version keypad
Code no.
A
52 keys, alphanumeric keypad
B
SE4500 1D/2D Imager
B
40 keys, Alpha keypad
C
SE950
C
26 keys, numeric keypad (Phone)
D
D
26 keys, numeric keypad (Calculator)
E
SE950
1D Laser Scan Engine
1D Laser with camera
SE4500 1D/2D Imager with camera
Complete order no. B7-A293-6 AE/A 100000
MC 9596ex-NI with GSM-HSDPA including Li-ion battery (1 pc.)
Please insert correct code.
Selection chart MC 9598ex-NI with CDMA­-EVDO
Data capture
SE950
1D Laser Scan Engine
Code no.
CDMA-EVDO
A
Verizon
SE4500 1D/2D Imager
B
SE950
C
1D Laser with camera
Sprint
SE4500 1D/2D Imager with camera
D
Version keypad
Code no.
52 keys, alphanumeric keypad
B
40 keys, Alpha keypad
C
26 keys, numeric keypad (Phone)
D
26 keys, numeric keypad (Calculator)
E
B
C
Complete order no. B7-A293-8
E/A­ 100000
ex
MC 9598 -NI with CDMA-EVDO including lithium ion battery (1 battery).Please insert correct code.
03-0330-0619-04/2014-BAT-309541/4
Code no.
125
RFID Snap-on Modul for Mobile Computer MC 959xex-NI series
Technical data
Dimensions (length x width x height)
80 mm x 61 mm x 31 mm
3.15 inch x 2.4 inch x 1.22 inch
Weight
approx. 75 g
approx. 0.165 oz
Ambient temperature
-20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to +122 °F)
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +70 °C (-40 °F to +158 °F)
RFID Snap-on Module
Air humidity
5 % to 95 % (non-condensing)
for Mobile Computer MC 959x ex-NI series
Protection class
IP 54 (snap-on)
Antenna
internal
LF module
Reading range up to approx. 5 cm
(up to approx. 1.9 inch)
Features
 Innovative addition to the MC 959xex-NI
 Power is supplied by the MC 959xex-NI
Description
The module can be simply plugged onto the cradle
contacts of the MC 959xex-NI. The scan trigger is
ergonomically mounted on the mobile computer,
permitting simple recording of various RFID standards in the frequency ranges LF, HF or UHF with
single-handed operation.
Explosion protection
Test certification component
EPS 13 ATEX 1 588 X
IECEx EPS 13.0028X
UL File E321557 Vol. 1 Sec. 2
Ex protection type Ex ic
Class I Div. 2 Groups A, B, C and D
Class II Div. 2 Groups F and G
Class III
Temperature class
T5
No extra power supply is required for the RFID module.
An SDK is available for application development
using the programming languages C# as Open
Source Code, including demo.
Frequency range
125/134 KHz
■ HF module
Reading range HF ISO 15693:
up to approx. 6 cm (up to approx. 2.36 inch)
Reading range HF ISO 14443:
up to approx. 6 cm (up to approx. 2.36 inch)
Frequency range
13.56 MHz
■ UHF module
Reading range up to approx. 30 cm
(up to approx. 11.8 inch)
Frequency range
865.6 to 867.5 MHz (Europe)
902 to 928 MHz (North America)
Supported RFID standards
Application development
Software Development Kit (SDK) for
programming languages C# for the
Windows Mobile operating system
03-0330-0749-04/2014-BAT-354846
LF Reader: Type B7-A2Z0-0020
HITAG S256
ISO 117845
HITAG S 2 kb
ISO Animal
HITAG 1
ISO 11784/5
HITAG 2
EM 4450/4550
Q5
EM4xxx (UNIQUE)
ATA5567
HDX-RO
EM4305
HDX (Multipage)
BDE
FDX-B
HF Reader: Type B7-A2Z0-0021
ISO 14443 (e. g. Mifare Ultralight)
ISO 15693
UHF EU and US Reader:
Type B7-A2Z0-0022, B7-A2Z0-0023
EPC Gen 2
126
Selection chart
RFID Reader
Code no.
LF
0
HF
1
UHF North America
2
UHF EU
3
Complete order
no. B7-A2Z0-002
Please insert correct code.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
RFID Snap-on Module for Mobile Computer MC 959x-Series
Protection class
IP 54 (mounted)
Antenna
internal
LF module
Reading range up to approx. 5 cm
(up to approx. 1.9 inch)
Frequency range
125/134 KHz
HF module
Reading range HF ISO 15693:
up to approx. 6 cm (up to approx. 2.36 inch)
RFID Snap-on Module
for Mobile Computer MC 959x-Series
Reading range HF ISO 14443:
up to approx. 6 cm (up to approx. 2.36 inch)
Frequency range
13.56 MHz
Features
 Innovative addition to the MC 959x
Technical data
Marking
 Power is supplied by the MC 959x
Description
The module can be simply plugged onto the
cradle contacts of the MC 959x. The scan trigger is
ergonomically mounted on the mobile computer, permitting simple recording of various RFID
standards in the frequency ranges LF, HF or UHF
with single-handed operation.
No extra power supply is required for the RFID
module. An SDK is available for application development using the programming languages C# as
Open Source Code, including demo.
Certification UL
UL File E233150 Vol. X1 Sec. 1
Low Voltage Directive
2006/95/CE
Dimensions (length x width x height)
80 mm x 61 mm x 31 mm
3.15 inch x 2.4 inch x 1.22 inch
UHF module
Reading range up to approx. 30 cm
(up to approx. 11.8 inch)
Frequency range
865.6 to 867.5 MHz (Europe)
902 to 928 MHz (North America)
Application development
Software Development Kit (SDK) for
programming languages C# for the
Windows Mobile operating system
Weight
approx. 75 g
approx. 0.165 g (approx. 2.65 oz)
Ambient temperature
-20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to +122 °F)
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +70 °C (-40 °F to +158 °F)
Air humidity
5 % to 95 % (non-condensing)
Supported RFID standards
03-0330-0770-04/2014-BAT-357928
LF Reader: Type G7-A0Z0-0001
HITAG S256
ISO 117845
HITAG S 2 kb
ISO Animal
HITAG 1
ISO 11784/5
HITAG 2
EM 4450/4550
Q5
EM4xxx (UNIQUE)
ATA5567
HDX-RO
EM4305
HDX (Multipage)
BDE
FDX-B
HF Reader: Type G7-A0Z0-0002
Selection chart
RFID Reader
Code no.
LF
1
HF
2
UHF EU
3
UHF North America
4
ISO 14443 (e. g. Mifare Ultralight)
ISO 15693
UHF EU and US Reader:
Type G7-A0Z0-0003, G7-A0Z0-0004
EPC Gen 2
Complete
order no. G7-A0Z0-000
Please insert correct code.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
127
Accessories for MC 959xex series
Selection chart Accessories for MC 959xex series
Illustration
Description
Order no.
Spare battery for MC 959xex B7-A2Z0-0011
for ATEX Zone 2 and Zone 22 UL Class I, II, III Division 2 Groups A, B, C, D, F and G
3.7 V/4800 mAh, Li-ion battery
Trigger handle
B7-A2Z0-0024
for ATEX Zone 2 and Zone 22 UL Class I, II, III Division 2 Groups A, B, C, D, F and G
Operation temperature -15 °C to +50 °C
- Simple installation
- Interlock mechanism locks the handle in place and
enables dismantling without tools
- Camera of the MC 959xex-NI can still be used with mounted handle
- MC 959xex-NI can be used in Motorola Docking stations
with mounted handle
- Handle trigger is controlled using a robust mechanism
Special tool for the battery latch release 03-5510-0008
for ATEX Zone 2 and Zone 22
Expanded Memory
certified ATP Industrial Grade Micro SD Card with
1 GB
17-C1Z0-0007
2 GB
17-C1Z0-0008
4 GB
17-28BE-F006/000A
8 GB
17-28BE-F006/000B
Keypad with overlay (green)
for ATEX Zone 2 and Zone 22
UL Class I, II, III Division 2 Groups A, B, C, D, F and G
- keypad with 52 keys, alphanumeric
05-0080-0498
- keypad with 40 keys, alpha
05-0080-0497
- keypad with 26 keys, numeric, telephony
05-0080-0496
- keypad with 26 keys, numeric, calculator
05-0080-0495
Leather Holster for MC 959xex-NI
- without keypad protection foil with 2 ears
to hang it on a belt or a shoulder belt
03-9809-0028
- with keypad protection foil with 2 ears
03-9809-0029
03-0330-0646-04/2014-BAT-317013/1
to hang it on a belt or a shoulder belt
Protective display foil B7-A2Z0-0017
5 pcs per package
128
Accessories for MC 959xex series
Selection chart Accessories for MC 959xex series
Illustration
Description
Order no.
Single Slot USB Cradle Set for non-hazardous area
Docking station for communication with PC
- for charging the unit
- for data synchronization
- for software installation
- including power supply
Required components please ordered separately:
- Micro USB-Active Sync cable Cradle <-> PC
- AC line cord, 3 wired, according to operating conditions
Version EU
Version US
03-9915-0009
Single Slot Charging Station for non-hazardous area
no communication with the PC possible
- including power supply
Required components please ordered separately:
- AC line cord, 3 wired, according to operating conditions
Version EU
Version US
03-9915-0011
4-Slot Charging Station for non-hazardous area
- for spare battery
- without accessories
- for charging of the MC 959xex battery
Required components please ordered separately:
- Power supply for 4-slot charger
- AC line cord, 3 wired, according to operating conditions
Version EU
Version US
03-9915-0006
03-0330-0646-04/2014-BAT-317013/2
4-Slot Ethernet Cradle for non-hazardous area
- including 4-slot Ethernet Cradle
Required components please ordered separately:
- Power supply
- Connection cable from power supply to cradle
- Mounting bracketfor desk mounting
- Mounting bracketfor for wall mounting
- AC line cord, 3 wired, according to operating conditions
Version EU
Version US
03-9919-0013
03-9609-0011
03-9609-0021
03-9609-0011
03-9609-0021
03-9911-0015
03-9609-0011
03-9609-0021
03-9915-0016
03-9911-0021
03-9919-0010
03-9869-0016
03-9669-0015
03-9609-0011
03-9609-0021
Wall Mounting Bracket
- for 4-slot charger/4-slot Ethernet Cradle
03-9869-0015
Desk Mounting Bracket
- for 4-slot charger
03-9869-0016
Spare Stylus 3 pcs per package
03-9849-0059
Spare Hand Strap 5 pcs per package
03-9849-0060
129
Mobile Computer MC 75Axex-NI for ATEX/IECEx Zone 2 and 22
MC 75Ax ex-NI
for ATEX/IECEx Zone 2 and 22
Features
Description
 Option of WWAN-GSM-HSDPA/
CDMA-EVDO
The MC 75Axex-NI Mobile Computer is a 3.5G Worldwide Enterprise Digital Assistant (EDA) device and
was specially modified by BARTEC for use in ATEX
Zone 2 and Zone 22 hazardous areas. This means
that the extensive communication options which are
already standard in other areas are available to the
user in hazardous areas also.
 Optional GPS
(only devices with GSM HSDPA or
CDMA EVDO)
 WLAN radio standard IEEE 802.11 a/b/g
Tri-mode radio standard
 Comprehensive voice-over IP support
 Various barcode applications with
different scan engines
Option of a 3.2 megapixels camera
 Easy battery changing
Its ergonomic design and easy operation make it
an ideal support in attaining fast data availability in
enterprise processes. A keypad is available in various
variant versions for manual data capture.
Other available data capture options are an integrated
1D or 1D/2D Scan Engine for capturing bar codes
and an optional 3.2 megapixel camera.
 Various keypad variants
The ergonomically mounted scan triggers on the
MC 75Axex-NI allow data to be captured easily in
one-hand operation. Several technologies are available for data communication with other systems and
company divisions.
 Compatibility with the MC75Ax from Motorola
 Wireless WAN (WWAN)
 Expanded storage capacity due to
replaceable Micro SD card
 Wireless LAN (WLAN)
 Wireless PAN (WPAN) (Bluetooth)
 IrDA connection
Market
Applications
Users
Automobile industry
Material flow monitoring
suppliers of paintwork, for paint
shops, etc.
Production control
Dispatch, receiving and stock
management departments
03-0330-0616/A-07/2013-BAT-309267/1
Food and beverages
Supplier chain management
Personnel who have been instructed
on the handling of potentially
explosive substances
suppliers of aromatic substances, etc.
Incoming/outgoing goods,
inventory management
Petrochemicals
Safety tests
from production through further
processing to delivery
Spare parts tracking
Personnel who have been instructed
on work in potentially explosive
substances.
Maintenance/repair work
Production area
Workshop communication
Personnel who have been instructed
on the handling of potentially
explosive substances.
Pharmaceuticals
suppliers of the individual
components required for the
production of e. g. medication
Conformity verification
Task allocation
130
Maintenance and repair
These modules, which are integrated in the device,
allow a seamless transmission of voice and data and
are easy to integrate into the company’s network.
Further advantages when using it are its robust
construction, easy-to-read 3.5'' VGA colour display
with touch technology and a high-performance
lithium ion battery.
In the MC 75Axex-NI, the PXA320 processor with
806 MHz ensures fast process execution and the
Microsoft® Windows Mobile® 6.5 operating system
in conjunction with the Enterprise Mobility Developer
Kit (EMDK) from Motorola facilitates an easy development of applications.
256 MB RAM integrated in the device and 1 GB flash
memory are available for storing user-defined applications and data. For larger applications and volumes
of data, BARTEC offers micro SD memory cards.
Mobile Computer MC 75Axex-NI for ATEX/IECEx Zone 2 and 22
The MC 75Axex-NI Mobile Computer recognises the following bar codes with the 1D Standard Range Scan
Engine or the 1D-/2D Imager Engine:
1D codes:
2D codes: (only 1D-/2D Imager Engine)
Code 11
UPCA
Aztec
(Macro) Micro PDF-417
Code 39
UPCE
Australian 4-state
Micro PDF-417
Code 93
UPC/EAN supplementals
Canadian 4-state
PDF 417
Code 128
Trioptic 39
Composite AB
Maxi Code
Codabar
Webcode
Composite C
QR Code
Coupon Code
GS1 Databar
Chinese 2 of 5
TLC39
Chinese 2 of 5
GS1 Databar Expanded
Data Matrix
UK 4-state
Discrete 2 of 5
GS1 Databar Expanded Stacked
Dutch Kix
US Planet
EAN-8
GS1 Databar Stacked
Japanese 4-state
US Postnet
EAN-13
GS1 Databar Stacked Omni
Macro PDF-417
USPS 4-state (US4CB)
Interleaved 2 of 5
GS1 Databar Limited
MSI
GS1 Databar Trumcated
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
ATEX
II 3G Ex ic IIC T6 Gc
II 3D Ex ic IIIC T80 °C Dc
Certification
EPS 12 ATEX 1 481 X
IECEx Ex ic IIC T6 Gc
Ex ic IIIC T80 °C Dc
Certification
IECEx EPS 12.0029 X
Technical data
 Physical features
Dimensions (height x width x depth)
WWAN: 7 inch x 3.3 inch x 1.7 inch
178 mm x 84 mm x 44 mm
WLAN: 6 inch x 3.3 inch x 1.7 inch
152 mm x 84 mm x 44 mm
Weight (including 1.5 x battery)
WWAN version:
approx. 483 g (approx. 17.0 oz.)
WLAN version:
approx. 398 g (approx. 14.0 oz.)
Display
transflective colour 3.5" VGA display
480 x 640 pixels
03-0330-0616/A-07/2013-BAT-309267/2
Touchscreen
glass analog-resistive touchscreen
Backlight
LED technology
Battery (1.5 x)
Rechargeable lithium ion battery
(3.7 V, 3600 mAh, smart battery management)
Backup battery
NiMH battery (rechargeable),
15 mAh, 2.4 V (not accessible from outside)
Network connections
Ethernet (via charging station);
Full-speed USB, host or client
Signalling
Vibrator and LED
Keypad variants
Numeric, QWERTY
Audio
VoWWAN; VoWLAN;
TEAM express-compatible; Support for
wired and wireless (Bluetooth) headsets;
Headset, handset and speaker modes
Interactive Sensor Technology
Three-axis accelerometer for motion-sensing
applications for dynamic screen orientation,
power monitoring and free-fall detection.
 Performance characteristics
CPU
PXA320 processor with 806 MHz
Operating system
Microsoft® Windows Mobile® 6.5
(MC 75A0ex-NI Classic,
MC 75A6ex-NI Professional,
MC 75A8ex-NI Professional)
Memory
256 MB RAM;1 GB Flash
Extension slot
Micro SD slot with SDHC support (up to 32 GB)
Interface
RS232, USB 1.1
optional: Battery (2.5 x)
(3.7 V, 4800 mAh, smart battery management)
131
Mobile Computer MC 75Axex-NI for ATEX/IECEx Zone 2 and 22
Roll
± 35° from the vertical
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +70 °C (without battery)
-40 °F to +158 °F
Security
WPA2, WEP (40 or 128 bits), TKIP, TLS,
TTLS (MS-CHAP), TTLS (MS-CHAP Ver. 2),
TTLS (CHAP), TTLS-MD5, TTLS-PAP,
PEAP-TLS, PEAP (MS-CHAPv2), AES
LEAP, CCXv4 certification, FIPS-140-2
certification
Air humidity
5 % to 95 %, non-condensing
Antenna
internal for LAN, external for WAN
Ambient light immunity
107,644 lux
Protection class
IP 54
Scan rate
104 (±12) scans/sec. (bi-directional)
 User environment
Operating temperature
-10 °C to +50 °C (+14 °F to +122 °F)
IrDA
Infrared port for connection
to printers and other devices
Voice communication
Voice-over IP integrated and ready
(P2P, PBX, PTT),
WLAN to IEEE 802.11a/b/g with
Wi-Fi™ certification and DSSS
Light immunity (readability)
Incandescent lamps
4,844 lux
Sunlight
86,111 lux
Fluorescent lamps 4,844 lux
 over wireless PAN
 Battery performance
 Data capture options
Standby time
150 hours
Scanning
1D Laser Scanner; 1D/2D Imager;
autofocus flash-enabled colour camera
(3.2-megapixels) and decoding software
for bar codes
Talk time
5 hours
 Voice and data communication
over wireless WAN
WWAN wireless modul GPS
option of GSM-HSDPA or CDMA-EVDO
Integrated stand-alone or assisted GPS
(A-GPS) through SUPL;
SiRFstarIII GSC3f/L chip set
Bluetooth
Class II, Version 2.1 with EDR
(Enhanced Data Rate); integrated antenna
Four available options
1D Laser Scanner
1D/2D Imager
1D Laser Scanner and camera
1D/2D Imager and camera
 Colour camera
 over wireless LAN
Resolution
3.2 megapixels
WLAN wireless module
Tri-mode IEEE® 802.11a/b/g
Illumination
Flash (user-controllable)
Supported data transmission rates
1, 2, 5.5, 6, 9, 11, 12, 18, 24, 36, 48
and 54 Mbps
Lens
Autofocus
1D Laser Scanner (SE950)
Operating channels
Channels 8 - 165 (5040 - 5825 MHz)
Channels 1 - 13 (2412 - 2472 MHz)
Channel 14
(2484 MHz) Japan only
The actual operating channels and frequencies
depend on the applicable rules and certification
authorities.
Range on 100 % UPC-A
60 cm
Resolution
4 mil minimum width
03-0330-0616/A-07/2013-BAT-309267/3
132
Pitch angle
± 65° from normal
Skew tolerance
± 50° from normal
Scan angle
47° ± 3° standard
35° ± 3° reduced
1D/2D Imager (SE4500SR)
Focal distance
From the centre of the scan window:
SR - 19 cm
Sensor resolution
752 x 480 pixels, H x V (grayscale)
Field of view
Horizontal 40°
Vertical 25°
Skew tolerance
± 60°
Pitch tolerance
± 60°
Roll tolerance
360°
Ambient light immunity
96,900 lux
Aiming LED (VLD)
655 ± 10 nm laser
Illumination element (LED)
625 ± 5 Nm LEDs (2x)
Delivery includes
1 x MC 75Axex-NI
1 x battery 1.5 x
1 x battery door
1 x Stylus
1 x User Manual
Order no. B7-A273S/W
RA9W00
ex
MC 75Ax -NI including Li-ion battery 1.5 x (1 pc.) and battery door.
The complete order number can be requested by your local BARTEC sales representative.
Mobile Computer MC 75Axex-NI HF for ATEX/IECEx Zone 2 and 22
MC 75Ax ex-NI HF
for ATEX/IECEx Zone 2 and 22
Features
Description
 RFID/HF 13.56 MHz
The MC 75Axex-NI HF Mobile Computer is a 3.5-G
Worldwide Enterprise Digital Assistant (EDA device
with an integrated RFID/HF reader. BARTEC has
modified the device specially for use in hazardous
(potentially explosive) areas in ATEX Zone 2 and 22.
This means that the extensive communication options
which are already standard in other areas are available
to the user in hazardous areas also.
The ergonomically mounted scan triggers on the
MC 75Axex-NI HF allow data to be captured easily in
one-hand operation. Several technologies are available for data communication with other systems and
company divisions.
Its ergonomic design and easy operation make it
an ideal support in attaining fast data availability
in enterprise processes. A keypad is available for
manual data capture.
 Wireless PAN (WPAN) (Bluetooth)
 With WWAN-GSM-HSDPA
 GPS
 WLAN radio standard IEEE 802.11 a/b/g
Tri-mode radio standard
 Comprehensive voice-over IP support
With a 3.2 megapixels camera
 Easy battery changing
 Expanded storage capacity due to
replaceable Micro SD card
 Compatibility with the MC75A6 HF
from Motorola
Market
Applications
Users
Automobile industry
Material flow monitoring
Automobile industry (suppliers of
paintwork, for paint shops, etc.)
Production control
Dispatch, receiving and stock
management departments
Food and beverages
Suppliers of aromatic
substances, etc.
03-0330-0627-07/2013-BAT-314148/1
The integrated RFID/HF reader and the integrated
1D/2D scan engine for capturing bar codes and a
3.2-megapixel camera are available as further means
of data acquisition.
Supplier chain management
Incoming/outgoing goods,
inventory management
Personnel who have been instructed
on the handling of potentially
explosive substances
Maintenance and repair
Spare parts tracking
Personnel who have been instructed
on work in potentially explosive
substances.
Maintenance/repair work
Production area
Pharmaceuticals
Workshop communication
(suppliers of the individual
components required for the
production of e. g. medication)
Conformity verification
Personnel who have been instructed
on the handling of potentially
explosive substances.
Petrochemicals
from production through further
processing to delivery
Safety tests
 Wireless WAN (WWAN)
 Wireless LAN (WLAN)
 IrDA connection
These modules, which are integrated in the device,
allow a seamless transmission of voice and data and
are easy to integrate into the company’s network.
Further advantages when using it are its robust
construction, easy-to-read 3.5'' VGA colour display
with touch technology and a high-performance
lithium ion battery.
In the MC 75Axex-NI HF, the PXA320 processor with
806 MHz ensures fast process execution and the
Microsoft® Windows Mobile® 6.5 operating system
in conjunction with the Enterprise Mobility Developer
Kit (EMDK) from Motorola facilitates an easy development of applications.
256 MB RAM integrated in the device and 1 GB flash
memory are available for storing user-defined applications and data. For larger applications and volumes
of data, BARTEC offers micro SD memory cards.
Task allocation
133
Mobile Computer MC 75Axex-NI HF for ATEX/IECEx Zone 2 and 22
The MC 75Axex HF-NI Mobile Computer recognises the following bar codes with the 1D-/2D Imager Engine:
1D-Codes:
2D-Codes:
Code 11
UPCA
Aztec
(Macro) Micro PDF-417
Code 39
UPCE
Australian 4-state
Micro PDF-417
Code 93
UPC/EAN supplementals
Canadian 4-state
PDF 417
Code 128
Trioptic 39
Composite AB
Maxi Code
Codabar
Webcode
Composite C
QR Code
Coupon Code
GS1 Databar
Chinese 2 of 5
TLC39
Chinese 2 of 5
GS1 Databar Expanded
Data Matrix
UK 4-state
Discrete 2 of 5
GS1 Databar Expanded Stacked
Dutch Kix
US Planet
EAN-8
GS1 Databar Stacked
Japanese 4-state
US Postnet
EAN-13
GS1 Databar Stacked Omni
Macro PDF-417
USPS 4-state (US4CB)
Interleaved 2 of 5
GS1 Databar Limited
MSI
GS1 Databar Trumcated
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
ATEX
II 3G Ex ic IIC T6 Gc
II 3D Ex ic IIIC T80 °C Dc
Certification
EPS 12 ATEX 1 481 X
IECEx Ex ic IIC T6 Gc
Ex ic IIIC T80 °C Dc
Certification
IECEx EPS 12.0029 X
Technical data
 Physical features
Dimensions (height x width x depth)
WWAN: 7 inch x 3.3 inch x 1.9 inch
178 mm x 84 mm x 48 mm
Weight (including 2.5 x battery)
WWAN version: approx. 467 g (approx. 16.5 oz.)
Display
transflective colour 3.5" VGA display
(480 x 640 pixels)
 Performance characteristics
CPU
PXA320 processor with 806 MHz
Operating system
Microsoft® Windows Mobile® 6.5
(Professional)
Memory
256 MB RAM; 1 GB Flash
Extension slot
Micro SD slot with SDHC support
(up to 32 GB)
Interface
RS232, USB 1.1
 User environment
Display backlight
LED technology
Operating temperature
-10 °C to +50 °C (+14 °F to +122 °F)
Battery (2.5 x)
(3.7 V, 4800 mAh, smart battery management)
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +70 °C (without battery)
-40 °F to +158 °F
Network connections
Ethernet (via charging station);
Full-speed USB, host or client
03-0330-0627-07/2013-BAT-314148/2
Interactive Sensor Technology
Three-axis accelerometer for motion-sensing
applications for dynamic screen orientation,
power monitoring and free-fall detection.
Touchscreen
glass analog-resistive touchscreen
Backup battery
NiMH battery (rechargeable),
15 mAh, 2.4 V (not accessible from outside)
Notification
Vibrator and LED
Keypad variants
Numeric
134
Audio
VoWWAN; VoWLAN;
TEAM express-compatible; Support for
wired and wireless (Bluetooth) headsets;
Headset, handset and speaker modes
Air humidity
5 % to 95 %, non-condensing
Protection class
IP 54
IrDA
Infrared port for connection
to printers and other devices
Mobile Computer MC 75Axex-NI HF for ATEX/IECEx Zone 2 and 22
IrDA
Infrared port for connection
to printers and other devices
Light immunity (readability)
Incandescent lamps
4,844 lux
Sunlight
86,111 lux
Fluorescent lamps 4,844 lux
 Battery performance
Standby time
150 hours
Talk time
5 hours
 Voice and data communication
over wireless WAN
WWAN wireless modul GPS
with GSM-HSDPA
Integrated stand-alone or assisted GPS
(A-GPS) through SUPL;
SiRFstarIII GSC3f/L chip set
 Voice and data communication
over wireless LAN
WLAN wireless module
Tri-mode IEEE® 802.11a/b/g
Supported data transmission rates
1, 2, 5.5, 6, 9, 11, 12, 18, 24, 36, 48
and 54 Mbps
Operating channels
Channels 8 - 165
(5040 - 5825 MHz)
Channels 1 - 13
(2412 - 2472 MHz)
Channel 14
(2484 MHz) Japan only
The actual operating channels and frequencies
depend on the applicable rules and certification
authorities.
Ambient light immunity
96,900 lux
Voice communication
Voice-over IP integrated and ready
(P2P, PBX, PTT),
WLAN to IEEE 802.11a/b/g with
Wi-Fi™ certification and DSSS
Aiming LED (VLD)
655 ± 10 nm laser
 Voice and data communication
over wireless PAN
Bluetooth
Class II, Version 2.1 with EDR
(Enhanced Data Rate); integrated antenna
 Data capture options
Scanning
1D/2D Imager; autofocus flash-enabled
colour camera (3.2-megapixels)
and decoding software for bar codes
 Colour camera
Resolution
3.2 megapixels
Illumination element (LED)
625 ± 5 Nm LEDs (2 x)
RFID HF Specifications
Frequency
13.56 MHz
Reading range
0 to 5 cm
0 to 1.96 inch
Supported Standards
ISO 14443-A: MIFARETM
(Classic, Ultra Light, DESFire)
ISO 14443-B Calypso®
(GTML, GTML2, CD21, CD Light, CDS3,
CD97, CD97BX, TanGO, Celego-Citi, CT2000)
ASK CT256 and CTS512,
STMicroelectronics SRI FeliCa®
ISO 15693: NXP I. Code SLI, TI Tag-it
Illumination
Flash (user-controllable)
Lens
Autofocus
1D/2D Imager (SE4500SR)
Focal distance
From the centre of the scan window:
SR - 19 cm
Sensor resolution
752 x 480 pixels, H x V (grey scale)
Field of view
Horizontal 40°
Vertical 25°
Skew tolerance
± 60°
Pitch tolerance
± 60°
Roll tolerance
360°
Order no.
B7-A273-64CS/WRRAAR00
MC 75Axex-NI HF
with GSM HSDPA (WWAN)
incl. lithium ion battery 2.5 x (1 battery).
03-0330-0627-07/2013-BAT-314148/3
Security
WPA2, WEP (40 or 128 bits), TKIP, TLS,
TTLS (MS-CHAP), TTLS (MS-CHAP Ver. 2),
TTLS (CHAP), TTLS-MD5, TTLS-PAP,
PEAP-TLS, PEAP (MS-CHAPv2), AES
LEAP, CCXv4 certification, FIPS-140-2
certification
Antenna
internal for LAN, external for WAN
135
Accessories for the MC 75Axex NI Series
Selection chart Accessories for the MC 75Axex NI Series
Illustrations
Description
Order no.
Spare battery 1.5 x for MC 75AxexB7-A2Z0-0007
for ATEX Zone 2 und Zone 22
UL Class I, II, III Division 2 Groups A, B, C, D, F and G
3.7 V/3600 mAh, lithium ion battery
Spare battery 2.5 x for MC 75AxexB7-A2Z0-0008
for ATEX Zone 2 and Zone 22
UL Class I, II, III Division 2 Groups A, B, C, D, F and G
3.7 V/4800 mAh, lithium ion battery
Battery cover 1.5 x
for ATEX Zone 2 and Zone 22
03-9860-0082
Battery cover 2.5 x
for ATEX Zone 2 and Zone 22
03-9860-0083
Screwdriver
Torx T10 for battery cover for ATEX Zone 2/22
03-5520-0034
03-0330-0644-07/2013-BAT-317011/1
Addition of a memory card
Recommended ATP Industrial Grade Micro SD-card with
1 GB
2 GB
4 GB
8 GB
136
17-C1Z0-0007
17-C1Z0-0008
17-28BE-F006/000A
17-28BE-F006/000B
Display protection film
5 units
B7-A2Z0-0016
Single Slot USB cradle set
for a non-potentially explosive atmosphere
Docking-Station to communicate with the PC including power pack
- for charging a device
- for data synchronisation
- for installing software
03-9915-0015
Micro USB-Active Sync cable cradle <-> PC
AC line cord - 3-core - EU
AC line cord - 3-core - US
03-9919-0014
03-9609-0011
03-9609-0021
4-fold charging station for a non-potentially explosive atmosphere
including power pack
- no communication with the PC possible
- for charging a device
03-9915-0014
AC line cord - 3-core - EU
AC-line cord - 3-core - US 03-9609-0011
03-9609-0021
Accessories for the MC 75Axex NI Series
Selection chart Accessories for the MC 75Axex NI Series
Illustrations
Description
Order no.
4-fold battery charging station set (Toaster)
03-9915-0012
for a non-potentially explosive atmosphere
Including power pack, DC connection cable and battery adapter
for charging the MC 75Axex battery
AC line cord - 3-core - EU
AC line cord - 3-core - US Holster made from leather
with phone holder button
plastic clip for phone holder button
belt loop with clip for phone holder button
03-9609-0011
03-9609-0021
03-9809-0015
03-9809-0017
03-9809-0016
Spare stylus03-9849-0061
3 units per pack
Access Point for a potentially explosive atmosphere
customised versions available on request
on request
Voltage supply
- PoE (Power over Ethernet) or 230 V
- internal or external antenna
-customized
03-0330-0644-07/2013-BAT-317011/2
The precise number of access points required can only be
determined through radio measurement.
137
Hand-held scanner BCS 160ex for ATEX Zone 1 and Zone 21
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
II 2G Ex ib IIC T4 Gb
-20 °C < Ta < +50 °C
II 2D Ex ib IIIC T135 °C Db
Certification
IBExU 13 ATEX 1083
Hand-held scanner BCS 160 ex
for 1D and PDF barcodes
Technical data
Ambient temperature
-20 °C to +50 °C
Storage temperature
-30 °C to +70 °C
Code reading capabilities
all standard 1D barcodes,
PDF barcodes only with a PDF scan engine
Features
Description
Insensitive to direct sunlight (100 000 lux)
The sturdy wired Hand-held scanner BCS 160ex
offers the highly developed ergonomic and functional features required in industrial applications.
High level of impact resistance
Wide range of decoding capabilities
All standard 1D and PDF barcodes
500 scans per second
RS232/RS422 or USB interface via power pack
Good-read feedback with signal LED,
acoustic signal and vibration
The scan line is wider than in conventional laser
scanners and therefore easier to see. This makes
aiming at the barcode much easier – even on hardto-access objects. Its high scanning and decoding
frequency of 500 Hz enables easy scanning of a
large number of barcodes in quick succession.
The BCS 160 has a robust enclosure that can
withstand use even in the toughest conditions.
Even dropping it onto the ground several times
from a height of 2 m will not damage this scanner.
ex
Design
The BCS 160ex hand-held scanner with integrated
decoder is suitable for a plug-in connection to the
power pack. The power pack is installed directly
in the hazardous area. It contains a module for the
intrinsically safe supply (barrier) for the hand-held
scanner and an isolator (evaluation barrier) for the
data lines.
The data lines can be connected directly in
hazardous areas to non-Ex systems, e.g. PCs,
PLC or microprocessors. This applies to Zone 1,
2 and to Zone 21, 22.
Good-read feedback
LED signal, acoustic signal and vibration
Scan rate
500 scans per second
Light source
visible red light 630 nm
Reading distance
up to 80 cm (for 0.5 mm code)
Connection of
scanner to the supply unit
can be plugged in using connection cable
RS232 maximum length 9.8 m
USB maximum length 3.8 m
Supply unit to the host
RS232 maximum length 20 m
RS422 maximum length1000 m
USB maximum length 5 m
Weight
ca. 200 g without cable
Air humidity
5 % to 95 % (non-condensing)
Dimensions (height x width x depth)
104 mm x 76 mm x 185 mm
Protection class
IP 65
Operating voltage/power requirements
U = 4.9 V
supply via corresponding power pack.
03-0330-0740-04/2014-BAT-353386/1
Accessories for BCS 160ex
- power pack
- extension cable plug/socket 4.5 m or 6 m
- connection cable with 1.8 m or 3.8 m
- bracket for wall/desk-top installation
138
Hand-held scanner BCS 160ex for ATEX Zone 1 and Zone 21
1D barcodes captured:
Possible connection
Codabar
Code 11
Mainland China
Postal Code
Code 32
MSI/Plessey
Code 39
UK/Plessey
Code 93
Code 128
Standard and
Industrial 2 of 5
German ITF Postal Code
Telepen
Interleaved & Matrix 2 of 5
UPC-A
Limited/Expanded
GS1 DataBar
UPC-E
BCS 160ex
RS232/RS422, USB
PC
Supply voltage
UCC/EAN-128
Supply module
PDF barcodes captured:
(only with PDF Scan Engine)
Safe area
Composite (type-dependent)
PDF417
MicroPDF417
Selection chart
Codablock F
Barcode options
Code no.
Reading field
1D Scan Engine
R
Bar width
in mm
1D/PDF Scan Engine
T
0,08
0,33
0,50
0
100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800
Complete order no. 17-21BA-M31S/
000
Hand-held scanner BCS 160ex without connection cable
Note: Further accessories must be ordered separately.
Please insert correct code. Technical data subject to change without notice.
03-0330-0740-04/2014-BAT-353386/2
Reading distance in mm
139
Accessories for Barcode Hand-held scanner BCS 160ex
Selection chart Accessories for Barcode Hand-held scanner BCS 160ex
Illustration
Description
Order no.
Connection cable  RJ45 to BCS 160ex Barcode Hand-held scanner  assembled with 4 pin plug to power pack
- Scanner cable, RS232, plane, 1.8 m
03-9828-0034
- Scanner cable, RS232, spiral, 3.8 m
03-9828-0035
- Scanner cable, USB, plane, 1.8 m
03-9828-0036
- Scanner cable, USB, spiral, 3.8 m
03-9828-0037
Extension cable (plane)
03-9828-0038
 6.0 m
 assembled with plug/coupling
Extension cable (spirale cable)
03-9828-0039
 4.5 m
 assembled with plug/coupling
Connection cable to following systems:
 POLARIS power modul  Power pack of BCS 302ex
Type 17-21BB-0217 bis 17-21BB-0220
 Power pack of BCS 3800ex
Type 17-21BB-1700 bis 17-21BB-1702
 RJ45 to BCS 160ex hand-held scanner  assembled with 4 pin plug to power pack
- Scanner cable, RS232, plane, 1.8 m
17-21BE-M000/0000
- Scanner cable, RS232, spiral, 3.8 m
17-21BE-M010/0000
03-0330-0799-04/2014-BAT-368580
140
Desk holder
03-9849-0065
Tripod holder
03-9849-0066
Radio BCS 160ex hand-held scanner BT for ATEX Zone 1 and 21
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
II 2G Ex ib IIC T4 Gb
-20 °C < Ta < +50 °C
II 2D Ex ib IIIC T135 °C Db
Certification
IBExU 13 ATEX 1084
Radio hand-held scanner
BCS 160 exBT for 1D and PDF barcodes
Technical data
Ambient temperature
-20 °C to +50 °C
Storage temperature
-30 °C to +70 °C
Charging temperature
0 °C to +50 °C
Features
Description
Insensitive to direct sunlight (100 000 lux)
The sturdy radio hand-held scanner BCS 160ex BT
from BARTEC offers all the highly developed
ergonomic and functional features required in
industrial applications.
High level of impact resistance
Reads a wide range of barcodes
All standard 1D and PDF barcodes
500 scans per second
RS232/RS422 or USB interface via base station
Good-read feedback with LED signal,
acoustic signal and vibration
Base station also usable in hazardous areas
Connection of up to 7 BCS 160ex BT
Radio hand-held scanners to one base station
The scan line is wider than in conventional
laser scanners and therefore easier to see. This
makes aiming at the barcode much easier – even on
hard-to-access objects. Its high scanning and decoding frequency of 500 Hz enables easy scanning
of a large number of barcodes in quick succession.
Scan rate
ca. 500 scans per second
Good-read feedback
LED signal, acoustic signal and vibration
Light source
630 nm laser diode
Reading distance
up to 80 cm (for 0.5-mm code)
The BCS 160ex BT has a robust enclosure that can
withstand use even in the toughest conditions. Even
dropping onto the ground several times from a
height of 2 m will not damage this scanner.
Connection of
Ex base station to the supply unit
RS232 maximum length 9.8 m
USB maximum length 3.8 m
Design
Non-Ex base station to the host
RS232 maximum length 9.8 m
USB maximum length 3.8 m
Supply unit to the host
RS232 maximum length 20 m
RS422 maximum length1000 m
USB maximum length 5 m
The Radio hand-held scanner BCS 160ex BT with
integrated decoder is designed for wireless data
capture in real time and ensures a highly efficient
operation in manufacturing halls, warehouses and
other sites.
When capturing data, the user can move freely up
to a radius of 30 m around the base station. The
Radio hand-held scanner BCS 160ex BT is produced
with the “intrinsically safe“ type of protection and
can be used directly in hazardous areas Zone 1, 2
and Zone 21, 22.
Base station
03-0330-0741-04/2014-BAT-353387/1
Decoding capabilities
all standard 1D barcodes,
PDF barcodes only with PDF scan engine
The base station is the charging station (cradle) and
also serves as a radio receiver station and can be
installed in either hazardous or non-hazardous
areas. The RS232 or USB cable enables a connection to all standard hosts.
Radio specifications
Radio range
max. 30 m (with unobstructed view) Frequency
Bluetooth V2.1 EDR Class 2
2.4 to 2.4835 GHz (ISM Band)
Weight
approx. 266 g incl. battery
Air humidity
5 % to 95 % (non-condensing)
Dimensions (height x width x depth)
104 mm x 76 mm x 185 mm
Protection class
IP 65
141
Radio BCS 160ex hand-held scanner BT for ATEX Zone 1 and 21
Operating voltage Bluetooth base station
4.9 V to 5.6 V
Supply to the Ex version via corresponding
power pack
Possible connection
Battery
Lithium-ion battery 3.6 V, 2250 mAh
BARTEC Type: 17-21BE-M040/0000
Accessories for BCS 160BTex
- Base station with data transmission and
charging function in Ex or non-Ex
- charging station
- Supply unit
- Connecting cable
- Bracket for wall/desk-top installation
BCS 160ex BT
RS232, USB
PC
Base station
Supply voltage
Safe area
1D barcodes captured:
Ex area
Possible connection
Codabar
Code 11
Mainland China
Postal Code
Code 32
MSI/Plessey
Code 39
UK/Plessey
Code 93
Code 128
Standard and
Industrial 2 of 5
German ITF Postal Code
Telepen
Interleaved & Matrix 2 of 5
UPC-A
Limited/Expanded
GS1 DataBar
UPC-E
BCS 160ex BT
RS232/RS422, USB
PC
Supply module
Base station
Supply voltage
UCC/EAN-128
RS232, USB
PDF barcodes captured:
(only with PDF Scan Engine)
Safe area
Composite (type-dependent)
Ex area
PDF417
MicroPDF417
Selection chart
Codablock F
Barcode options
Code no.
Reading field
1D Scan Engine
R
Bar width
in mm
1D/PDF Scan Engine
T
0,08
0,33
0,50
0
100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800
03-0330-0741-04/2014-BAT-353387/2
Reading distance in mm
142
Complete order no. 17-21BA-M32S/
000
ex
Radio hand-held scanner BCS 160 BT
without connection cable or base station
Note: further accessories must be ordered separately.
Please insert correct code. Technical data subject to change without notice.
Accessories for Barcode Bluetooth Hand-held scanner BCS 160ex BT
Selection chart Accessories for Barcode Bluetooth Hand-held scanner BCS 160ex BT
Illustration
Description
Order no.
Ex base station
17-21BB-1707/0000
for use in Ex area Zone 1/21
 RS232/RS422 or USB-interface
 without connection cable
 Installation in hazardous area
 Power supply via power supply module Type 17-21BB-170x
Connection cable
 RJ45 to Ex-base station  assembled with 4 pin plug to power pack
- Scanner cable, RS232, plane, 1.8 m
03-9828-0044
- Scanner cable, RS232, spiral, 3.8 m
03-9828-0045
- Scanner cable, USB, plane, 1.8 m
03-9828-0046
- Scanner cable, USB, spiral, 3.8 m
03-9828-0047
Non Ex base station
03-9849-0064
 RS232 or USB-interface
 without connection cable and power supply
 Installation outside hazardous area
Power supply for non Ex-base station and charging station
03-9911-0039
 use only outside of hazardous area
 Input: AC 90 to 250 V/Output: DC 5 V
Connection cable
 RJ45 to non Ex-base station  assembled for connection to RS232 or USB interface
- Scanner cable, RS232, plane, 1.8 m
03-9828-0040
- Scanner cable, RS232, spiral, 3.8 m
03-9828-0041
- Scanner cable, USB, plane, 1.8 m
03-9828-0042
- Scanner cable, USB, spiral, 3.8 m
03-9828-0043
Non Ex charging station
03-9849-0063
 Charging only outside of hazardous area
 without power supply
03-0330-0798-09/2014-BAT-368574/1
 for charging the BCS 160ex BT
Power supply for non Ex-base station and charging station
03-9911-0039
 use only outside of hazardous area
 Input: AC 90 to 250 V/Output: DC 5 V
143
Accessories for Barcode Bluetooth Hand-held scanner BCS 160ex BT
Selection chart Accessories for Barcode Bluetooth Hand-held scanner BCS 160ex BT
Illustration
Description
Order no.
Spare battery
17-21BE-M040/0000
 explosion proofed version
 3.6 V/2250 mAh Li-Ion
Connection cable to following systems:
 POLARIS power modul
 Power pack of BCS 302ex
Type 17-21BB-0217 bis 17-21BB-0220
 Power pack of BCS 3800ex
Type 17-21BB-1700 bis 17-21BB-1702
 RJ45 to BCS 160ex hand-held scanner 03-0330-0798-09/2014-BAT-368574/2
 assembled with 4 pin plug to power pack
144
- Scanner cable, RS232, plane, 1.8 m
17-21BE-M020/0000
- Scanner cable, RS232, plane, 1.8 m
17-21BE-M030/0000
Desk holder
03-9849-0065
Tripod holder
03-9849-0066
Supply Module for Hand-held Scanner for ATEX Zone 1 and 21
Technical data
Ambient temperature
-25 °C to +60 °C
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +60 °C
Maximum range
Supply module to the host
RS232 interface
up to 20 m
Supply Module for Hand-held Scanner
for RS232/RS422 and USB interfaces
RS422 interface
up to 1000 m
USB interface
up to 5 m
Nominal voltage/power consumption
AC 100 V to AC 250 V/approx. 3.3 W
DC 24 V/approx. 4.0 W
Features
■ No external isolators required
Explosion protection
■ Direct mounting in ATEX Zone 1 and 21
Ex protection type ATEX Zone 1 and 21
II 2G Ex e q [ib] IIC T4 Gb
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T135 °C Db
Description
Certification
IBExU 09 ATEX 1091
Input voltage range
AC 90 V to AC 253 V, 50 to 60 Hz
DC 18 V to 30 V
Maximum fault voltage
Um = 253 V
Maximum output voltage
UO = 4.9 V
The supply module ensures an intrinsically safe
supply and it isolates the data line for the BCS 160ex.
Maximum output current
IO = 440 mA
Two variants of the supply module are available for
the hazardous (potentially explosive) area:
Maximum output power
PO = 1.20 W
- AC 100 V to AC 250 V
- DC 24 V
Maximum external capacitance
CO = 113 µF
Maximum external inductance
LO = 0.1 mH
All variants are equipped with an RS232/RS422
interface or USB interface.
Dimensions (height x width x depth)
250 mm x 140 mm x 56 mm
In the hazardous areas of Zone 1 and 21, the supply module is joined to the hand-held scanner by
means of a plug-in connection.
Weight
approx. 3.1 kg
Enclosure material
Aluminium
Protection class (EN 60529)
IP 64
Selection chart Supply module for the BCS 160ex hand-held scanner
03-0330-0772-04/2014-BAT-358636
Version
Code no.
DC 24 V, RS232/RS422 interface
3
DC 24 V, USB interface
4
AC 100 V to 250 V, RS232/RS422 interface
5
AC 100 V to 250 V, USB interface
6
Complete order no. 17-21BB-170
/0000
Please insert correct code. Technical data subject to change without notice.
145
ANTARES
Remote I/O Solutions
ANTARES Remote I/O Solutions
Introduction to ANTARES
Excellent Remote I/O Automation Solutions
150 - 151
ANTARES System Configuration
152 - 153
ANTARES Connection Examples
154 - 155
ANTARES RCU (Rail Control Unit) Head module
17-5174-1.00
156 - 157
Connection Module
17-5164-9..0
Remote I/O Module 8DI-N
17-6143-1002/0000
158 - 159
Remote I/O Module 16DI-N
17-6143-1008/0000
160 - 161
Remote I/O Module 8DO
17-6143-1001/0000
162 - 163
Remote I/O Module 8DO-SCL
17-6143-1010/0000
164 - 165
Remote I/O Module 8AI
17-6143-1004/0000
166 - 167
Remote I/O Module 8AIH
17-6143-1005/0000
168 - 169
Remote I/O Module 4AIO
17-6143-1006/0000
170 - 171
Remote I/O Module 4AIOH
17-6143-1007/0000
172 - 173
Remote I/O Module 4TI
17-6143-1003/0000
174 - 175
Accessories for ANTARES
03-..; 05-..; 17-..
176
Software ANTARES Designer
17-28TF-0074
177
ANTARES
ANTARES Cutting-edge Remote-I/O automation solutions for Zone 1 + 2 and Zone 21 + 22
Innovative solutions are required for the automation of industrial installations and
plants to increase productivity and thus economical efficiency in a sustainable way.
ANTARES is BARTEC’s cutting-edge response to the ever growing industry demands for more flexible, reliable and cost effective automation solutions using
Remote-I/O systems. ANTARES offers maximum performance, convenience and
savings in an extremely attractive design.
Systems design
The ANTARES Remote-I/O system is installed directly into the Ex area. The core
unit of the system is the Rail Control Unit (RCU) accommodating host communication, Ethernet switching, power management and I/O data processing.
For the ease of integration, a multitude of open communication standards are
supported, from fully redundant PROFIBUS-DP to Ethernet based standards
such as PROFINET, MODBUS TCP and EtherNet/IP. Complex Ex repeaters and
separate bus topologies are no longer needed. A range of ANTARES I/O modules
is available to build any desirable configuration.
03-0330-0738-07/2014-BAT-352489/1
ANTARES is treading new grounds without compromising the security of established project execution practices.
Safe area
150
PLC
Maximum design freedom
Flexible systems approval
Due to the smart concept of ANTARES, project planning processes remain identical as if conventional
systems solutions were chosen. A comprehensive
software tool simplifies the design and verification of
the ANTARES system, while automatically monitoring
critical system factors such as power management,
spacing, etc.
With a large power reserve, efficient and compact
I/O configurations are no issue with ANTARES, even
when the system is mounted directly into Zone 1. Up
to 32 multi channel I/O modules can be powered by
one single Rail Control Unit. Additionally, rail extension options are available to enable truly distributed
I/O configurations.
Requirements for rigid and unique system approvals
are history thanks to the smart design of the ANTARES
system. For the majority of the application areas,
general purpose mechanical protection is sufficient.
For the ease of project execution, I/O changes can
be facilitated without violating existing approvals
for the system.
Easy project implementation
Highest systems availability
Optimum life cycle security
ANTARES makes installation easy. Thanks to the
smart approval concept of the system, assembly as
well as installation can be done following general
installation practices for hazardous areas. With this
approach, there is no longer a need for Ex authorized
personnel on site for the assembly of systems subject
to approval.
Genuine communication redundancy for PROFIBUSDP is available to secure uninterrupted operation with
host systems. In a redundant configuration, both
communication lines are live to guarantee availability
and to enable hot standby in case one line or module
fails. ANTARES supports hot swap functionality to
eliminate I/O downtime.
State of the art designs, technologies and components secure the future of ANTARES and the
use of it in any installation. ANTARES provides
the most reliable concept through continuous
design improvements. The choice for open bus
communication with global support and industry
know-how further preserves any investment with
ANTARES.
03-0330-0738-07/2014-BAT-352489/2
Intuitive project planning
151
ANTARES System
ANTARES System Configuration
The configuration of the ANTARES system is highly flexible. The system can be adjusted to suit
customer-specific requirements. A wide variety of modules and host communication system form the
basis of almost unlimited configuration possibilities.
The ANTARES system consists of the RCU (Rail Control Unit) including bus beginning and bus end module, earth conductor terminal and various remote I/O modules. The RCU is the central unit in the system.
It consists of the head module and the connection module. The system components can be easily latched
onto a mounting rail and joined together.
1
2
3
4
1 Earth conductor terminal
2 Bus beginning module
3 Head module
4 Connection module
5 Remote I/O module
6 Bus end module
5
6
7
7 Mounting rail
 An appropriate RCU is available for each host communication
 Easy setting of system parameters with the software “ANTARES Designer“
 A standard enclosure is sufficient for Zone 1 (gas)
 Combinable with MODEX components
 Configuration data can be stored as a backup on an SD card in the connection module
03-0330-0739-07/2014-BAT-352500/1
 The ExtSet allows extensions onto several mounting rails at any time
152
Software “ANTARES Designer“
The software “ANTARES Designer“ makes it possible to design a system quickly and easily. Its ability to
operate intuitively allows a system to be planned and configured with just a few mouse clicks. The software
independently generates the bill of materials, which can be used for an enquiry or for documentation.
The system construction is displayed in true-to-scale images. The size of the work space for a system
can be individually defined. An ANTARES system can be distributed among up to four mounting rails. The
extension modules (ExtSet) are inserted automatically by the software. The lengths of the cables can be
selected individually but the maximum overall length is 20 metres.
 Documentation
The project documentation is created automatically and contains a detailed bill of materials, the system
construction graphics are displayed for each workspace.
The ANTARES Designer is available for downloading at the following address:
http://bartec.de/automation-download/antares.htm
 Online Diagnosis
The ANTARES Designer allows an easy and convenient online diagnosis of the ANTARES system.
All parameters such as settings, any fault alarms, PROFIBUS address, software and hardware versions, are
shown for each module.
Selection chart ANTARES components
Type
Description
Order no.
PROFIBUS-DP
Connection module
17-5164-9110
PROFIBUS-DP armoured
Connection module
17-5164-9120
Ethernet
Connection module
17-5164-9910
Ethernet armoured
Connection module
17-5164-9920
PROFIBUS-DP
Head module
17-5174-1100
PROFINET
Head module
17-5174-1200
MODBUS TCP
Head module
17-5174-1300
EtherNet/IP
Head module
17-5174-1400
8DI-N
8 digital inputs in conformance to NAMUR
17-6143-1002/0000
16DI-N
16 digital inputs in conformance to NAMUR
17-6143-1008/0000
8DO
8 digital outputs Ex i, short-circuit-proof, max. 30 mA per channel (total current limited)
17-6143-1001/0000
8DO-SCL
8 digital outputs Ex i, short-circuit-proof, max. 20 mA per channel (individual channel current limited)
17-6143-1010/0000
8AI
8 analog inputs 4 to 20 mA, inputs active
17-6143-1004/0000
8AIH
8 analog inputs 4 to 20 mA, inputs active, HART
17-6143-1005/0000
4AIO
4 analog in/outputs, configurable 4 to 20 mA, active or passive
17-6143-1006/0000
4AIOH
4 analog in/outputs, configurable 4 to 20 mA, active or passive, HART
17-6143-1007/0000
4TI
4 analog inputs, 2-, 3-, 4-conductor technology, Pt100, Pt1000
17-6143-1003/0000
RCU (Rail Control Unit)
03-0330-0739-07/2014-BAT-352500/2
Remote I/O Modules
153
ANTARES System Possible connections
 PROFIBUS-DP and POLARIS HMI
...up to 32 moduls
PLC
...up to 32 moduls
PROFIBUS-DP
Safe area
Zone 0
Zone 1
 PROFINET and DIN rail transition
PLC
PROFINET
...up to 32 moduls
Safe area
Zone 0
Zone 1
 MODBUS TCP and POLARIS HMI
...up to 32 moduls
PLC
...up to 32 moduls
03-0330-0739-09/2013-BAT-352500/3
MODBUS TCP
Safe area
154
Zone 1
Zone 0
 PROFIBUS-DP and MODEX components
...up to 32 moduls
PLC
PROFIBUS-DP
Ex e
enclosure
Ex e
enclosure
Ex e MODEX I/O
Ex e MODEX
Zone 1
Safe area
Zone 0
 PROFIBUS-DP and redundant system structure
PLC
PROFIBUS-DP
Safe area
...up to 32 moduls
Zone 1
Zone 0
 EtherNet/IP in Zone 21,
Dust-Explosion protection
PLC
EtherNet/IP
03-0330-0739-09/2013-BAT-352500/4
...up to 32 moduls
Ex-enclosure for Zone 21
Safe area
Zone 21
Zone 20
155
ANTARES RCU (Rail Control Unit) ANTARES
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
ATEX
II 2 G Ex d e [ib] IIC T4 Gb
Certification
PTB 11 ATEX 2009 X
IECEx Ex d e [ib] IIC T4 Gb
Certification
IECEx PTB 11.0051 X
Ambient temperature
-20 °C to +60 °C
Protection class (EN 60529)
- RCU IP 54
- Internal system bus IP 30
(in the ANTARES system construction)
Technical data
RCU (Rail Control Unit) ANTARES
Features
Description
 No isolating repeater needed
The Rail Control Unit (RCU) ANTARES is the central
unit in the ANTARES system. It consists of the head
module and the connection module.
 Up to 32 remote I/O modules can be connected
 PROFIBUS-DP, PROFINET, MODBUS TCP
and EtherNet/IP
 Integrated power supply unit
 Integrated Ethernet switch
 Installation in ATEX Zone 1/2 or Zone 21/22
 Hot swap (head module exchangeable
without disconnection from voltage)
 Optional SD card for data back-up
 Redundancy with PROFIBUS-DP
Various field bus and Ethernet-based head modules
are available. There is no need to use an isolating
repeater to connect them.
Redundancy with no single point of failure is
achieved by connecting two PROFIBUS-DP RCUs.
The head module, consisting of the CPU, the
communication interface and an integrated power
supply unit, is produced with the Ex d type of protection and is plugged into the corresponding connection module.
The innovative interlocking technology ensures
a reliable connection. The hot swap capability
allows the head module to be replaced even in an
Ex atmosphere.
The connection module has an integrated Ex e
junction box. A version is also available for armoured leads.
Enclosure material
Connection module PA
Head module
aluminium die-casting
PA
Mounting rail
TH 35-15 DIN EN 60715
(Metal, galvanized steel)
flush on mounting plate
Supply I/O modules
up to max. 32 modules (module dependent)
Electrical connections Ex e
Data and power supply cable through
tension spring clamp up to 2.5 mm2
Displays
LED connection modules
Operation
LED RUN
Communication
LED COM
Redundancy (primary) LED PRI
Error
LED ERR
Rated voltage
DC 24 V -15 %, +25 %
Power consumption
max. 100 W
Overvoltage category
II
The system is configured by means of Software
ANTARES Designer through the USB interface.
Degree of contamination
2
See the system description for installation instructions.
Dimension RCU (W x H x D)
114 mm x 192 mm x 298 mm
Note: More approvals and data are available at
www.bartec-group.com
Weight
approx. 5 kg
03-0330-0541-07/2014-BAT-291527/1
Storage and transport temperature
-25 °C to +70 °C
Humidity
5 to 95 %, non-condensing
Vibration (EN 60068-2-6)
2 g/7 mm; 5 Hz to 200 Hz in all 3 axes
156
ANTARES RCU (Rail Control Unit) ANTARES
Dimensions
192
298
114
Shock (EN 60068-2-27)
15 g, 11 ms, ± 3 shocks per direction
 Process connection
Internal Bus communication
10 + 2 pole connector
PROFIBUS-DP
Full redundancy possible up to 1.5 Mbit/s
Ethernet 100BaseT with integrated switch
-
PROFINET
-MODBUS/TCP
- EtherNet/IP
Configuration
Selection chart
Interfaces
Selection chart
Code
no.
PROFIBUS-DP
1
PROFINET
2
MODBUS/TCP
3
EtherNet/IP
4
Interfaces
Code
no.
Cable
gland
PROFIBUS-DP
1
not
armoured
1
Ethernet
9
armoured
2
17-5174-1
00
Complete order no.
17-5164-90
Complete order no.
Please insert correct code.
Please insert correct code.
Head Module ANTARES
Code
no.
Connection Module ANTARES
Interface
USB
Software
ANTARES Designer
03-0330-0541-07/2014-BAT-291527/2
Back up
SD card
157
ANTARES Remote I/O Module ANTARES 8DI-N
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
ATEX
II 2(1) G Ex ib [ia IIC/IIB Ga] IIC T4 Gb
II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
Certification
PTB 11 ATEX 2015
IECEx
Ex ib [ia IIC/IIB Ga] IIC T4 Gb
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
ANTARES 8DI-N
Ambient temperature range
-20 °C to +60 °C
Features
Description
 8 channel digital in Ex ia IIC
The Remote I/O Module ANTARES 8DI-N is operated and supplied with power by means of the Rail
Control unit (RCU) ANTARES.
 2 channels programmable as counters
 For NAMUR sensors DIN EN 60947-5-6
 Integrated bus rail
 Installation in ATEX Zone 1/2 or Zone 21/22
Hot-Swap
 Galvanic isolation between the inputs
and system
 Line break/short-circuit monitoring
 Plug-in and codable spring clamps
 2 LED displays per channel
Certification
IECEx PTB 11.0055
This module is suitable for connecting 8 intrinsically
safe binary signals in hazardous areas NAMUR
sensors, optocouplers, mechanical contacts or
other actuating elements can be connected with
intrinsic safety.
The hot swap capability allows the electronic unit
to be replaced without disconnecting from voltage
even in an Ex atmosphere.
The internal and galvanically isolated bus connection is established by simply joining the modules
to the RCU. A bus rail is not necessary.
Safety data per transmission channel
U0= 9.9 V
I0 = 11.2 mA
P0= 27.7 mW
Ci= negligibly low
Li = negligibly low
Ex ia IIC: Co = 3.2 µF; Lo = 20 µH or
Co = 0.47 µF; Lo = 100 mH
Ex ia IIB: Co = 22 µF; Lo = 10 µH or
Co = 2.5 µF; Lo = 100 mH
Technical data
Enclosure material
PA
Protection class (EN 60529)
Enclosure: IP 30
in the ANTARES system construction
Line break/short-circuit monitoring can be programmed for each channel.
Electrical connections
- plug-in tension spring-loaded clamp, 4-pole
- to 2.5 mm2
- optional coding and numbering
The bus status messages and individual messages
per channel are displayed through the LEDs. This
facilitates diagnosis at the module as well.
Mounting rail
TH 35-15 DIN EN 60715
(Metal, galvanized steel)
Each channel can be programmed with the Software
ANTARES Designer.
Device and terminal designation
see accessories
See the system description for installation instructions.
Dimensions (W x H x D)
45 mm x 110 mm x 114.5 mm
Note: More approvals and data are available at
www.bartec-group.com
Weight
approx. 380 g
Storage and transport temperature
-25 °C to +85 °C
03-0330-0542-07/2014-BAT-291528/1
Humidity
5 to 95 %, non-condensing
Degree of contamination
2
Vibration (EN 60068-2-6)
2 g/7 mm; 5 Hz to 200 Hz
in all 3 axes
Shock (EN 60068-2-27)
15 g, 11 ms, ± 3 shocks per direction
158
ANTARES Remote I/O Module ANTARES 8DI-N
 Electrical data
Dimensions
110
Number of channels
NAMUR to DIN EN 60947-5-6
- 8 digital inputs Ex i (short-circuit-proof)
- Channel 7 and Channel 8 configurable
as counters (max. count rate 5 kHz)
45
Line break/short-circuit
settable for each channel with Software ANTARES Designer
114.5
Galvanic isolation
between inputs and the internal bus
Sensor supply
8.2 V
Switching thresholds
damped
< 1.2 mA
not damped
> 2.1 mA
Open circuit
< 0.3 mA
Short-circuit
> 225 Ω
Displays
LEDs in enclosure front:
Status PWR, ST, ERR1, ERR2
Inputs2 LEDs per channel
1 x LED yellow Channel active
1 x LED red
Channel error
Wiring diagram/terminal assigment
Terminal block
X4
X4
X3
X3
X2
X2
X1
03-0330-0542-07/2014-BAT-291528/2
X1
Terminal
Terminal
7-
Minus terminal
Channel 7
7+
Plus terminal
Channel 7
8-
Minus terminal
Channel 8
8+
Plus terminal
Channel 8
5-
Minus terminal
Channel 5
5+
Plus terminal
Channel 5
6-
Minus terminal
Channel 6
6+
Plus terminal
Channel 6
3+
Plus terminal
Channel 3
3-
Minus terminal
Channel 3
4+
Plus terminal
Channel 4
4-
Minus terminal
Channel 4
1+
Plus terminal
Channel 1
1-
Minus terminal
Channel 1
2+
Plus terminal
Channel 2
2-
Minus terminal
Channel 2
LED
Colour
Meaning
PWR
GN
Supply okay, goes out in
the event of undervoltage
ST
GN
Data exchange active
ERR1
RT
Communication error
ERR2
RT
Error in the module
ON 1-8
GE
Channel switched on
ERR 1-8
RT
Channel error line break/
short circuit
Order no.
Remote I/O Module ANTARES 8DI-N
17-6143-1002/0000
11
159
ANTARES Remote I/O Module ANTARES 16DI-N
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
ATEX
II 2(1) G Ex ib [ia IIC/IIB Ga] IIC T4 Gb
II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
Certification
PTB 11 ATEX 2015
IECEx
Ex ib [ia IIC/IIB Ga] IIC T4 Gb
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
ANTARES 16DI-N
Certification
IECEx PTB 11.0055
Ambient temperature range
-20 °C to +60 °C
Safety data per transmission channel
U0= 9.9 V
I0 = 11.2 mA
P0= 27.7 mW
Ci= negligibly low
Li = negligibly low
Ex ia IIC: Co= 3.2 µF; Lo = 20 µH or
Co= 0.47 µF; Lo = 100 mH
Features
Description
 16 channels digital in Ex ia IIC
The Remote I/O Module ANTARES 16DI-N is operated and supplied with power by means of the Rail
Control Unit (RCU) ANTARES.
 For NAMUR sensors DIN EN 60947-5-6
 Integrated bus rail
 Installation in ATEX Zone 1/2 or Zone 21/22
Hot-Swap
 Galvanic isolation between the inputs
and system
 Line break/short-circuit monitoring
 Plug-in and codable spring clamps
 2 LED displays per channel
This module allows 16 binary signals to be connected in the Ex area. NAMUR sensors, optocouplers,
mechanical contacts or other actuating elementscan
be connected with intrinsic safety.
The hot swap capability allows the electronic unit
to be replaced without disconnecting from voltage
even in an Ex atmosphere.
The internal and galvanically isolated bus connection is established by simply joining the modules
to the RCU. A bus rail is not necessary.
Line break/short-circuit monitoring can be programmed for each channel.
The bus status messages and individual messages
per channel are displayed through the LEDs. This
facilitates diagnosis at the module as well.
The module is programmed with Software ANTARES Designer.
See the system description for installation instructions.
03-0330-0542-07/2014-BAT-291529/1
Note: More approvals and data are available at
www.bartec-group.com
Ex ia IIB: Co= 22 µF; Lo = 10 µH or
Co= 2.5 µF; Lo = 100 mH
Technical data
Enclosure material
PA
Protection class (EN 60529)
Enclosure: IP 30
in the ANTARES system construction
Electrical connections
- plug-in tension spring-loaded clamp,
4-pole
- to 2.5 mm2
- optional coding and numbering
Mounting rail
TH 35-15 DIN EN 60715
(Metal, galvanized steel)
Device and terminal designation
see accessories
Dimensions (W x H x D)
45 mm x 110 mm x 114.5 mm
Weight
approx. 490 g
Storage and transport temperature
-25 °C to +85 °C
Humidity
5 to 95 %, non-condensing
Degree of contamination
2
Vibration (EN 60068-2-6)
2 g/7 mm; 5 Hz to 200 Hz in all 3 axes
Shock (EN 60068-2-27)
15 g, 11 ms, ± 3 shocks per direction
160
ANTARES Remote I/O Module ANTARES 16DI-N
Wiring diagram/terminal assigment
Terminal block
X4
X4
X8
X3
X7
X3
X2
X2
X6
X1
X5
X1
 Electrical data
Terminal Description
Terminal block
7-
Minus terminal channel 7
7+
Plus terminal
8-
Minus terminal channel 8
8+
Plus terminal
Terminal Description
15-
Minus terminal channel 15
15+
Plus terminal
16-
Minus terminal channel 16
channel 8
16+
Plus terminal
5-
Minus terminal channel 5
13-
Minus terminal channel 13
5+
Plus terminal
13+
Plus terminal
6-
Minus terminal channel 6
14-
Minus terminal channel 14
6+
Plus terminal
channel 6
14+
Plus terminal
channel 14
3+
Plus terminal
channel 3
11+
Plus terminal
channel 11
3-
Minus terminal channel 3
11-
Minus terminal channel 11
4+
Plus terminal
12+
Plus terminal
4-
Minus terminal channel 4
12-
Minus terminal channel 12
1+
Plus terminal
9+
Plus terminal
1-
Minus terminal channel 1
9-
Minus terminal channel 9
2+
Plus terminal
10+
Plus terminal
2-
Minus terminal channel 2
10-
Minus terminal channel 10
channel 7
channel 5
channel 4
X8
X7
X6
channel 1
channel 2
X5
channel 15
channel 16
channel 13
channel 12
channel 9
channel 10
Dimensions
110
Number of channels
NAMUR to DIN EN 60947-5-6
16 digital inputs Ex i (short-circuit-proof)
45
Galvanic Isolation
between inputs and internal bus
114.5
Line break/short-circuit
settable for each channel with Software ANTARES Designer
Sensor supply
8.2 V
Switching thresholds
damped
< 1.2 mA
not damped
> 2.1 mA
Open circuit
< 0.3 mA
Short-circuit
> 225 Ω
03-0330-0542-07/2014-BAT-291529/2
Displays
LEDs in enclosure front:
Status PWR, ST, ERR1, ERR2
Inputs2 LEDs per channel
1 x LED yellow Channel active
1 x LED red
Channel error
LED
Colour
Meaning
PWR
GN
Supply okay, goes out
in the event of undervoltage
ST
GN
Data exchange active
ERR1
RT
Communication error
ERR2
RT
Error in the module
ON 1-16
GE
Channel switched on
ERR 1-16
RT
Channel error line break/
short circuit
Order no.
Remote I/O Module ANTARES 16DI-N
17-6143-1008/0000
161
ANTARES Remote I/O Module ANTARES 8DO
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
ATEX
II 2(1) G Ex ib [ia IIC/IIB Ga] IIC T4 Gb
II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
Certification
PTB 11 ATEX 2014
IECEx
Ex ib [ia IIC/IIB Ga] IIC T4 Gb
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
Certification
IECEx PTB 11.0054
ANTARES 8DO
Ambient temperature range
-20 °C to +50 °C
-20 °C to +60 °C
(in conjunction with a distance module)
Features
Description
 8 channel digital out Ex ia IIC
The Remote I/O-Module ANTARES 8DO is operated
and supplied with power by means of the ANTARES
Rail Control Unit (RCU).
 Integrated bus rail
 Installation in ATEX Zone 1/2 or Zone 21/22
Hot-Swap
 Galvanic isolation between the inputs and the system
 Line break/short circuit monitoring
 Plug-in and codable spring clamps
 2 LED displays per channel
Safety data per transmission channel
U0= 27.5 V
I0 = 104 mA
P0= 715 mW
Ci= 6 nF
Li = negligibly low
This module is suitable for the direct control of up
to 8 intrinsically safe solenoid valves in hazardous
areas.
Ex ia IIC: Co= 80 nF; Lo = 0.2 mH or
Co= 60 nF; Lo = 0.53 mH
The hot swap capability allows the electronic unit
to be replaced without disconnecting from voltage
even in an Ex atmosphere.
Ex ia IIB: Co= 666 nF; Lo = 0.1 mH or
Co= 244 nF; Lo = 11 mH
Technical data
The internal and galvanically isolated bus connection is established by simply joining the modules
to the RCU. A bus rail is not necessary.
Enclosure material
PA
Line break/short-circuit monitoring can be programmed for each channel.
Protection class (EN 60529)
Enclosure: IP 30
in the ANTARES system construction
The bus status messages and individual messages
per channel are displayed through the LEDs. This
facilitates diagnosis at the module as well.
The Software ANTARES Designer allows the module
to be programmed and the output load to be calculated automatically.
See the system description for installation instructions.
Note: More approvals and data are available at
www.bartec-group.com
Electrical connections
- plug-in tension spring clamp 4-pole
- up to 2.5 mm2
- optional coding and numbering
Mounting rail
TH 35-15 DIN EN 60715
(Metal, galvanized steel)
Device and terminal designation
see accessories
Dimensions (W x H x D)
45 mm x 110 mm x 114.5 mm
Weight
approx. 390 g
03-0330-0544-07/2014-BAT-291530/1
Storage and transport temperature
-25 °C to +85 °C
Humidity
5 to 95 % non-condensing
Degree of contamination
2
Vibration (EN 60068-2-6)
2 g/7 mm; 5 Hz to 200 Hz
in all 3 axes
162
ANTARES Remote I/O Module ANTARES 8DO
Shock (EN 60068-2-27)
15 g, 11 ms, ± 3 shocks per direction
Dimensions
110
45
 Electrical data
Number of channels
8 digital outputs Ex i (short-circuit-proof)
Line break/short-circuit
settable for each channel with Software ANTARES Designer
114.5
Galvanic Isolation
between outputs and internal bus
No-load voltage
DC 24 V
Total current of all 8 channels
max. 160 mA (limited)
Output current
max. 40 mA per channel
Internal resistance
271 Ω
Wiring diagram/terminal assigment
Terminal block
Terminal
Description
7-
Minus terminal
Channel 7
7+
Plus terminal
Channel 7
8-
Minus terminal
Channel 8
8+
Plus terminal
Channel 8
5-
Minus terminal
Channel 5
5+
Plus terminal
Channel 5
6-
Minus terminal
Channel 6
6+
Plus terminal
Channel 6
3+
Plus terminal
Channel 3
3-
Minus terminal
Channel 3
4+
Plus terminal
Channel 4
X2
4-
Minus terminal
Channel 4
X1
1+
Plus terminal
Channel 1
1-
Minus terminal
Channel 1
2+
Plus terminal
Channel 2
2-
Minus terminal
Channel 2
Rated output current
IN = 20 mA (UN = 18.5 V)
X4
X4
Output level
V
X3
25
20
15
X3
10
5
10 203040 mA
Currents between 40 mA and 70 mA can be supplied to each channel also. For this purpose,
the short-circuit monitoring for the channel
concerned must be switched off in the Antares
Designer. However, in each individual case, this
must be checked in relation to the corresponding requirement.
X2
X1
The total current of 160mA for the module continues to apply in each case. Accordingly, if the
channel current is high, the number of available
outputs per module will be reduced.
03-0330-0544-07/2014-BAT-291530/2
Displays
LEDs in enclosure front:
Status PWR, ST, ERR1, ERR2
Outputs 2 LEDs per channel
1 x LED yellow Channel active
1 x LED red
Channel error
LED
Colour
Meaning
PWR
GN
Supply okay, goes out in
the event of undervoltage
ST
GN
Data exchange active
ERR1
RT
Communication error
ERR2
RT
Error in the module
ON 1-8
GE
Channel switched on
ERR 1-8
RT
Channel error line break/
short circuit
Order no.
Remote I/O Module ANTARES 8DO
17-6143-1001/0000
163
ANTARES Remote I/O Module ANTARES 8DO-SCL
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
ATEX
II 2(1) G Ex ib [ia IIC/IIB Ga] IIC T4 Gb
II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
Certification
PTB 11 ATEX 2014
IECEx
Ex ib [ia IIC/IIB Ga] IIC T4 Gb
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
ANTARES 8DO-SCL
Ambient temperature range
-20 °C to +50 °C
-20 °C to +60 °C
(in conjunction with a distance module)
Features
Description
 8 channels digital out Ex ia IIC
The Remote I/O Module ANTARES 8DO-SCL
(single channel limitation) is operated and supplied with power through the Rail Control Unit
(RCU) ANTARES.
 Single Channel Current Limitation
 Integrated bus rail
 Installation in ATEX Zone 1/2 or Zone 21/22
Hot-Swap
 Galvanic isolation between the inputs and
the system
 Line break/short circuit monitoring
 Plug-in and codable spring clamps
 2 LED displays per channel
Certification
IECEx PTB 11.0054
This module is suitable for the direct control of up to
8 intrinsically safe solenoid valves in the explosion
hazardous area.
The hot swap capability allows the electronic unit
to be replaced without disconnecting from voltage
even in an Ex atmosphere.
The internal and galvanically isolated bus connection is established by simply joining the modules
to the RCU. A bus rail is not necessary.
Line break/short-circuit monitoring can be programmed for each channel.
Safety data per transmission channel
U0= 27.5 V
I0 = 104 mA
P0= 715 mW
Ci= 6 nF
Li = negligibly low
Ex ia IIC: Co= 80 nF; Lo = 0.2 mH or
Co= 60 nF; Lo = 0.53 mH
Ex ia IIB: Co= 666 nF; Lo = 0.1 mH or
Co= 244 nF; Lo = 11 mH
Technical data
Enclosure material
PA
Protection class (EN 60529)
Enclosure: IP 30
in the ANTARES system construction
The bus status messages and individual messages
per channel are displayed through the LEDs. This
facilitates diagnosis at the module as well.
Electrical connections
- plug-in tension spring clamp 4-pole
- up to 2.5 mm2
- optional coding and numbering
The Software ANTARES Designer allows the module to be programmed and the output load to be
calculated automatically.
Mounting rail
TH 35-15 DIN EN 60715
(Metal, galvanized steel)
See the system description for installation instructions.
Device and terminal designation
see accessories
Note: More approvals and data are available at
www.bartec-group.com
Dimensions (W x H x D)
45 mm x 110 mm x 114.5 mm
Weight
approx. 390 g
Storage and transport temperature
-25 °C to +85 °C
03-0330-0665-07/2014-BAT-319594/1
Humidity
5 to 95 %, non-condensing
Degree of contamination
2
Vibration (EN 60068-2-6)
2 g/7 mm; 5 Hz to 200 Hz in all 3 axes
Shock (EN 60068-2-27)
15 g, 11 ms, ± 3 shocks per direction
164
ANTARES Remote I/O Module ANTARES 8DO-SCL
 Electrical data
Dimensions
110
Number of channels
8 digital outputs Ex i (short-circuit-proof)
45
Galvanic isolation
between outputs and internal bus
114.5
Line break/short-circuit
settable for each channel with Software ANTARES Designer
No-load voltage
DC 24 V
Total current of all 8 channels
max. 160 mA
Output current
max. 20.5 mA per channel (limited)
Internal resistance
271 Ω
Rated output current
IN = 20 mA (UN = 18.5 V)
Wiring diagram/terminal assigment
Terminal block
Output level
V
25
X4
X4
20
X3
15
10
5
X3
10
20
mA
Displays
LEDs in enclosure front:
Status
PWR, ST, ERR1, ERR2
Outputs
2 LEDs per channel
1 x LED yellow Channel active
1 x LED red Channel error
X2
X2
X1
03-0330-0665-07/2014-BAT-319594/2
X1
Terminal
Description
7-
Minus terminal
Channel 7
7+
Plus terminal
Channel 7
8-
Minus terminal
Channel 8
8+
Plus terminal
Channel 8
5-
Minus terminal
Channel 5
5+
Plus terminal
Channel 5
6-
Minus terminal
Channel 6
6+
Plus terminal
Channel 6
3+
Plus terminal
Channel 3
3-
Minus terminal
Channel 3
4+
Plus terminal
Channel 4
4-
Minus terminal
Channel 4
1+
Plus terminal
Channel 1
1-
Minus terminal
Channel 1
2+
Plus terminal
Channel 2
2-
Minus terminal
Channel 2
LED
Colour
Meaning
PWR
GN
Supply okay, goes out in the
event of undervoltage
ST
GN
Data exchange active
ERR1
RT
Communication error
ERR2
RT
Error in the module
ON 1-8
GE
Channel switched on
ERR 1-8
RT
Channel error line break/
short circuit
Order no.
17-6143-1010/0000
Remote I/O Module ANTARES 8DO-SCL
165
ANTARES Remote I/O Module ANTARES 8AI
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
ATEX
II 2(1) G Ex ib [ia IIC/IIB Ga] IIC T4 Gb
II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
Certification
PTB 11 ATEX 2017
IECEx
Ex ib [ia IIC/IIB Ga] IIC T4 Gb
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
ANTARES 8AI
Certification
IECEx PTB 11.0059
Ambient temperature range
-20 °C to +50 °C
-20 °C to +60 °C
(in conjunction with a distance module)
Features
Description
 8 channel analog in Ex ia IIC
The Remote I/O-Module ANTARES 8AI is operated and supplied with power by means of the Rail
Control Unit (RCU) ANTARES.
Safety data per transmission channel
U0= 27.5 V
I0 = 87 mA
P0= 598 mW
Ci= 6 nF
Li = negligibly low
This module is suitable for the direct connection
of 8 intrinsically safe two-conductor transmitters.
Ex ia IIC: Co= 79 nF; Lo = 0.2 mH or
Co= 37 nF; Lo = 1.7 mH
The hot-swap capability allows the electronic unit
to be replaced without disconnecting from voltage
even in an Ex atmosphere.
Ex ia IIB: Co= 666 nF; Lo = 0.1 mH or
Co= 264 nF; Lo = 16 mH
 Two-conductor transmitter
 Integrated bus rail
 Installation in ATEX Zone 1/2 or
Zone 21/22
Hot-Swap
 Galvanic isolation between the
inputs and the system
 Line break/short-circuit monitoring
 Plug-in and codable spring clamps
The internal and galvanically isolated bus connection is established by simply joining the modules
to the RCU. A bus rail is not necessary.
Line break/short-circuit monitoring can be programmed for each channel.
The bus status messages and individual messages
per channel are displayed through the LEDs. This
facilitates diagnosis at the module as well.
The Software ANTARES Designer allows parameters
to be set for the signal range and a 4-stage input
filter for each channel.
Technical data
Enclosure material
PA
Protection class (EN 60529)
Enclosure: IP 30
in the ANTARES system construction
Electrical connections
- plug-in tension spring clamp 4-pole
- up to 2.5 mm2
- optional coding and numbering
See the system description for installation instructions.
Mounting rail
TH 35-15 DIN EN 60715
(Metal, galvanized steel)
Note: More approvals and data are available at
www.bartec-group.com
Device and terminal designation
see accessories
Dimensions (W x H x D)
45 mm x 110 mm x 114.5 mm
Weight
approx. 390 g
Storage and transport temperature
-25 °C to +85 °C
03-0330-0545-07/2014 -BAT-291531/1
Humidity
5 to 95 %, non-condensing
Degree of contamination
2
Vibration (EN 60068-2-6)
2 g/7 mm; 5 Hz to 200 Hz in all 3 axes
Shock (EN 60068-2-27)
15 g, 11 ms, ± 3 shocks per direction
166
ANTARES Remote I/O Module ANTARES 8AI
 Electrical data
Dimensions
Number of channels
8 analog inputs Ex i (short-circuit-proof)
45
110
Galvanic Isolation
between inputs and internal bus
Signal range
4 to 20 mA
114.5
Line break/short-circuit
settable for each channel with Software ANTARES Designer
Signal
min. 0 mA
max. 20.5 mA
Short-circuit current
max. 20.8 mA
Input resistance
Ri = 10 Ω
Resolution
16 bit (15 bit + prefix)
Tolerance
± 0.1 % of the measuring range
at +25 °C
Influence of the ambient temperature
± 0.01 %/K of the measuring range
Wiring diagram/terminal assigment
Terminal block
Terminal
Description
7-
Minus terminal
Channel 7
7+
Plus terminal
Channel 7
8-
Minus terminal
Channel 8
8+
Plus terminal
Channel 8
5-
Minus terminal
Channel 5
5+
Plus terminal
Channel 5
6-
Minus terminal
Channel 6
6+
Plus terminal
Channel 6
3+
Plus terminal
Channel 3
3-
Minus terminal
Channel 3
4+
Plus terminal
Channel 4
4-
Minus terminal
Channel 4
1+
Plus terminal
Channel 1
1-
Minus terminal
Channel 1
2+
Plus terminal
Channel 2
2-
Minus terminal
Channel 2
LED
Colour
Meaning
PWR
GN
Supply okay, goes out in
the event of undervoltage
ST
GN
Data exchange active
ERR1
RT
Communication error
ERR2
RT
Error in the module
ERR 1-8
RT
Channel error line break/
short circuit
X4
X4
X3
Minimum voltage at 20 mA
16 V
X3
Displays
LEDs in enclosure front:
Status PWR, ST, ERR1, ERR2
Inputs for each channel 1 LED ERR
X2
X2
X1
03-0330-0545-07/2014-BAT-291531/2
X1
Order no.
Remote I/O Module ANTARES 8AI
17-6143-1004/0000
167
ANTARES Remote I/O Module ANTARES 8AIH
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
ATEX
II 2(1) G Ex ib [ia IIC/IIB Ga] IIC T4 Gb
II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
Certification
PTB 11 ATEX 2017
IECEx
Ex ib [ia IIC/IIB Ga] IIC T4 Gb
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
ANTARES 8AIH
Certification
IECEx PTB 11.0059
Ambient temperature range
-20 °C to +50 °C
-20 °C to +60 °C
(in conjunction with a distance module)
Features
Description
 8 channel analog in HART Ex ia IIC
The Remote I/O Module ANTARES 8AIH is operated and supplied with power by means of the Rail
Control Unit (RCU) ANTARES.
Safety data per transmission channel
U0= 27.5 V
I0 = 87 mA
P0= 598 mW
Ci= 6 nF
Li = negligibly low
This module allows 8 intrinsically safe twoconductor transmitters to be linked directly.
Ex ia IIC: Co= 79 nF; Lo = 0.2 mH or
Co= 37 nF; Lo = 1.7 mH
In addition to analog signal transmission, the Remote I/O Module also offers the possibility of HART
communication with the connected transmitters.
Ex ia IIB: Co= 666 nF; Lo = 0.1 mH or
Co= 264 nF; Lo = 16 mH
 Two-conductor transmitter
 8 fold HART Multiplexer
 Integrated bus rail
 Installation in ATEX Zone 1/2 or Zone 21/22
Hot-Swap
 Galvanic isolation between the
inputs and the system
 Line break/short-circuit monitoring
 Plug-in and codable spring clamps
The hot-swap capability allows the module to be
replaced without disconnecting from voltage even
in an Ex atmosphere.
The internal and galvanically isolated bus connection is established by simply joining the modules
to the RCU. A bus rail is not necessary.
Line break/short-circuit monitoring can be programmed for each channel.
The bus status messages and individual messages
per channel are displayed through the LEDs. This
facilitates diagnosis at the module as well.
The Software ANTARES Designer allows parameters
to be set for the signal range, HART function through
DTM and a 4-stage input filter for each channel.
See the system description for installation instructions.
Note: More approvals and data are available at
www.bartec-group.com
Technical data
Enclosure material
PA
Protection class (EN 60529)
Enclosure: IP 30
in the ANTARES system construction
Electrical connections
- plug-in tension spring clamp 4-pole
- up to 2.5 mm2
- optional coding and numbering
Mounting rail
TH 35-15 DIN EN 60715
(Metal, galvanized steel)
Device and terminal designation
see accessories
Dimensions (W x H x D)
45 mm x 110 mm x 114.5 mm
Weight
approx. 390 g
Storage and transport temperature
-25 °C to +85 °C
03-0330-0546-07/2014-BAT-291532/1
Humidity
5 to 95 %, non-condensing
Degree of contamination
2
Vibration (EN 60068-2-6)
2 g/7 mm; 5 Hz to 200 Hz in all 3 axes
168
ANTARES Remote I/O Module ANTARES 8AIH
Shock (EN 60068-2-27)
15 g, 11 ms, ± 3 shocks per direction
Dimensions
110
45
 Electrical data
Galvanic Isolation
between inputs and internal bus
Line break/short-circuit
settable for each channel with Software ANTARES Designer
114.5
Number of channels
8 analog inputs Ex i HART
(short-circuit-proof)
Signal range
4 to 20 mA
Signal
min. 0 mA
max. 20.5 mA
Short-circuit current
max. 21 mA
Wiring diagram/terminal assigment
Terminal block
Terminal
Description
7-
Minus terminal
Channel 7
7+
Plus terminal
Channel 7
8-
Minus terminal
Channel 8
8+
Plus terminal
Channel 8
5-
Minus terminal
Channel 5
5+
Plus terminal
Channel 5
6-
Minus terminal
Channel 6
6+
Plus terminal
Channel 6
3+
Plus terminal
Channel 3
3-
Minus terminal
Channel 3
4+
Plus terminal
Channel 4
4-
Minus terminal
Channel 4
1+
Plus terminal
Channel 1
1-
Minus terminal
Channel 1
2+
Plus terminal
Channel 2
2-
Minus terminal
Channel 2
LED
Colour
Meaning
PWR
GN
Supply okay, goes out in
the event of undervoltage
ST
GN
Data exchange active
ERR1
RT
Communication error
ERR2
RT
Error in the module
ERR 1-8
RT
Channel error line break/
short circuit
Input resistance
Ri = 10 Ω
Resolution
16 bit (15 bit + prefix)
Tolerance
± 0.1 % of the measuring range
at +25 °C
X4
X4
X3
X3
Influence of the ambient temperature
± 0.01 %/K of the measuring range
Minimum voltage at 20 mA
16 V
Displays
LEDs in enclosure front:
Status PWR, ST, ERR1, ERR2
Inputs per channel 1 LED ERR
X2
X2
X1
03-0330-0546-07/2014-BAT-291532/2
X1
Order no.
17-6143-1005/0000
Remote I/O Module ANTARES 8AIH
169
ANTARES Remote I/O Module ANTARES 4AIO
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
ATEX
II 2(1) G Ex ib [ia IIC/IIB Ga] IIC T4 Gb
II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
Certification
PTB 11 ATEX 2018
IECEx
Ex ib [ia IIC/IIB Ga] IIC T4 Gb
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
Certification
IECEx PTB 11.0061
ANTARES 4AlO
Description
Ambient temperature range
-20 °C to +60 °C
The Remote I/O Module ANTARES 4AIO is operated
and supplied with power by means of the Rail Control
Unit (RCU) ANTARES.
Safety data per transmission channel
U0= 27.5 V
I0 = 87 mA
P0= 598 mW
Ci= 6 nF
Li = negligibly low
This module allows the direct linking of 4 intrinsically
safe 2-, 3-, 4-conductor transmitters or the output of
0 up to 20 mA or 4 up to 20 mA signals.
The hot-swap capability allows the electronic unit to
be replaced without disconnecting from voltage even
in an Ex atmosphere.
Features
 4 channels analog in/out Ex ia IIC
 4 channels freely configurable as In or Out
 Inputs active or passive
 2-, 3-, 4-conductor technology
 Integrated bus rail
 Installation in ATEX Zone 1/2 or
Zone 21/22
Hot-Swap
 Galvanic isolation between the
inputs/outputs and the system
The internal and galvanically isolated bus connection
is established by simply joining the modules to the
RCU. A bus rail is not necessary.
The bus status messages and individual messages
per channel are displayed through the LEDs. This
facilitates diagnosis at the module as well.
Protection class (EN 60529)
Enclosure: IP 30
in the ANTARES system construction
The Software ANTARES Designer allows parameters
to be set for the signal range, channel type (in or out)
and a 4-stage input filter for each channel.
Electrical connections
- plug-in tension spring clamp 4-pole
- up to 2.5 mm2
- optional coding and numbering
Dimensions
110
Technical data
Enclosure material
PA
Note: More approvals and data are available at
www.bartec-group.com
 Plug-in and codable spring clamps
Ex ia IIB: Co= 666 nF; Lo = 0.1 mH or
Co= 264 nF; Lo = 16 mH
Line break/short-circuit monitoring can be programmed for each channel.
See the system description for installation instructions.
 Line break/short-circuit monitoring
Ex ia IIC: Co= 79 nF;Lo = 0.2 mH or
Co= 37 nF;Lo = 1.7 mH
45
Mounting rail
TH 35-15 DIN EN 60715
(Metal, galvanized steel)
Device and terminal designation
see accessories
Dimensions (W x H x D)
45 mm x 110 mm x 114.5 mm
Weight
approx. 390 g
Storage and transport temperature
-25 °C to +85 °C
03-0330-0547-07/2014-BAT-291533/1
114.5
Humidity
5 to 95 %, non-condensing
Degree of contamination
2
Vibration (EN 60068-2-6)
2 g/7 mm; 5 Hz to 200 Hz in all 3 axes
Shock (EN 60068-2-27)
15 g, 11 ms, ± 3 shocks per direction
170
ANTARES Remote I/O Module ANTARES 4AIO
Wiring diagram/terminal assigment
X4
X4
Galvanic Isolation
between inputs or outputs and
internal bus
X3
Line break/short-circuit
settable for each channel with
Software ANTARES Designer
X3
 Data input channels
X2
Signal range
0 to 20 mA or
4 to 20 mA
X2
Signal
min. 0 mA
max. 21 mA
X1
X1
Short-circuit current
max. 21.3 mA
Tolerance
± 0.1 % of the measuring range
at +25 °C
Supply -
Channel 4
4S-
Signal -
Channel 4
4S+
Signal +
Channel 4
4P+
Supply +
Channel 4
3P-
Supply -
Channel 3
3S-
Signal -
Channel 3
3S+
Signal +
Channel 3
3P+
Supply +
Channel 3
2P+
Supply +
Channel 2
2P+
Signal +
Channel 2
2S-
Signal -
Channel 2
2P-
Supply -
Channel 2
1P+
Supply +
Channel 1
1S+
Signal +
Channel 1
1S-
Signal -
Channel 1
1P-
Supply -
Channel 1
+24 V
P+ S+ S- P-
Influence of the ambient temperature
± 0.01 %/K of the measuring range
4P-
Passive sensors/3 conductor transmitter
0V
Resolution
16 bit (15 bit + prefix)
0V
A/D
0V
Passive sensors/2 conductor transmitter
+24 V
Input resistance
Ri = 10 Ω
Terminal Description
0V
Number of channels
4 inputs or outputs Ex i (short-circuit-proof)
Inputs active/passive
Terminal block
0V
A/D
0V
 Electrical data Inputs/Outputs
P+ P+ S- P-
0 - 20 mA
4 - 20 mA
0 - 20 mA
4 - 20 mA
0 - 20 mA
4 - 20 mA
Minimum voltage at 20 mA
16 V
 Data output channels
Analog outputs/2 conductor actuators
0V
0V
A/D
0V
Active sensors/4 conductor transmitter
+24 V
Signal range
0 to 20 mA or
4 to 20 mA
Signal
min. 0 mA
max. 21 mA
Short-circuit current
max. 21.3 mA
P+ S+ S- P-
Sensor
supply
P+ S+ S- P-
Sensor
supply
Load
max. 750 Ω
0 - 20 mA
4 - 20 mA
0 - 20 mA
4 - 20 mA
Resolution
14 bit
03-0330-0547-07/2014-BAT-291533/2
Tolerance
± 0.1 % of the measuring range
at +25 °C
Influence of the ambient temperature
± 0.01 %/K of the measuring range
Displays
LEDs in enclosure front:
Status
PWR, ST, ERR1, ERR2
Inputs/ 2 LEDs per channel
Outputs 1 x LED gelb channel setting
1 x LED rot channel error
LED
Colour
Meaning
PWR
GN
Supply okay, goes out in
the event of undervoltage
ST
GN
Data exchange active
ERR1
RT
Communication error
ERR2
RT
Error in the module
ON 1-4
GE
Differentiation input/
output module
ERR 1-4
RT
Channel error line break/
short circuit
Order no.
Remote I/O Module ANTARES 4AIO
17-6143-1006/0000
171
ANTARES Remote I/O Module ANTARES 4AIOH
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
ATEX
II 2(1) G Ex ib [ia IIC/IIB Ga] IIC T4 Gb
II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
Certification
PTB 11 ATEX 2018
IECEx
Ex ib [ia IIC/IIB Ga] IIC T4 Gb
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
ANTARES 4AIOH
Description
The Remote I/O Module ANTARES 4AIOH is operated and supplied with power by means of the Rail
Control Unit (RCU) ANTARES.
This module allows the direct linking of 4 intrinsically safe 2-, 3-, 4-conductor transmitters or the
output of 0 up to 20 mA or 4 up to 20 mA signals.
The hot-swap capability allows the electronic unit
to be replaced without disconnecting from voltage
even in an Ex atmosphere.
Features
 4 channels analog in/out HART Ex ia IIC
 4 channels freely configurable as In or Out
 Inputs active or passive
The internal and galvanically isolated bus connection is established by simply joining the modules
to the RCU. A bus rail is not necessary.
Line break/short-circuit monitoring can be programmed for each channel.
The bus status messages and individual messages
per channel are displayed through the LEDs. This
facilitates diagnosis at the module as well.
 2-, 3-, 4-conductor technology
 Integrated bus rail
 Installation in ATEX Zone 1/2 or Zone 21/22
Hot-Swap
 Galvanic isolation between the
inputs/outputs and the system
The Software ANTARES Designer allows parameters
to be set for the signal range, channel type (in or
out), HART function through DTM and a 4-stage
input filter for each channel.
See the system description for installation instructions.
 Line break/short-circuit monitoring
 Plug-in and codable spring clamps
Note: More approvals and data are available at
www.bartec-group.com
Dimensions
110
45
Certification
IECEx PTB 11.0061
Ambient temperature range
-20 °C to +50 °C
-20 °C to +60 °C
(in conjunction with a distance module)
Safety data per transmission channel
U0= 27.5 V
I0 = 87 mA
P0= 598 mW
Ci= 6 nF
Li = negligibly low
Ex ia IIC: Co= 79 nF; Lo = 0.2 mH or
Co= 37 nF; Lo = 1.7 mH
Ex ia IIB: Co= 666 nF; Lo = 0.1 mH or
Co= 264 nF; Lo = 16 mH
Technical data
Enclosure material
PA
Protection class (EN 60529)
Enclosure: IP 30
in the ANTARES system construction
Electrical connections
- plug-in tension spring clamp 4-pole
- up to 2.5 mm2
- optional coding and numbering
Mounting rail
TH 35-15 DIN EN 60715
(Metal, galvanized steel)
Device and terminal designation
see accessories
Dimensions (W x H x D)
45 mm x 110 mm x 114.5 mm
Weight
approx. 390 g
03-0330-0548-07/2014-BAT-291534/1
114.5
Storage and transport temperature
-25 °C to +85 °C
Humidity
5 to 95 %, non-condensing
Degree of contamination
2
Vibration (EN 60068-2-6)
2 g/7 mm; 5 Hz to 200 Hz in all 3 axes
Shock (EN 60068-2-27)
15 g, 11 ms, ± 3 shocks per direction
172
ANTARES Remote I/O Module ANTARES 4AIOH
Wiring diagram/terminal assigment
X4
X4
Galvanic Isolation
between inputs or outputs and internal bus
X3
Line break/short-circuit
settable for each channel with
Software ANTARES Designer
X3
 Data input channels
Signal range
0 to 20 mA or
4 to 20 mA
X2
Signal
min. 0 mA
max. 21 mA
Channel 4
Signal +
Channel 4
4P+
Supply +
Channel 4
3P-
Supply -
Channel 3
3S-
Signal -
Channel 3
3S+
Signal +
Channel 3
3P+
Supply +
Channel 3
2P+
Supply +
Channel 2
2P+
Signal +
Channel 2
2S-
Signal -
Channel 2
1P+
Supply +
Channel 1
X1
1S+
Signal +
Channel 1
1S-
Signal -
Channel 1
1P-
Supply -
Channel 1
X1
+24 V
Passive sensors/3 conductor transmitter
P+ P+ S- P-
0 - 20 mA
4 - 20 mA
0 - 20 mA
4 - 20 mA
Minimum voltage at 20 mA
16 V
Signal -
4S+
Channel 2
P+ S+ S- P-
Influence of the ambient temperature
± 0.01 %/K of the measuring range
4S-
Supply -
0V
0V
A/D
0V
+24 V
Tolerance
± 0.1 % of the measuring range
at +25 °C
Channel 4
2P-
Passive sensors/2 conductor transmitter
Resolution
16 bit (15 bit + prefix)
Supply -
X2
Short-circuit current
max. 21.3 mA
Input resistance
Ri = 10 Ω
4P-
0V
Number of channels
4 inputs or outputs Ex i (short-circuit-proof)
Inputs active/passive
Terminal block Terminal Description
0V
A/D
0V
 Electrical data Inputs/Outputs
0 - 20 mA
4 - 20 mA
 Data output channels
Short-circuit current
max. 21.3 mA
P+ S+ S- P-
Sensor
supply
Load
max. 750 Ω
03-0330-0548-07/2014-BAT-291534/2
Influence of the ambient temperature
± 0.01 %/K of the measuring range
Displays
LEDs in enclosure front:
Status
PWR, ST, ERR1, ERR2
Inputs/ 2 LEDs per channel
Outputs 1 x LED yellow channel setting
1 x LED red
channel error
P+ S+ S- P-
Sensor
supply
0 - 20 mA
4 - 20 mA
Resolution
14 bit
Tolerance
± 0.1 % of the measuring range
at +25 °C
Analog outputs/2 conductor actuators
0V
Signal
min. 0 mA
max. 21 mA
0V
A/D
0V
Active sensors/4 conductor transmitter
+24 V
Signal range
0 to 20 mA or
4 to 20 mA
LED
Colour
0 - 20 mA
4 - 20 mA
Meaning
PWR
GN
Supply okay, goes out in
the event of undervoltage
ST
GN
Data exchange active
ERR1
RT
Communication error
ERR2
RT
Error in the module
ON 1-4
GE
Differentiation input/
output module
ERR 1-4
RT
Channel error line break/
short circuit
Order no.
Remote I/O Module ANTARES 4AIOH
17-6143-1007/0000
173
ANTARES Remote I/O Module ANTARES 4TI
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
ATEX
II 2(1) G Ex ib [ia IIC/IIB Ga] IIC T4 Gb
II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
Certification
PTB 11 ATEX 2016
IECEx
Ex ib [ia IIC/IIB Ga] IIC T4 Gb
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
Certification
IECEx PTB 11.0058
ANTARES 4TI
Ambient temperature range
-20 °C to +60 °C
Features
Description
 4 channels temperature in
The Remote I/O Module ANTARES 4TI is operated
and supplied with power by means of the Rail Control
Unit (RCU) ANTARES.
 Pt100, Pt1000 or restistor up to 10 kΩ
 2-, 3-, 4-conductor technology
 Integrated bus rail
 Installation in ATEX Zone 1/2 or Zone 21/22
 Hot-Swap
 Galvanic isolation between the inputs
and the system
 Line break/short-circuit monitoring
 Plug-in and codable spring clamps
This module allows 4 Pt100, Pt1000, resistors or
potentiometers to be connected with intrinsic safety.
The hot-swap capability allows the electronic unit to
be replaced without disconnecting from voltage even
in an Ex atmosphere.
The internal and galvanically isolated bus connection
is established by simply joining the modules to the
RCU. A bus rail is not necessary.
Line break/short-circuit monitoring can be programmed for each channel.
The bus status messages and individual messages
per channel are displayed through the LEDs. This
facilitates diagnosis at the module as well.
The Software ANTARES Designer allows parameters
to be set for the sensor type.
See the system description for installation instructions.
Note: More approvals and data are available at
www.bartec-group.com
Safety data per transmission channel
U0= 6.5 V
I0 = 25.9 mA
P0= 42.1 mW
Ci= 16.6 nF
Li = negligibly low
Ex ia IIC: Co= 24.9 µF; Lo = 2 µH or
Co= 593 nF; Lo = 73 mH
Ex ia IIB: Co= 569 µF; Lo = 2 µH or
Co= 4.68 µF; Lo = 100 mH
Technical data
Enclosure material
PA
Protection class (EN 60529)
Enclosure: IP 30
in the ANTARES system construction
Electrical connections
- plug-in tension spring clamp 4-pole
- to 2.5 mm2
- optional coding and numbering
Mounting rail
TH 35-15 DIN EN 60715
(Metal, galvanized steel)
Device and terminal designation
see accessories
Dimensions (W x H x D)
45 mm x 110 mm x 114.5 mm
Weight
approx. 380 g
Storage and transport temperature
-25 °C to +85 °C
03-0330-0549-07/2014-BAT-291535/1
Humidity
5 to 95 %, non-condensing
Degree of contamination
2
Vibration (EN 60068-2-6)
2 g/7 mm; 5 Hz to 200 Hz in all 3 axes
Shock (EN 60068-2-27)
15 g, 11 ms, ± 3 shocks per direction
174
ANTARES Remote I/O Module ANTARES 4TI
 Electrical data
Dimensions
Number of channels
4 inputs Ex i (short-circuit-proof)
45
110
Supply voltage
through internal bus
Line break/short-circuit
settable for each channel with
Software ANTARES Designer
114.5
Galvanic isolation
between inputs and internal bus
Measurement range
Potentiometer 0 up to 10 kΩ
Temperature -150 °C to +850 °C
Sensors
Pt100, Pt1000, Potentiometer
with 2-, 3-, 4-conductor technology
Readings
Temperature (Pt100, Pt1000)
in °C, K or °F
Potentiometer in Ω, settable for each
channel with software ANTARES Designer
Wiring diagram/terminal assigment
Terminal block
4P-
Supply -
Channel 4
4S-
Signal -
Channel 4
4S+
Signal +
Channel 4
4P+
Supply +
Channel 4
3P-
Supply -
Channel 3
3S-
Signal -
Channel 3
3S+
Signal +
Channel 3
3P+
Supply +
Channel 3
2P+
Supply +
Channel 2
2P+
Signal +
Channel 2
2S-
Signal -
Channel 2
X2
2P-
Supply -
Channel 2
X1
1P+
Supply +
Channel 1
1S+
Signal +
Channel 1
1S-
Signal -
Channel 1
1P-
Supply -
Channel 1
LED
Colour
Meaning
PWR
GN
Supply okay, goes out in
the event of undervoltage
ST
GN
Data exchange active
ERR1
RT
Communication error
ERR2
RT
Error in the module
ERR 1-4
RT
Channel error line break/
short circuit
X4
Tolerance for 4-conductor wiring
± 0.10 % of the measuring range
at +25 °C
X4
X3
Tolerance of the resistor
± 0.15 % of the measuring range
at +25 °C
X3
Influence of the ambient temperature
± 0.01 %/K of the measuring range
Displays
LEDs in enclosure front:
Status PWR, ST, ERR1, ERR2
Inputs for each channel 1 x LED Error
X2
X1
Connection examples
03-0330-0549-07/2014-BAT-291535/2
2-wire
Pt100/Pt1000
3-wire
Pt100/Pt1000
4-wire
Pt100/Pt1000
Terminal Description
3-wire
Potentiometer
Order no.
Remote I/O Module ANTARES 4TI
17-6143-1003/0000
175
ANTARES Accessories
ANTARES Accessories
Illustration
Description
Order no.
Distance module
05-0078-0106
Dimensions (W x H x D)
22.5 mm x 110 mm x 114.5 mm
ANTARES ExtSet
Rail extension set for distribution of Remote I/O modules to mutiple DIN-rails
ANTARES ExtSet 2 m
ANTARES ExtSet 10 m
ANTARES ExtSet 20 m
05-0090-0015
05-0090-0014
05-0090-0016
Bus beginning module
Bus end module
05-0078-0084
05-0078-0085
Mechanical fastening of the modules on the mounting rail
and as termination for the internal data bus
Plug bridge
05-0078-0086
For connetion of two RCUs for PROFIBUS-DP
in redundancy operation
SD Card
17-28BE-F006/0002
For storing the RCU configuration data,
ATP Industrial Grade SD card with 1 GB
Coding pins
Coding for plug-in tension spring clamps in the remote I/O modules,
Packing unit 100 pieces
Plug
Socket
03-7239-0019
03-7239-0020
Earth conductor terminal
6 mm2
03-7123-0009
Mounting rail 2 m
02-2010-0012
TH 35-15 DIN EN 60715 (Metall) Packing unit 5 pieces
03-0330-0550-07/2014-BAT-291536/1
System label for ANTARES
176
DC 24 V, +40 °C, Zone 1
DC 24 V, +45 °C, Zone 1
DC 24 V, +50 °C, Zone 1
DC 24 V, +55 °C, Zone 1
DC 24 V, +60 °C, Zone 1
05-0044-0021
05-0044-0022
05-0044-0023
05-0044-0024
05-0044-0025
DC 24 V, +40 °C, Zone 21, EN 60079-31
DC 24 V, +45 °C, Zone 21, EN 60079-31
DC 24 V, +50 °C, Zone 21, EN 60079-31
DC 24 V, +55 °C, Zone 21, EN 60079-31
DC 24 V, +60 °C, Zone 21, EN 60079-31
05-0044-0026
05-0044-0027
05-0044-0028
05-0044-0029
05-0044-0030
DC 24 V, +40 °C, Zone 21, EN 61241-1
DC 24 V, +45 °C, Zone 21, EN 61241-1
DC 24 V, +50 °C, Zone 21, EN 61241-1
DC 24 V, +55 °C, Zone 21, EN 61241-1
DC 24 V, +55 °C, Zone 21, EN 61241-1
05-0044-0031
05-0044-0032
05-0044-0035
05-0044-0036
05-0044-0037
Label holder
Dimensions: 106 mm x 84 mm
05-0705-0010
Spring force connector blue
03-9320-0158
ANTARES Software ANTARES Designer
Software ANTARES Designer
Project Planning
Description
The Software ANTARES Designer is one of
BARTEC’s own developments.
As it can operate intuitively, the system’s project
planning and configuration is accomplished with
just a few mouse clicks. The user can view his/her
real system configuration in true-to-scale images
throughout the setting-up process.
During the creation process, the program monitors
the observation of particular limit values, such as
e.g. spacing, power management and the maximum
data length at the PROFIBUS.
Parts list
Further functions such as e.g. the generation of
parts lists automatic enquiry by e-mail are possible too.
The software is also equipped with a
CONSTRUCTOR
(project or system generator), which calculates
the required inputs and outputs including the
necessary reserves for the most cost-effective, i.e.
optimum, system.
The software is of particular assistance for the
digital remote I/O output modules, where it can
automatically calculate the current output load.
Constructor
The software was developed for use with WINDOWS ® XP or WINDOWS ® 7.
Order no.
Software ANTARES Designer
03-0330-0551-07/2014-BAT-291537
17-28TF-0074
177
Bus and Interface Technology
Bus and Interface Technology
Implementation Bus systems - Technical information
182 - 189
Bus modules PROFIBUS for Zone 1
190 - 230
PROFIBUS-Interface 16 x digital out
07-7331-2301/0000
190 - 191
PROFIBUS-Interface 16 x digital out Ex i
07-7331-2301/1.00
192 - 193
PROFIBUS-Interface 16 x digital in
07-7331-2302/0000
194 - 195
PROFIBUS-Interface 16 NAMUR in (16 x digital in Ex i)
07-7331-2303/0000, 07-7331-2303/1000
196 - 197
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x 4 to 20 mA in
07-7331-2304/0000
198 - 199
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x 4 to 20 mA in passiv
07-7331-2304/2000
200 - 201
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 Transmitter in (8 x 4 to 20 mA, Transmitter in)
07-7331-2304/3000
202 - 203
PROFIBUS-Interface 4 x digital out Ex e/8 x digital in Ex i (NAMUR)
07-7331-2305/0000
204 - 205
PROFIBUS-Interface 4 x digital out Ex i/8 x digital in Ex i (NAMUR)
07-7331-2305/1000
206 - 207
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x 4 to 20 mA out
07-7331-2306/.000
208 - 209
PROFIBUS-Interface 4 x RTD in Ex i
07-7331-2307/0000
210 - 211
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x Relay out
07-7331-2308/0000
212 - 213
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x Relay out Ex i
07-7331-2308/1000
214 - 215
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x 4 to 20 mA in/4 x 4 to 20 mA in/out
07-7331-230H/0000; 07-7331-230H/1010
216 - 217
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x 4 to 20 mA in/4 x 4 to 20 mA in/out (15 Bit plus sign)
07-7331-230H/0001; 07-7331-230H/1011
218 - 219
PROFIBUS Coupler/PROFIBUS Repeater
07-7311-9.WP/K.NO; 07-7311-9.WP/K.EO; 07-7311-9.WP/R.NO
220 - 221
RS485/PROFIBUS LWL T-coupler
07-7311-97WP/40.0
222 - 223
RS485/PROFIBUS LWL Ring-coupler
07-7311-97WP/54.0
224 - 225
RS485/PROFIBUS LWL PP-coupler
07-7311-97WP/60.0
226 - 227
PROFIBUS-Interface Terminator
07-7311-93WP/0000
228
Resistive coupling element
17-9Z62-0002
229
Resistive coupling element
17-9Z63-0002
230
MODEX
MODEX The safe solution for standard buses in hazardous areas
Plant construction today
As a rule, plants are still constructed in a conventional way nowadays. This means
that not only PLC/PCS with input and output cards but also isolating cards and a
routing level are installed in the control centre in the safe area. This necessitates
very extensive wiring both in the control cabinet and into the field. Having a lot of
terminal points in the routing level in the main distributors and field distributors is
complicated and carries risks of errors. Extensions and alterations require longterm planning.
Theory and Practice
03-0330-0830-10/2014-BAT-374398/1
The desire for the ideal field bus in which a lot of actuators and sensors are
networked in one system can only become reality with intricate work and great
expense. Simple components, such as e.g. proximity initiators and end-position
switches, would become much more expensive than they usually are at present
if they had to be provided with an international interface for communication on
the bus. These high costs stand in the way of the fulfilment of the dream of an
ideal field bus.
182
Innovative and practice-oriented
MODEX bus modules make it possible to conduct standard bus systems
continuously from safe areas into hazardous (potentially explosive) areas.
Significant space savings in the control area
MODEX replaces the I/O level, explosion-protection isolation,
routing levels, main and field distributors
Bus cables replace extensive parallel cabling or master cables
Flexibility in planning and engineering
Significant cost reductions
Standard PROFIBUS DP
The intrinsic safety type of protection is often used for components with low
power requirements. The advantage of intrinsic safety lies in the handling or, to
be more precise, in the replacement of sensor and actuator technology. However,
motors, valves and heating are operated in addition to intrinsically-safe sensors in hazardous areas. These require much higher levels of power than can be
switched with intrinsically-safe circuits.
Using standard bus systems in hazardous areas
By using MODEX bus modules, it is possible to conduct standard bus systems
continuously from safe to hazardous areas – simply and without much work or
expense. It is merely necessary to observe IEC 60079-14, which regulates the
installation of electrical installations in hazardous areas.
Ex e enclosure
MODEX
bus interface with
Ex de [ia/ib]
explosion-protection
isolation
MODEX
Ex de bus
interface
Local control stations
You have measuring and control circuits with varying types of protection and
wish to connect them through one system. BARTEC offers the solution in the
form of a combination of types of protection, bringing you the benefits of:
Decentralised MODEX local control stations are stainless-steel, polyester
or aluminium enclosures into which varying MODEX-components are installed to suit the respective task.
flexibility, functionality and a high degree of safety
All BARTEC enclosures are certified in accordance with the European standard and satisfy a range of requirements including impact resistance, aging, antistatics and the IP degree of protection. The fitted MODEX I/O and
interface components and the combination of enclosures and modules as
local control stations have also been granted approval.
for intrinsically-safe measuring circuits with a low level of power
to supply to consumers with a high level of power
03-0330-0830-10/2014-BAT-374398/2
Combination is the key word
183
MODEX The safe solution for standard buses in hazardous areas
On-site installation
The MODEX local control stations are installed in the vicinity of the sensor-actuator technology directly in the hazardous area. They replace the I/O level, explosion-proof isolation, routing distribution and other field distributors.
Sensors and actuators are connected directly in the control stations. Individual
control stations are linked to each other and also to the control centre by means
of a standard bus system.
The direct networking considerably reduces the costs of planning,
installation and testing.
MODEX proves successful on site
The great number of different MODEX modules allows a very flexible implementation of solutions for different tasks. BARTEC fits MODEX into Ex e terminal
boxes to suit customer-specific requirements and supplies these as Ex-certified
local controllers.
Thanks to the decentralised use of MODEX controllers, installations can be set
up, tested and completed in modular fashion. To increase the availability of the
system, both the voltage supply and the bus cabling can be designed with redundancy.
Commissioning/Servicing/Maintenance
Indicator lamps on the MODEX modules show the different operating states,
such as the presence of voltage, BUS ok, channel active and a lot more directly
and clearly.
03-0330-0830-10/2014-BAT-374398/3
Signals can be transmitted locally through floating relay contacts and all the
usual signals in bus systems are available at the control centre too, of course.
184
BARTEC standard bus systems for hazardous areas
MODEX modules
MODEX modules are electronic construction units in enclosures with the “d“ and “e“ degrees of protection. Terminals in an increased degree of safety allow the electric connection of the individual modules. All
modules in the MODEX range are tested and approved by PTB (the German national metrology institute) in
compliance with Ex de IIC or Ex de [ia/ib] IIC.
Selection chart PROFIBUS DP
Application Sensor/Actuator
Signals
Explosion protection
Channels
Switch
digital in
Ex e/Ex i
16
Proximity initiator
digital in
Ex e/Ex i
16
Electronic switch
digital in
Ex e/Ex i
16
16
Solenoid valve
digital out
Ex e/Ex i
Optical signals
digital out
Ex e/Ex i
16
Ex e
16
Acoustic signals
digital out I/O
Ex i
16 or 8/4 I/O
analog in
Ex i
8 or 4/4
Power sources
analog in I/O
Ex i
8 or 4/4 I/O
I/- Converter
analog out
Ex e/Ex i
8
Positioner
analog out
Ex e/Ex i
8
Switch
Relais out
Ex e/Ex i
8
03-0330-0830-10/2014-BAT-374398/4
Transmitter
185
BARTEC standard bus systems for hazardous areas
Enclosure sizes MODEX modules
Enclosure size
Length (mm)
Width (mm)
Height (mm)
I
60
15
75
II
60
30
75
III
90
30
94
IV
90
75
94
V
100
170
94
03-0330-0830-10/2014-BAT-374398/5
Selection chart MODEX PROFIBUS modules
Type
Device features
16 digital in
16 digital inputs DC 24 V
direct activation of limit switches
V
07-7331-2302/0000
16 digital in NAMUR
16 inputs for proximity initiators
or mechanical contacts
V
07-7331-2303/.000
16 x digital out
16 digital outputs DC 24 V 500 mA;
direct activation of encapsulated solenoid valves
V
07-7331-2301/0000
16 x digital out
16 intrinsically-safe outputs
V
07-7331-2301/1.00
8 x 4 to 20 mA
8 analog inputs 4 to 20 mA
Ex i for two-wire transmitters
V
07-7331-2304/0000
8 x 4 to 20 mA
8 analog inputs for two-wire transmitters
or active 4 to 20 mA
V
07-7331-230H/0000
8 x 4 to 20 mA in passive
8 analog inputs 4 to 20 mA
for four-wire transmitters
V
07-7331-2304/2000
8 x analog out
8 analog outputs 4 to 20 mA Ex i;
Load 0 to 500 Ω
V
07-7331-2306/.000
4 x 4 to 20 mA analog in/analog out
4 analog inputs and 4 analog outputs
V
07-7331-230H/1010
Valve control module 4 out/8 in
4 digital outputs for Ex i valves
8 digital inputs for end-position signals
V
07-7331-2305/.000
4 x RTD in
4 Pt100/Pt1000 or potentiometer; temperature sensors,
two- or three-wire technology
V
07-7331-2307/0000
8 x relays out
8 outputs AC 250 V/5 A or DC 100 V/2 A
Mech. service life 10 mn switching cycles
V
07-7331-2308/0000
8 x relays out
8 change-over contacts for Ex i circuits,
mech. service life: 10 mn switching cycles
V
07-7331-2308/1000
Couplers/Repeaters
coupler: signal refresh
repeater: signal refresh and time refresh
V
07-7311-9.WP/....
FO coupler
bridging of great distances
noise-immune signal transmission
IV
07-7311-97WP/....
Terminator
active PROFIBUS bus terminator resistor
III
07-7311-93WP/0000
Other approvals can be found on our homepage: www.bartec-group.com
186
Enclosure size
Order number
Technical information about PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS DP
The most frequently used form of transmission is that in conformance to PROFIBUS DP. The range of applications covers all areas in which a high speed of transmission and simple, cost-effective installation
technology is required. A twisted, shielded copper cable with a pair of conductors is used.
PROFIBUS-DP transmission technology is easily to handle. You do not need any expertise to install the
twisted cable. The bus structure makes it possible to couple and decouple the stations non-reactively and to
commission the system gradually. Subsequent extensions do not have any influence on stations which are
already in operation. The transmission speed can be selected within the range of 9.6 kbit/s and 1.5 Mbit/s. It
is selected uniformly for all devices on the bus during system commissioning.
Installation notes
All devices are connected in a bus structure (line). Up to 32 stations (master or slaves) can be switched
together in one segment. At the beginning and at the end of each segment the bus is terminated by an active
bus terminator.
Both bus terminators must be supplied with voltage always to prevent problems arising during operation. The
bus terminator is usually produced to be connectible in the devices or in the bus plug-in connector. If there
are more than 32 stations or if the network is to be expanded, repeaters (power amplifiers) must be used to
connect the individual bus segments. The max. cable length depends on the transmission speed. The details
relating to cable length are based on standard PROFIBUS DP with the following parameters:
135 to 165 Ω
 wave impedance
 capacitance per unit length
< 30 pF/m
 loop resistance
110 W/km
 core diameter
0.64 mm
 core cross-section
> 0.34 mm²
Range depending on the speed of transmission
Baud rate (kbits/s)
19.2
93.75
187.5
500
1500
12000
1200 m
1200 m
1200 m
1000 m
400 m
200 m
100 m
03-0330-0830-10/2014-BAT-374398/6
Reichweite
9.6
187
Technical information about PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS cables
are offered by several reputable manufacturers. When connecting the stations, it is important to take care that
the data lines do not get mixed up. To ensure that the system is highly immune to radiated interference, it is
essential to use a shielded data line.
As far as possible, the shield should be connected to protective ground on both sides and with good conductivity via large-area shield clamps. Care must also be given to laying the data line separately from all
high-voltage cables as far as possible. Where data rates > 1.5 Mbit/s, it is essential to avoid stubs.
Fibre-optic cables (FO)
For applications in environments subject to high levels of interference radiation, fibre-optic cables can be
used with PROFIBUS for electrical isolation or to increase the range at high transmission speeds. There
are various fibre types available whose characteristic features vary with respect to range, price and scope
of application. An overview of those currently available can be found in the table. PROFIBUS segments in
fibre-optic cable technology can be set up either in star or in ring topology.
The PROFIBUS fibre-optic cable components from some manufacturers also allow redundant optical waveguide transmission paths to be set up with automatic switch-over to the alternative physical transmission
path if a fault occurs. A lot of manufacturers therefore offer couplers between PROFIBUS DP transmission
paths and optical waveguides. This allows switching between PROFIBUS DP and fibre-optic transmission
at any time within one system. The PROFIBUS fibre-optic cable transmission specification is included in
the DIN EN 60079-28 directive for explosive atmospheres.
03-0330-0830-10/2014-BAT-374398/7
Properties of the fibre-optic cable
188
Fibre type
Properties
Multimode fibreglass
Medium range 2 to 3 km range
Monomode fibreglass
Long range > 15 km range
Plastic fibres
Short range < 80 m range
PCS/HCS fibres
Short range approx. 500 m range
Coupling examples
 Standard cabling
PLC
with I/O cards
Main
marshalling box
Field
distribution boxes
Barrier
non Ex/Ex i
Marshalling
terminals
Field devices, actuators and
sensors Ex i, Ex m, Ex d...
Safe area
 PROFIBUS DP with MODEX components
PLC
bus master
Combination of different
explosion protection types
PROFIBUS DP
Ex e
Ex de
Ex de [ia/ib]
Field devices, actuators and
sensors Ex i, Ex m, Ex d...
IEC/EN60079-14
VDE 0165
Installation of electrical equipment
in explosion hazard areas
Safe area
 PROFIBUS DP with MODEX and ANTARES
PLC
bus master
03-0330-0830-10/2014-BAT-374398/8
Field devices, actuators and
sensors Ex i, Ex m, Ex d...
Safe area
189
PROFIBUS-Interface 16 x digital out
PROFIBUS-Interface
Features
Description
16 channels
This module allows the activation of 16 actuators
in the hazardous area via PROFIBUS-DP.
24 V/500 mA outputs
For example, encapsulated solenoid valves or
indicator lamps can be directly activated with
24 V/500 mA. LEDs on the front of the module output
bus status as well as output states.
Direct control of solenoid valves
Galvanic isolation
LED display
EMC according to DIN EN 61000-4-2: 2001,
DIN EN 61000-4-3: 2008,
DIN EN 61000-4-4: 2003,
DIN EN 61000-4-6: 2007
Programmable address on front panel
Dimensions/mounting positions
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
1
2
3
4
1
5
6
2
3
7
8
9
10
4
11
5
12
13
6
7
14
15
16
17
8
18
19
9
OUT 1 - OUT 16
BARTEC
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
20
21
10
22
11
23
24
12
GND
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
U-
U+
21
22
23
24
PROFIBUS
9
1
1
190
26
27
26
27
28
29
30
24 V
PA
PA
0V
Bx
32
33
PA
PA
L-
L+
6
4
ON
9
25
Ax
x1
25
6
4
B
B
ADDRESS
x 10
A
BUS
A
03-0330-0136/F-08/2014-BAT-127309/1
16 x Digital out
28
29
30
32
BF
33
SF
16
15
U-
14
U+
PA
13
PA
L-
L+
PROFIBUS-Interface 16 x digital out
Technical data
Output data
Construction
Flameproof, clip-on enclosure for TH 35 rail
Supply voltage (U+, U-)
DC 24 V (18 to 30 V)
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastics
Power consumption
P = 240 W (max.)
Protection class
Module
Terminals
Terminals with cover
Power dissipation
PV tot.= 7.3 W
IP 66/IEC 60529
IP 20/IEC 60529
IP 30/IEC 60529
Reverse voltage protection
Yes
Terminals
2.5 mm², fine stranded
Short-circuit protection
conditionally short-circuit-proof
Labelling
front panel label for markings
Output voltage
Supply voltage -0.18 V
Display
LEDs on front panel
Output current
500 mA at TU = +40 °C
400 mA at TU = +60 °C
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +60 °C
Ambient temperature
-25 °C to +60 °C at T4
Weight
2.1 kg
Explosion protection
Electrical data
Supply voltage (L+, L-)
DC 20 V to DC 30 V
Power consumption
P = 1.5 W
Galvanic isolation
power supply//bus//electronic//outputs
Bus interface
RS485 with screw-clamping terminals
Display
Status
Outputs
Guidelines
Directive 2004/108/EC
Directive 94/9/EC
Ex protection type
II 2 G / I M2
Ex d e IIC Gb
Ex d e I Mb
Class I Zone 1 IIC
A/Ex d e IIC Gb
Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1066 U
IECEx PTB 11.0082U
CSA 2011-2484303U
INMETRO UL-BR 13.0397U
ON, BF, SF
16 x LED yellow, active
Notes
Last bus module in system:
Bridge A-AX (terminals 30, 33)
Bridge B-BX (terminals 29, 32)
Order no.
07-7331-2301/0000
Technical data subject to change without notice.
03-0330-0136/F-08/2014-BAT-127309/2
GSD-file: BARX2901.gsd
191
PROFIBUS-Interface 16 x digital out Ex i
PROFIBUS-Interface
Features
Description
16 channels
This module is used for the control of intrinsically
safe actuators in the Ex area via PROFIBUS-DP.
Direct control of solenoid valves
Galvanic isolation
LED display
EMC according to DIN EN 61000-4-2: 2001,
DIN EN 61000-4-3: 2008,
DIN EN 61000-4-4: 2003,
DIN EN 61000-4-6: 2007
Programmable address on front panel
Dimensions/mounting positions
03-0330-0277/D-08/2014-BAT-203184/1
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
192
It is, for example, possible to directly connect intrinsically safe solenoid valves or indicator lights. LEDs
on the front of the module output bus status as well
as output states.
PROFIBUS-Interface 16 x digital out Ex i
Technical data
 Output data
Construction
Flameproof, clip-on enclosure for TH 35 rail
Short-circuit protection
conditionally short-circuit-proof
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastics
Output voltage
DC 18.1 V (bei U+ > 22 V)
Protection class
Module
IP 66/IEC 60529
Terminals
IP 20/IEC 60529
Terminals with cover IP 30/IEC 60529
Output datas
IN= 30 mA
Ri = 220 Ω
0
IN= 35 mA
Ri = 180 Ω
1
Terminals
2.5 mm², fine stranded
Guidelines
Directive 2004/108/EC
Directive 94/9/EC
Labelling
front panel label for markings
Display
LEDs on front panel
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +60 °C
Ambient temperature
-25 °C to +60 °C at T4
Weight
2.1 kg
 Electrical data
Supply voltage (L+, L-, U+, U-)
DC 20 V to DC 30 V
Power consumption
P= 2.5 W
(L+, L-)
P= 15 W (max.) (U+, U-)
Power dissipation
PV tot. = 8 W
Reverse voltage protection
Yes
Galvanic isolation
L+, L-//Bus//U+, U-, outputs
Bus interface
RS485 with screw-clamping terminals
03-0330-0277/D-08/2014-BAT-203184/2
Display
Status
Outputs
ON, BF, SF, U2
LED yellow, active
LED red, short-circuit
Notes
Last bus modul in system:
Bridge A-AX (terminals 30, 33)
Bridge B-BX (terminals 29, 32)
GSD-file: BARX2301.gsd
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
II 2 (1) G / I M2
Ex d e [ib] IIC/IIB Gb
Ex d e [ib] I Mb
Class I Zone 1 IIC
A/Ex d e [ib] IIC Gb
Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1066 U
IECEx PTB 11.0082U
INMETRO UL-BR 13.0397U
TÜV 00 ATEX 1649
IECEx TUN 11.0035X
INMETRO UL-BR 13.0669X
CSA 2011-2484303U
Fitting
Type 17-6583-.10./....
Type 17-6583-.11./....
II (2) G / II (2) D
[Ex ib Gb] IIC/IIB
[Ex ib Db] IIIC/IIIB
For further data see verification certificates.
Safety data
Type 17-6583-.10./....
U0 = 21 V
I0 = 111.6 mA
P0 = 586 mW
Um = 253 V
L0 = 3.2 mH (IIC)/12 mH (IIB)
C0 = 188 nF (IIC)/1.27 µF (IIB)
0
Safety data
Type 17-6583-.11./....
U0 = 21 V
I0 = 139.2 mA
P0 = 731 mW
Um = 253 V
L0 = 1.8 mH (IIC)/8 mH (IIB)
C0 = 188 nF (IIC)/1.27 µF (IIB)
1
Order no.
07-7331-2301/1
00
Please insert correct code.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
193
PROFIBUS-Interface 16 x digital in
PROFIBUS-Interface
Features
Description
16 channels
This module allows the connection of 16 digital
signals to the PROFIBUS-DP within the hazardous
area. Signals from flameproof encapsulated limit
switches and control devices can be injected directly.
24 V inputs
Direct control via Ex-limit switches
Galvanic isolation
LED display
EMC according to DIN EN 61000-4-2: 2001,
DIN EN 61000-4-3: 2008,
DIN EN 61000-4-4: 2003,
DIN EN 61000-4-6: 2007
Programmable address on front panel
Dimensions/mounting positions
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
03-0330-0137/E-07/2014-BAT-127310/1
194
In case of NAMUR sensors or other signalling
contacts that are controlled in an intrinsically safe
way, barriers or isolator amplifiers are connected on
line side. LEDs on the front of the module output the
input states as well as important status messages.
PROFIBUS-Interface 16 x digital in
Technical data
 Input data
Construction
Flameproof, clip-on enclosure for TH 35 rail
Switching threshold
0 - Signal
0 V to +5 V
1 - Signal
+10 V to +30 V
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastics
Power input
typ. 5 mA at 24 V
min. 4 mA at 20 V
Protection class
Module
Terminals
Terminals with cover
IP 66/IEC 60529
IP 20/IEC 60529
IP 30/IEC 60529
Terminals
2.5 mm², fine stranded
Labelling
front panel label for markings
Display
LEDs on front panel
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +60 °C
Ambient temperature
-25 °C to +60 °C at T4
Weight
2.1 kg
 Electrical data
Supply voltage
DC 20 V to DC 30 V
(verpolungssicher)
Reverse voltage protection
conditionally protected against
polarity reversal
Guidelines
Directive 2004/108/EC
Directive 94/9/EC
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
II 2 G / I M2
Ex d e IIC Gb
Ex d e I Mb
Class I Zone 1 IIC
A/Ex d e IIC Gb
Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1066 U
IECEx PTB 11.0082U
INMETRO UL-BR 13.0397U
CSA 2011-2484303U
Power consumption
P = 4.6 W
Power dissipation
PV = 4.6 W
Galvanic isolation
power supply//bus//inputs
Bus interface
RS485 with screw-clamping terminals
Display
Status
Inputs
ON, BF
16 x double LED, active sensor
Notes
Last bus modul in system:
Bridge A-AX (terminals 30, 33)
Bridge B-BX (terminals 29, 32)
Order no.
07-7331-2302/0000
Technical data subject to change without notice.
03-0330-0137/E-07/2014-BAT-127310/2
GSD-file: BARX2900.gsd
195
PROFIBUS-Interface 16 NAMUR in (16 x digital in Ex i)
PROFIBUS-Interface
Features
Dimensions/mounting positions
16 channels
LED display
for NAMUR sensors DIN EN 60947-5-6
for mechanical contact
galvanic isolation
group error messages
Ex ia/ib
Cable monitoring (can be disabled)
Programmable address on front panel
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
This module allows 16 digital signals to be coupled
to PROFIBUS-DP in the hazardous area. NAMUR
sensors, optocouplers, mechanical contacts or other
actuating elements can be connected by means of
intrinsically safe equipment.
1
2
1
3
4
2
5
6
3
7
8
4
9
10
5
11
12
6
13
7
14
15
8
16
17
9
18
19
10
20
21
11
22
23
12
24
Ex i
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
X1.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8 .9 .10 .11 .12 X1.13 .14 .15 .16 .17 .18 .19 .20 .21 .22 .23 .24
+ + + + + + + +
B/S
BUS
6
4
9
1
26
27
28
29
25 26 27 28 29 30
30
ON
32
BF
.8 .9
X4.16 .17 .18 .19 .20 .21 .22 .23 .24
32 33
PA
B
A
x1
6
4
1
25
B
ADDRESS
x 10
A
X4.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6
PA
(NAMUR)
24 V
16 x digital in Ex i
0V
PROFIBUS
Bx
Ax
The bus power supply and the inputs are galvanically
isolated. The states of the individual inputs, the usual
bus status messages and open circuit / short circuit
are indicated by LEDs. When the module is wired
to contacts, cable monitoring can be switched off.
9
Description
40 41 42 43 44 PA PA L- L+
SF
33
40
16
41
42
15
43
44
14
PA
13
L-
PA
L+
Status chart
03-0330-0138/F-07/2014-BAT-127311/1
Input
196
Data bit
Bus message "Error I/O"
0000
1000
Jumper B/S
removed
Jumper B/S
connected
damped
1
0
0
0
undamped
0
1
0
0
open circuit
1
0
1
0
short circuit
0
1
1
0
PROFIBUS-Interface 16 NAMUR in (16 x digital in Ex i)
Technical data
Construction
Flameproof, clip-on enclosure for TH 35 rail
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastics
Protection class
Enclosure
IP 66/IEC 60529
Terminals
IP 20/IEC 60529
Terminals with cover IP 30/IEC 60529
Terminals
2.5 mm², fine stranded
Labelling
front panel label for markings
Display
LEDs on front panel
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +60 °C
Ambient temperature
-25 °C to +60 °C at T4
Weight
2.1 kg
 Electrical data
Supply voltage (L+, L-)
DC 20 V to DC 30 V
Power consumption
P = 5.1 W
Power dissipation
PV = 5.1 W
Galvanic isolation
power supply//inputs//bus//electronic
Bus interface
RS485 with screw-clamping terminals
Display
Status
Inputs
ON, BF, SF
16 x double LED
LED yellow, damped
LED red, open/short circuit
Switching threshold
open circuit < 0.23 mA
damped
< 1.2 mA
undamped
> 2.1 mA
short circuit > 7.4 mA
Transmittable frequency
100 Hz
Cable monitoring
Group error message via bus and
contact assembly AC 230 V/3 A/100 VA
Guidelines
Directive 2004/108/EC
Directive 94/9/EC
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
II 2 (1) G / I M2
Ex d e [ia Ga] IIC Gb
Ex d e [ia Ma] I Mb
Class I Zone 1 IIC
A/Ex d e [ia] IIC Gb
Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1066 U
IECEx PTB 11.0082U
INMETRO UL-BR 13.0397U
TÜV 98 ATEX 1355 X
IECEx TUN 11.0024X
INMETRO UL-BR 13.0677X
CSA 2011-2484303U
Fitting
Type 17-6583-33../....
II (1) G / II (1) D
[Ex ia Ga] IIC
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
For further data see verification certificates.
Safety data
U0 = 12.3 V
I0 = 31.8 mA
Pmax.= 97.8 mW
Um = 253 V
L0 = 31 mH (IIC)/115 mH (IIB)
C0 = 1.28 µF (IIC)/8.1 µF (IIB)
Sensor power supply
Ua = 8.2 V
Notes
03-0330-0138/F-07/2014-BAT-127311/2
To disable open/short circuit monitoring,
bridge terminals 40 and 41
Use a 1 kΩ/10 kΩ resistive coupling
element type 17-9Z62-0002 for open/short
circuit monitoring during contact scan
Order no.
07-7331-2303/0000
07-7331-2303/1000
Technical data subject to change without notice.
With 9-16 sensors also use external terminals
Last bus module in system:
Bridge A-AX (terminals 30, 33)
Bridge B-BX (terminals 29, 32)
GSD-file: BARX2903.gsd
197
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x 4 to 20 mA in
PROFIBUS-Interface
Features
Description
8 channels
This module allows the connection of 8 intrinsically
safe transmitters to PROFIBUS-DP in the hazardous
area. The input signal is transmitted with 12 bit
resolution and high-noise immunity.
Ex ia/ib
12 bit resolution
Galvanic isolation
LED display
Programmable address on front panel
Dimensions/mounting positions
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
4
5
2
6
7
8
3
9
10
4
Ex i
11
5
1
+ -
2
+ -
3
+ -
12
13
6
7
4
+ -
5
+ -
14
15
16
8
6
+ -
7
+ -
8 8 x 4 - 20 mA
+ -
13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
X1.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8 .9 .10 .11 .12 X1.13 .14 .15 .16 .17 .18 .19 .20 .21 .22 .23 .24
PROFIBUS
8 x 4 ... 20 mA
Transmitter in
B/S
BUS
6
9
1
03-0330-0139/D-07/2014-BAT-127312/1
198
26
27
28
30
32
BF
33
.8 .9
X4.16 .17 .18 .19 .20 .21 .22 .23 .24
PA
Bx
Ax
B
25 26 27 28 29 30
ON
29
A
x1
6
4
1
25
B
ADDRESS
4
9
x 10
A
X4.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6
32 33
PA
3
24 V
2
1
0V
1
40 41 42 43 44 PA PA L- L+
SF
40
41
42
43
44
PA
PA
L-
L+
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x 4 to 20 mA in
Technical data
Construction
Flameproof, clip-on enclosure for TH 35 rail
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastics
Protection class
Module
IP 66/IEC 60529
Terminals
IP 20/IEC 60529
Terminals with covers IP 30/IEC 60529
Terminals
2.5 mm2, fine stranded
Labelling
front panel label for markings
Display
LEDs on front panel
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +60 °C
Ambient temperature
-25 °C to +60 °C at T4
Weight
2.1 kg
Electrical data
Supply voltage
DC 20 V to DC 30 V
Power consumption
P = 7.6 W
Power dissipation
PV = 5.1 W
Galvanic isolation
power supply//inputs//bus//electronic
Bus interface
RS485 with screw-clamping terminals
Display
Bus status
Inputs
ON, BF, SF
8 x double LED
LED yellow, sensor active
LED red, open circuit/
short circuit
Transmitter power supply
Ua = 15 V at 20 mA single channels
conditionally short-circuits-proof
03-0330-0139/D-07/2014-BAT-127312/2
Signal range
4 to 20 mA
4 mA = 655 dec.
20 mA = 3276 dec.
Notes
To disable open/short circuit monitoring,
bridge terminals 40 and 41
Last bus module in system:
Bridge A-AX (terminals 30, 33)
Bridge B-BX (terminals 29, 32)
Transmission range
0 to 25 mA
Input resistance
Ri = 100 Ω
Conversion time
< 1 ms
Resolution
12 bit
Accuracy (with shielded cable)
± 0.2 %
Cable monitoring
Group error message via bus and
contact assembly AC 250 V/3 A/100 V
Guidelines
Directive 2004/108/EC
Directive 94/9/EC
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
II 2 (1) G / I M2
Ex d e [ia Ga] IIC Gb
Ex d e [ia Ma] I Mb
Class I Zone 1 IIC
A/Ex d e [ia] IIC Gb
Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1066 U
IECEx PTB 11.0082U
INMETRO UL-BR 13.0397U
TÜV 98 ATEX 1367 X
IECEx TUN 11.0032X
INMETRO UL-BR 13.0680X
CSA 2011-2484303U
Fitting
Type 17-6583-34../....
II (1) G / II (1) D
[Ex ia Ga] IIC
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
For further data see verification certificates.
Safety data
U0 = 26 V
Um = 253 V
P0 = 549 mW
I0 = 84.3 mA
L0 = 5.3 mH (IIC)/20 mH (IIB)
C0 = 99 nF (IIC)/770 nF (IIB)
P = 549 mW
Order no.
07-7331-2304/0000
Technical data subject to change without notice.
GSD-file: BARX2902.gsd
199
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x 4 to 20 mA in passive
PROFIBUS-Interface
Features
Description
8 Channels
This module allows the connection of 8 transmitters
to PROFIBUS-DP in the hazardous area.
12 bit resolution
Galvanic isolation
LED display
Programmable address on front panel
Dimensions/mounting positions
03-0330-0283/D-07/2014-BAT-207713/1
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
200
The input signal is transmitted with 12 bit resolution
and high-noise immunity.
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x 4 to 20 mA in passive
Technical data
Construction
Flameproof, clip-on enclosure for TH 35 rail
Signal range
4 to 20 mA
4 mA = 655 dec.
20 mA = 3276 dec.
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastic
Transmission range
0 to 25 mA
Protection class
Module
IP 66/IEC 60529
Terminals
IP 20/IEC 60529
Terminals with covers IP 30/IEC 60529
Input resistance
Ri = 100 Ω
Terminals
2.5 mm², fine stranded
Labelling
front panel label for markings
Display
LEDs on front panel
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +60 °C
Ambient temperature
-25 °C to +60 °C at T4
Weight
2.1 kg
Conversion time
< 1 ms
Resolution
12 bit
Accuracy (with shielded cable)
± 0.2 %
Cable monitoring
Group error message via bus and
contact assembly AC 250 V/3 A/100 VA
Guidelines
Directive 2004/108/EC
Directive 94/9/EC
Explosion protection
 Electrical data
Supply voltage
DC 20 V to DC 30 V
Power consumption
P = 7.6 W
Power dissipation
PV = 4.1 W
Galvanic isolation
power supply//inputs//bus//electronic
Ex protection type
II 2 G / I M2
Ex d e IIC Gb
Ex d e I Mb
Class I Zone 1 IIC
A/Ex d e IIC Gb
Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1066 U
IECEx PTB 11.0082U
INMETRO UL-BR 13.0397U
CSA 2011-2484303U
Bus interface
RS485 with screw-clamping terminals
Display
Bus status
Inputs
ON, BF, SF
8 x double LED
LED yellow, sensor active
LED red, open/short circuit
Notes
To disable open/short circuit monitoring,
bridge terminals 40 and 41
03-0330-0283/D-07/2014-BAT-207713/2
Last bus module in system:
Bridge A-AX (terminals 30, 33)
Bridge B-BX (terminals 29, 32)
Order no.
07-7331-2304/2000
Technical data subject to change without notice.
GSD-file: BARX2902.gsd
201
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 Transmitter in (8 x 4 to 20 mA, Transmitter in)
PROFIBUS-Interface
Features
Description
8 channels
This module allows the connection of 8 transmitters
to PROFIBUS-DP in the hazardous area. Two wire
transmitters can be connected.
12 bit resolution
Galvanic isolation
LED display
Programmable address on front panel
Dimensions/mounting positions
03-0330-0337/C-07/2014-BAT-220219/1
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
202
The input signal is transmitted with 12 bit resolution
and high-noise immunity.
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 Transmitter in (8 x 4 to 20 mA, Transmitter in)
Technical data
Construction
Flameproof, clip-on enclosure for TH 35 rail
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastics
Protection class
Module
IP 66/IEC 60529
Terminals
IP 20/IEC 60529
Terminals with cover IP 30/IEC 60529
Signal range
4 to 20 mA
4 mA = 655 dec.
20 mA = 3276 dec.
Transmission range
0 to 25 mA
Terminals
2.5 mm², fine stranded
Input resistance
Ri = 100 Ω
Labelling
front panel label for markings
Conversion time
< 1 ms
Display
LEDs on front panel
Resolution
12 bit
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +60 °C
Accuracy (with shielded cable)
± 0.2 %
Ambient temperature
-25 °C to +60 °C at T4
Cable monitoring
Group error message via bus and
contact assembly AC 250 V/3 A/100 V
Weight
2.1 kg
Electrical data
Supply voltage
DC 20 V to DC 30 V
Power consumption
P = 7.6 W
Power dissipation
PV = 5.1 W
Galvanic isolation
power supply//inputs//bus//electronic
Bus interface
RS485 with screw-clamping terminals
Display
Status Bus
Inputs
ON, BF, SF
8 x double LED
LED yellow, active
LED red, open circuit/
short circuit
Notes
Bridge B/S-terminals 40 and 41 to disable open/short circuit monitoring
03-0330-0337/C-07/2014-BAT-220219/2
Transmitter power supply
Ua = 15 V at 20 mA
single channels conditionally
short-circuits-proof
Last bus module in system:
Brücke A-AX (terminals 30, 33)
Brücke B-BX (terminals 29, 32)
Guidelines
Directive 2004/108/EC
Directive 94/9/EC
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
II 2 G / I M2
Ex d e IIC Gb
Ex d e I Mb
Class I Zone 1 IIC
A/Ex d e IIC Gb
Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1066 U
IECEx PTB 11.0082U
INMETRO UL-BR 13.0397U
CSA 2011-2484303U
Order no.
07-7331-2304/3000
Technical data subject to change without notice.
 GSD-file: BARX2902.gsd
203
PROFIBUS-Interface 4 x digital out Ex e/8 x digital in Ex i (NAMUR)
PROFIBUS-Interface
Features
Dimensions/mounting positions
4 outputs
8 Ex i inputs DIN EN 60947-5-6
EMC according to DIN EN 61000-4-2: 2001,
DIN EN 61000-4-3: 2008,
DIN EN 61000-4-4: 2003,
DIN EN 61000-4-6: 2007
Galvanic isolation
Ex ia/ib
LED display
Programmable address on front panel
Description
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
This module can be used for the activation of encapsulated solenoid valves within the hazard-ous
area by means of the PROFIBUS with the ability to
monitor the end of stroke positions. Four valves can
be activated, 8 final positions can be monitored via
the inputs for the NAMUR sensors.
The current status and final position are indicated
by means of LEDs. As additional feature, open or
short circuits are monitored for the 8 input channels.
Status chart
03-0330-0232/E-07/2014-BAT-201612/1
Input
204
Data bit
Bus message "Error I/O"
Jumper B/S
removed
Jumper B/S
removed
damped
1
0
0
undamped
0
0
0
open circuit
1
1
0
short circuit
0
1
0
PROFIBUS-Interface 4 x digital out Ex e/8 x digital in Ex i (NAMUR)
Technical data
Construction
Flameproof, clip-on enclosure for TH 35 rail
Supply voltage (L+, L-, U2+, U2-)
DC 20 V to DC 30 V
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastics
Power consumption
P = 60 W (at max. current output)
Terminals
2.5 mm², fine stranded
Power dissipation
PV tot. = 3.5 W
Protection class
Module
IP 66/IEC 60529
Terminals
IP 20/IEC 60529
Terminals with cover IP 30/IEC 60529
Galvanic isolation
L+, L-//Bus//U2+, U2- output//input
NAMUR
Labelling
front panel label for markings
Display
LEDs on front panel
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +60 °C
Ambient temperature
-25 °C to +60 °C at T4
Weight
2.1 kg
Explosion protection
Electrical data
Bus interface
RS485 with screw-clamping terminals
Display
Status ON, BF, SF, U2
Inputs 8 x double LED
LED yellow, damped
LED red, open circuit/short circuit
Outputs 4 x double LED
LED yellow, active
Sensors
8 NAMUR sensors, mechanical
contacts or others (EN 60947-5-6)
Function
damped/undamped
open/short circuit detection
Characteristics
UN= 8.2 V
Ex protection type
II 2 (1) G / I M2
Ex d e [ia Ga] IIC Gb
Ex d e [ia Ma] I Mb
Class I Zone 1 IIC
A/Ex d e [ia] IIC Gb
Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1066 U
IECEx PTB 11.0082U
INMETRO UL-BR 13.0397U
TÜV 98 ATEX 1355 X
IECEx TUN 11.0024X
INMETRO UL-BR 13.0677X
CSA 2011-2484303U
Fitting
Type 17-6583-.50./....
II (1) G / II (1) D
[Ex ia Ga] IIC
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
For further data see verification certificates.
Safety data (in)
U0= 11.8 V
I0 = 31 mA
P0= 90 mW
L0 = 34 mH (IIC)/130 mH (IIB)
C0= 1.5 µF (IIC)/9.9 µF (IIB)
Valve/output control
4 x U2 - 0.2 V/500 mA
Guidelines
Directive 2004/108/EC
Directive 94/9/EC
Notes
Bridge B/S-terminals 40 and 41 to disable open/short circuit monitoring
Use a 1kΩ/10KΩ resistive coupling
element type 17-9Z62-0002 for open/short
circuit monitoring during contact scan
Order no.
07-7331-2305/0000
Technical data subject to change without notice.
Last bus module in system:
Bridge A-AX (terminals 30, 33)
Bridge B-BX (terminals 29, 32)
03-0330-0232/E-07/2014-BAT-201612/2
GSD-file: BARX2305.gsd
205
PROFIBUS-Interface 4 x digital out Ex i/8 x digital in Ex i (NAMUR)
PROFIBUS-Interface
Features
Dimensions/mounting positions
4 Ex i valves
8 Ex i inputs DIN EN 60947-5-6
EMC according to DIN EN 61000-4-2: 2001,
DIN EN 61000-4-3: 2008,
DIN EN 61000-4-4: 2003,
DIN EN 61000-4-6: 2007
Galvanic isolation
LED display
Ex ia/ib
Programmable address on front panel
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
6
4
9
1
26
27
11
12
13
S6
S7
14
15
17
16
S8
19
20
21
V2
22
V3
23
24
V4
S8
Ex i
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
26
27
+
19
20
-
21
+
V4
22
-
23
+
24
-
+
B/S
BUS
25
18
-
V3
V2
V1
17
28
29
30
32
PA
33
40
41
U2- U2+ PA
PA
24 V
2
+
x1
18
V1
L-
L+
6
4
1
25
10
S5
1
B
ADDRESS
x 10
9
Ex i
PROFIBUS
4 x digital out Ex i
8 x digital in Ex i
(NAMUR)
As additional feature, open or short circuits are
monitored for the 8 input channels.
8
S4
S1
BARTEC
Four intrinsically safe valves can be activated, 8
final positions can be monitored via the inputs for
the NAMUR sensors. The current status and final
position are indicated by means of LEDs.
7
PA
6
S3
0V
5
Bx
4
S2
Ax
3
B
2
S1
A
1
A
This module can be used for the activation of intrinsically safe valves within the hazardous area by
means of the PROFIBUS with the ability to monitor
the end of stroke positions.
ON
9
Description
28
29
30
32
BF
U2
SF
33
40
41
U2-
U2+
PA
PA
L-
L+
Status chart
03-0330-0146/E-07/2014-BAT-127597/1
Input
206
Data bit
Bus message „Error I/O“
Jumper B/S
removed
Jumper B/S
connected
damped
1
0
0
undamped
0
0
0
open circuit
1
1
0
short circuit
0
1
0
PROFIBUS-Interface 4 x digital out Ex i/8 x digital in Ex i (NAMUR)
Technical data
Construction
Flameproof, clip-on enclosure for TS 35 rail
Supply voltage (L+, L-)
DC 20 V to DC 30 V
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastics
Power consumption
P = 6.5 W
Protection class
Module
Terminals
Terminals with cover
Power dissipation
PV tot. = 4.5 W
IP 66/IEC 60529
IP 20/IEC 60529
IP 30/IEC 60529
Terminals
2.5 mm², fine stranded
Labelling
front panel label for markings
Display
LEDs on front panel
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +60 °C
Ambient temperature
-25 °C to +60 °C at T4
Weight
2.1 kg
Explosion protection
Electrical data
Galvanic isolation
L+, L-//Bus//U2+, U2- output//
input NAMUR
Bus interface
RS485 with screw-clamping terminals
Display
Status ON, BF, SF, U2
Inputs 8 x double LED
LED yellow, damped
LED red, open circuit/short circuit
Outputs 4 x double LED
LED yellow, active
LED red, short circuit
Sensors
8 NAMUR sensors, mechanical
contacts or others (EN 60947-5-6)
Function
damped/undamped
open/short circuit detection
Characteristics
UN= 8.2 V
Valve/output control
4 x DC 22 V (at U2  24 V); Ri = 301 Ω
Guidelines
Directive 2004/108/EC
Directive 94/9/EC
Notes
Bridge B/S-terminals 40 and 41 to disable open/short circuit monitoring
Use a 1kΩ/10KΩ resistive coupling
element type 17-9Z62-0002 for open/short
circuit monitoring during contact scan
Ex protection type
II 2 (1) G / I M2
Ex d e [ia Ga] IIC Gb
Ex d e [ia Ma] I Mb
Class I Zone 1 IIC
A/Ex d e [ia] IIC Gb
Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1066 U
IECEx PTB 11.0082U
INMETRO UL-BR 13.0397U
TÜV 98 ATEX 1355 X
IECEx TUN 11.0024X
INMETRO UL-BR 13.0677X
CSA 2011-2484303U
Fitting
Type 17-6583-.51./....
II (1) G / II (1) D
[Ex ia Ga] IIC
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
For further data see verification certificates.
Safety data (in)
U0= 11.8 V
I0 = 31 mA
P0 = 90 mW
Um= 253 V
L0 = 34 mH (IIC)/130 mH (IIB)
C0= 1.5 µF (IIC)/9.9 µF (IIB)
Satety data (out)
U0= 26.8 V
I0 = 97 mA
Um= 253 V
Ri =301 Ω
P0 = 650 mW
L0 = 3.9 mH (IIC)/15 mH (IIB)
C0= 92 nF (IIC)/720 nF (IIB)
Order no.
07-7331-2305/1000
Technical data subject to change without notice.
03-0330-0146/E-07/2014-BAT-127597/2
GSD-file: BARX2305.gsd
207
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x 4 to 20 mA out
PROFIBUS-Interface
Features
Description
8 channels
This module is used for the direct output of
8 intrinsically safe or non-intrinsically safe
4 to 20 mA signals via the PROFIBUS-DP.
Outgoing isolator for 4 to 20 mA
Short-circuit-proof outputs
Ex ia/ib or non-intrinsically safe
12 bit resolution
Galvanic isolation
LED display
Programmable address on front panel
Dimensions/mounting positions
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
1
2
3
4
1
5
2
6
7
8
3
9
10
4
1
+ -
Ex i
11
5
2
+ -
3
+ -
12
13
6
7
4
+ -
5
+ -
14
15
16
8
6
+ -
7
+ -
8 x 4 - 20 mA
8
+ -
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16
X1.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8 .9 .10 .11 .12 X1.13 .14 .15 .16
1
B
6
03-0330-0140/E-07/2014-BAT-127486/1
9
1
208
26
1
25
27
28
29
25 26 27 28 29 30
30
ON
32
BF
33
40 41
32 33
SF
PA
.19 .20 .21 .22 .23 .24
PA
BX
X4.16 .17
AX
B
A
B
x1
6
4
A
ADDRESS
4
9
x 10
.8 .9
24 V
BUS
X4.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6
0V
PROFIBUS
8 x Analog out
U- U+ PA PA L- L+
UB2
40
41
U-
U+
PA
PA
L-
L+
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x 4 bis 20 mA out
Technical data
Construction
Flameproof, clip-on enclosure
for TH 35 rail
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastics
Terminals
2.5 mm2, fine stranded
Protection class
Module
IP 66/IEC 60529
Terminals
IP 20/IEC 60529
Terminals with covers IP 30/IEC 60529
Labelling
front panel label for markings
Display
LEDs on front panel
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +60 °C
Ambient temperature
-25 °C to +60 °C at T4
Weight
2.1 kg
Electrical data
Supply voltage (L+, L-)
DC 20 V to max. DC 30 V
Power consumption
P = 1.8 W
Galvanic isolation
power supply//U+, U- outputs//
bus//electronic
Bus interface
RS485 with screw-clamping terminals
Display
Status
Outputs
Status error
ON, BF, SF, UB2
8 x double LED
LED yellow, output ok
LED red, open circuit/
SF, LED red
Output data
Supply voltage (U+, U-)
DC 20 V to max. DC 30 V
Power consumption
P = 5.7 W
Power dissipation
PV tot = 7.5 W
Signal range
4 to 20 mA
4 mA = 655 dez.
20 mA = 3276 dez.
Resolution
12 bit
Quantising
3.91 µA/LSB
Load
0 to 500 Ω
Response characteristics
Basic error
at TU = 25 °C ± 0.2 %
Linearity
± 0.2 %
Guidelines
Directive 2004/108/EC
Directive 94/9/EC
Explosion protection
Ex protection type Ex i = Version
II 2 (1) G / I M2
Ex d e [ia Ga] IIC Gb
Ex d e [ia Ma] I Mb
Class I Zone 1 IIC
A/Ex d e [ia] IIC Gb
0
Ex protection type Ex e = Version 1
II 2 G / I M2
Ex d e IIC Gb
Ex d e I Mb
Class I Zone 1 IIC
A/Ex d e IIC Gb
Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1066 U
IECEx PTB 11.0082U
INMETRO UL-BR 13.0397U
TÜV 99 ATEX 1426
IECEx TUN 11.0033X
INMETRO UL-BR 13.0681X
CSA 2011-2484303U
Fitting
Type 17-6583-3600
II (1) G / II (1) D
[Ex ia Ga] IIC
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
For further data see verification certificates.
Safety data
U0 = 21.4 V
I0 = 93.9 mA
P0 = 503 mW
C0 = 176 nF (IIC)/1.2 µF (IIB)
L0 = 3.4 mH (IIC)/13.9 mH (IIB)
Um= 253 V
Cable monitoring
Group error message via bus
Notes
To disable open/short circuit monitoring,
bridge terminals 40 and 41
Last bus module in system:
Bridge A-AX (terminals 30, 33)
Bridge B-BX (terminals 29, 32)
07-7331-2306/
Order no.
000
Please insert correct version.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
03-0330-0140/E-07/2014-BAT-127486/2
GSD-file: BARX2306.gsd
209
PROFIBUS-Interface 4 x RTD in Ex i
PROFIBUS-Interface
Features
Dimensions/mounting positions
4 Channels
Pt100, Pt1000, Potentiometer, Resistors
Ex ia/ib
Galvanic isolation
LED display
Programmable address on front panel
Description
This modul allows the intrinsically safe connection
of 4 Pt100, Pt1000, resistors or potentiometers at
PROFIBUS-DP.
03-0330-0141/C-07/2014-BAT-127487/1
The inputs themselves, power supply and the bus are
galvanically isolated.
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
Operating mode
Response time
4 x Pt100
380 ms (*1)
320 ms (*2)
4 x Pt1000
380 ms (* )
320 ms (*2)
4 x Potentiometer
80 ms (*3)
4 x Resistor
80 ms (*3)
2 x Pt100 (channel 1 and 2); 2 x Potentiometer (channel 3 and 4)
380 ms (*1)
320 ms (*2)
2 x Pt100 (channel 1 and 2); 2 x Resistor (channel 3 and 4)
380 ms (* )
320 ms (*2)
2 x Pt1000 (channel 1 and 2); 2 x Potentiometer (channel 3 and 4)
380 ms (*1)
320 ms (*2)
2 x Pt1000 (channel 1 and 2); 2 x Resistor (channel 3 and 4)
380 ms (* )
320 ms (*2)
all values 0 (dez.)
all values 32767 (dez.)
(*1) Filter on 50 Hz adjusted
(*2) Filter on 60 Hz adjusted
(*3) Filter on 250 Hz
210
1
1
1
PROFIBUS-Interface 4 x RTD in Ex i
Technical data
 Electrical data
Explosion
Construction
Flameproof, clip-on enclosure for TH 35 rail
Supply voltage
DC 20 V to DC 30 V
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastic
Power consumption
P=4W
Protection class
Enclosure
IP 66/IEC 60529
Terminals
IP 20/IEC 60529
Terminals with cover IP 30/IEC 60529
Power dissipation
PV = 4 W
Ex protection type
II 2 (1) G / I M2
Ex d e [ia Ga] IIC/IIB Gb
Ex d e [ia Ma] I Mb
Class I Zone 1 IIC
A/Ex d e [ia] IIC Gb
Terminals
2,5 mm², fine stranded
Labelling
front panel label for markings
Display
LEDs on front panel
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +60 °C
Ambient temperature
-25 °C to +60 °C at T4
Weight
2.1 kg
Galvanic isolation
power supply//inputs (one below the other)
//bus//electronic
Bus interface
RS485 with screw-clamping terminals
Sensor power
200 µA
Display
Bus status
Inputs
ON, BF, SF
4 x double LED
LED yellow, sensor aktive
LED red, open/short circuit
Measuring range
Temperature (Pt100, Pt1000)
-150 °C to 850 °C
Potentiometer500 Ω to 5 kΩ
Resistor0 Ω to 5 kΩ
Account
Temperature -1500 to 8500 (dec.)
Potentiometer 0000 to 1000 (dec. 0-100 %)
Resistor 0000 to 5000 (dec.)
Cable resistor
R ≤ 50 Ω
Accuracy
0.2 %
Temperature drift
0.05 %/10 K
Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1066 U
IECEx PTB 11.0082U
INMETRO UL-BR 13.0397U
TÜV 01 ATEX 1668
IECEx TUN 11.0028X
INMETRO UL-BR 13.0664X
CSA 2011-2484303U
Fitting
Type 17-6583-.7../....
II (1) G / II (1) D
[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB
[Ex ia Da] IIIC/IIIB
For further data see verification certificates.
Safety data
U0 = 7.2 V
Um= 253 V
I0 = 6 mA
P0 = 11 mW
L0 ≤ 25 mH (IIC)/50 mH (IIB)
C0 ≤ 1.1 µF (IIC)/5.7 µF (IIB)
Notes
 Last bus modul in system:
Bridge A-AX (terminals 30, 33)
Bridge B-BX (terminals 29, 32)
 GSD-file: BARX2307.gsd
Order no.
07-7331-2307/0000
Technical data subject to change without notice.
03-0330-0141/C-07/2014-BAT-127487/2
Guidelines
Directive 2004/108/EC
Directive 94/9/EC
protection
211
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x Relay out
PROFIBUS-Interface
Features
Description
8 channels
The MODEX PROFIBUS interface with its 8 relay
outputs offers volt free switching in zone 1 Ex areas.
For example, encapsulated solenoid valves, indicator
lamps or other certificated devices up to 6 A can be
directly activated. Output states and the bus status
messages are indicated by LEDs.
Relay outputs AC 250 V/DC 100 V
Galvanic isolation
LED display
EMV according to DIN EN 61000-4-2: 2001,
DIN EN 61000-4-3: 2008,
DIN EN 61000-4-4: 2003,
DIN EN 61000-4-6: 2007
Programmable address on front panel
Dimensions/mounting positions
03-0330-0142/D-07/2014-BAT-127488/1
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
212
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x Relais out
Technical data
Construction
Flameproof, clip-on enclosure for
TH 35 rail
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastics
Protection class
Module
Terminals
Terminals with cover
IP 66/IEC 60529
IP 20/IEC 60529
IP 30/IEC 60529
Terminals
2.5 mm², fine stranded
Labelling
front panel label for markings
Display
LEDs on front panel
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +60 °C
Ambient temperature
-25 °C to +60 °C at T4
Weight
2.1 kg
Electrical data
Supply voltage (L+, L-)
DC 20 V to DC 30 V
Power consumption
P = 3.2 W
Output data
Output relay
1 changeover contact
UA
Imax.
AC 250 V (max.)
6.0 A
DC 100 V
0.5 A
DC 060 V
1.0 A
DC 030 V
6.0 A
DC 005 V
6.0 A
cos ϕ = 1
ohmic load
Mechanical service life
10 million operations
Guidelines
Directive 2004/108/EC
Directive 94/9/EC
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
II 2 G / I M2
Ex d e IIC Gb
Ex d e I Mb
Class I Zone 1 IIC
A/Ex d e IIC Gb
Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1066 U
IECEx PTB 11.0082U
INMETRO UL-BR 13.0397U
CSA 2011-2484303U
Power dissipation
PV tot. = 6 W
Galvanic isolation
power supply//bus//electronic//outputs
Bus interface
RS485 with screw clamping terminals
Display
Bus status
Outputs
ON, BF, SF
8 x LED yellow, active
Notes
Last bus module in system:
Bridge A-AX (terminals 30, 33)
Bridge B-BX (terminals 29, 32)
Order no.
07-7331-2308/0000
Technical data subject to change without notice.
03-0330-0142/D-07/2014-BAT-127488/2
GSD-file: BARX2308.gsd
213
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x Relay out Ex i
PROFIBUS-Interface
Features
Description
 8 channels
This module is used for the control of intrinsically safe
actuators in the Ex area Zone 1 via PROFIBUS-DP.
Relay outputs, 1 changeover contact
Galvanic isolation
LED display
EMV according to DIN EN 61000-4-2: 2001,
DIN EN 61000-4-3: 2008,
DIN EN 61000-4-4: 2003,
DIN EN 61000-4-6: 2007
Programmable address on front panel
Dimensions/mounting positions
03-0330-0278/D-07/2014-BAT-203185/1
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
214
It is, for example, possible to directly connect
intrinsically safe solenoid valves or indicator lights.
LEDs on the front of the module output bus status
as well as output states.
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x Relay out Ex i
Technical data
Output data
Construction
Flameproof, clip-on enclosure for TH 35 rail
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastics
Protection class
Module
Terminals
Terminals with cover
IP 66/IEC 60529
IP 20/IEC 60529
IP 30/IEC 60529
Terminals
2.5 mm², fine stranded
Labelling
front panel label for markings
Display
LEDs on front panel
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +60 °C
Ambient temperature
-25 °C to +60 °C at T4
Weight
2.1 kg
Electrical data
Supply voltage (L+, L-)
DC 20 V to DC 30 V
Power consumption
P = 3.2 W
Power dissipation
PV tot. = 6 W
Galvanic isolation
power supply//bus//electronic//outputs
Bus interface
RS485 with screw clamping terminals
Display
Bus status ON, BF, SF
Outputs
8 x LED yellow, active
Notes
 Last bus module in system:
Bridge A-AX (terminals 30, 33)
Bridge B-BX (terminals 29, 32)
Output relay
1 changeover contact
max. 40 W
max. 4 A
Mechanical service life
10 million operations
Guidelines
Directive 2004/108/EC
Directive 94/9/EC
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
II 2 (1) G / I M2
Ex d e [ia Ga] IIC Gb
Ex d e [ia Ma] I Mb
Class I Zone 1 IIC
A/Ex d e [ia] IIC Gb
Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1066 U
IECEx PTB 11.0082U
INMETRO UL-BR 13.0397U
TÜV 99 ATEX 1457
IECEx TUN 11.0034X
INMETRO UL-BR 13.0684X
CSA 2011-2484303U
Fitting
Type 17-6583-.8../....
II (1) G / II (1) D
[Ex ia Ga] IIC
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
For further data see verification certificates.
Electrical data
Um = 253 V
Maximum value per circuit: Ui = 60 V
The values for total voltage of two relay
contact circuits, place side by side, must
not exceed 60 V. Inductors and capacitors
contained in the sources must not taken
into account!
Order no.
07-7331-2308/1000
Technical data subject to change without notice.
03-0330-0278/D-07/2014-BAT-203185/2
GSD-file: BARX2308.gsd
215
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x 4 to 20 mA in/4 x 4 to 20 mA in/out (16 bit)
Technical data
Construction
Flameproof, clip-on enclosure to TH 35
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastic
PROFIBUS-Interface
 Ex ia/ib
 16 bit resolution
 Galvanic isolation
 LED indicators
 Programmable address on front panel
Description
8 x 4 to 20 mA in
This module is used for direct connection of 8 x 4 to
20 mA signals to PROFIBUS-DP.
2-wire transmitters or active 4 to 20 mA signals
can be connected. The input signal is resolved with
16 bits and is transmitted with high resistance to
interference.
4 x 4 to 20 mA in/out
This module is equipped with 4 x 4 to 20 mA inputs
with the same properties as above and additional
4 x 4 to 20 mA outputs for normal actuators.
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
II 2 (1) G / I M2
Ex d e [ia Ga] IIC/IIB Gb
Ex d e [ia Ma] I Mb
Class I Zone 1 IIC
A/Ex d e [ia] IIC Gb
Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1066 U
IECEx PTB 11.0082U
INMETRO UL-BR 13.0397U
TÜV 01 ATEX 1724
IECEx TUN 11.0026X
INMETRO UL-BR 13.0679X
CSA 2011-2484303U
Fitting
Type 17-6583-.H../....
II (1) G / II (1) D
[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB
[Ex ia Da] IIIC/IIIB
For further data see verification certificates.
Safety data
U0 = 26.7 V
I0 = 89.9 mA
P0 = 600 mW
L0 = 5 mH (IIC)/18 mH (IIB)
C0 = 93 nF (IIC)/720 nF (IIB)
External 4 to 20 mA-signals
Ui = 50 V
Ii = 87.7 mA
03-0330-0285/E-07/2014-BAT-208351/1
Dimensions/mounting positions
216
Terminals
2.5 mm², fine stranded
Labelling
front panel label for markings
Features
 8 input channels/4 input channels and
4 output channels
Protection class
Module
IP 66/IEC 60529
Terminals
IP 20/IEC 60529
Terminals with cover IP 30/IEC 60529
Display
LEDs on front panel
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +60 °C
Ambient temperature
-25 °C to +60 °C at T4
Weight
2.1 kg
Electrical data
Supply voltage (L+, L-)
DC 20 V to DC 30 V
Power consumption
P = 7.8 W
Power consumption dissipation
PV = 4.9 W
Galvanic isolation
Power supply//Inputs and circuit//Bus
Bus interface
RS485 with terminal screws
Display
Status In-/Outputs
ON, BF, SF
8 x double LED
LED yellow, sensor active
LED red,
open loop/short circuit
Cable monitoring
Error message for each channel via bus
Guidelines
Directive 2004/108/EC
Directive 94/9/EC
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x 4 to 20 mA in/4 x 4 to 20 mA in/out (16 bit)
 Data input/output channels
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment 8 x 4 to 20 mA in
Signal range
4 to 20 mA
1
2
3
4
1
Transmission range
0 to 24 mA
4 mA = 10922 dez.
20 mA = 54612 dez.
24 mA = 65535 dez.
5
2
6
7
8
3
9
4
10
11
5
12
13
6
7
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
PA
L-
L+
22
23
PA
L-
8
Ex i
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
X1.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8 .9 .10 .11 .12 X1.13 .14 .15 .16 .17 .18 .19 .20 .21 .22 .23 .24
PROFIBUS
8 x Analog in
BUS
6
4
9
1
25
 Input channel data
26
27
28
29
25 26 27 28 29 30
ON
BF
30
32
PA
PA
24 V
X4.21 .22 .23 .24
32 33
0V
Bx
.8 .9
Ax
B
A
x1
6
4
1
Precision
± 0.1 % (with screened cable)
B
ADDRESS
x 10
9
Resolution
16 bit
A
X4.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6
PA PA L- L+
SF
PA
33
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment 4 x 4 to 20 mA in/out
Supply for 2-wire transmitter
Ua = 16 V to 20 mA
all channels are short-circuit proof at the
same time
1
2
3
4
1
5
2
6
7
8
3
9
4
10
11
5
12
13
6
7
14
16
17
19
20
8
Ex i
Input resistance
External 4 to 20 mA-signals:
Ri = 234 Ω + approx. 2 V (3 diodes)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14
16 17
19 20
22 23
X1.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8 .9 .10 .11 .12 X1.13 .14 .15 .16 .17 .18 .19 .20 .21 .22 .23 .24
PROFIBUS
4 x Analog in
4 x Analog out
BUS
6
9
1
25
26
27
28
29
ON
BF
30
32
32 33
24 V
0V
PA
X4.21 .22 .23 .24
PA
.8 .9
Bx
B
A
25 26 27 28 29 30
6
4
1
 Output channels
x1
9
4
B
ADDRESS
x 10
A
X4.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6
Ax
Transformation time
< 70 ms
PA PA L- L+
SF
33
PA
L+
Output resistance
Ri = 367 Ω
Quantification
366.2 nA/LSB
Notes
Load
< 500 Ω
 Last bus modul:
Bridge A-AX (terminals 30, 33)
Bridge B-BX (terminals 29, 32)
GSD-file:
BARX2302.gsd (8 x 4 to 20 mA in)
BARX2303.gsd (4 x 4 to 20 mA in/out)
8 x 4 to 20 mA in
07-7331-230H/1010
4 x 4 to 20 mA in/out
Technical data subject to change without notice.
03-0330-0285/E-07/2014-BAT-208351/2
Order no.
07-7331-230H/0000
217
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x 4 to 20 mA in/4 x 4 to 20 mA in/out (15 bit plus sign)
Technical data
Construction
Flameproof, clip-on enclosure to TH 35
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastic
PROFIBUS-Interface
Features
 Data in standard format
 8 input channels/4 input channels and
4 output channels
 Ex ia/ib
 15 bit plus sign
 Galvanic isolation
 LED indicators
 Programmable address on front panel
Description
8 x 4 to 20 mA in
This module is used for direct connection of 8 x 4 to
20 mA signals to PROFIBUS-DP.
2-wire transmitters or active 4 to 20 mA signals
can be connected. The input signal is resolved with
15 bits plus sign and is transmitted with a high
resistance to interference.
4 x 4 to 20 mA in/out
This module is equipped with 4 x 4 to 20 mA inputs
with the same properties as above and additional
4 x 4 to 20 mA outputs for normal actuators.
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
II 2 (1) G / I M2
Ex d e [ia Ga] IIC/IIB Gb
Ex d e [ia Ma] I Mb
Class I Zone 1 IIC
A/Ex d e [ia] IIC Gb
Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1066 U
IECEx PTB 11.0082U
INMETRO UL-BR 13.0397U
TÜV 01 ATEX 1724
IECEx TUN 11.0026X
INMETRO UL-BR 13.0679X
CSA 2011-2484303U
Fitting
Type 17-6583-.H../....
II (1) G / II (1) D
[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB
[Ex ia Da] IIIC/IIIB
For further data see verification certificates.
Safety data
U0 = 26.7 V
I0 = 89.9 mA
P0 = 600 mW
L0 = 5 mH (IIC)/18 mH (IIB)
C0 = 93 nF (IIC)/720 nF (IIB)
External 4 to 20 mA-signals
Ui = 50 V
Ii = 87.7 mA
Protection class
Module
IP 66/IEC 60529
Terminals
IP 20/IEC 60529
Terminals with cover IP 30/IEC 60529
Terminals
2.5 mm², fine stranded
Labelling
front panel label for markings
Display
LEDs on front panel
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +60 °C
Ambient temperature
-25 °C to +60 °C at T4
Weight
2.1 kg
Electrical data
Supply voltage (L+, L-)
DC 20 V to DC 30 V
Power consumption
P = 7.8 W
Power consumption dissipation
PV = 4.9 W
Galvanic isolation
Power supply//Inputs and circuit//Bus
Bus interface
RS485 with terminal screws
Display
Status In-/Outputs
ON, BF, SF
8 x double LED
LED yellow, sensor active
LED red,
open loop/short circuit
Cable monitoring
Error message for each channel via bus
03-0330-0711-07/2014-BAT-346038/1
Dimensions/mounting positions
218
Guidelines
Directive 2004/108/EC
Directive 94/9/EC
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x 4 to 20 mA in/4 x 4 to 20 mA in/out (15 bit plus sign)
 Data input/output channels
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment 8 x 4 to 20 mA in
Signal range
4 to 20 mA
1
2
3
4
1
5
2
6
7
9
4
Transmission range
10
11
5
12
13
6
7
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
PA
L-
L+
22
23
PA
L-
8
Ex i
Range 4 to 20 mA
25
26
6
4
27
28
29
ON
BF
30
32
X4.21 .22 .23 .24
32 33
PA
.8 .9
0V
-32768 dec.
25 26 27 28 29 30
24 V
8000hex
6
4
x1
PA
3.5 mA
ADDRESS
x 10
Value at
open circuit
8000hex
Bx
0 dec.
Ax
0000hex
B
4 mA
BUS
X4.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6
A
27648 dec.
B
6000hex
A
20 mA
Value at
short circuit
7FFFhex
1
29568 dec.
9
7380hex
1
21.5 mA
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
X1.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8 .9 .10 .11 .12 X1.13 .14 .15 .16 .17 .18 .19 .20 .21 .22 .23 .24
PROFIBUS
8 x Analog in
9
Current
8
3
PA PA L- L+
SF
33
PA
Resolution
15-bit plus sign
Precision
± 0.1 % (with screened cable)
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment 4 x 4 to 20 mA in/out
1
2
 Input channel data
Supply for 2-wire transmitter
Ua = 16 V to 20 mA
all channels are short-circuit proof at the
same time
7
8
9
4
10
11
5
12
13
6
7
14
16
17
19
20
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14
16 17
19 20
22 23
X1.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8 .9 .10 .11 .12 X1.13 .14 .15 .16 .17 .18 .19 .20 .21 .22 .23 .24
BUS
6
4
1
26
27
28
29
ON
BF
30
32
24 V
0V
PA
X4.21 .22 .23 .24
PA
Bx
32 33
PA PA L- L+
SF
33
 Last bus modul:
Bridge A-AX (terminals 30, 33)
Bridge B-BX (terminals 29, 32)
GSD-file:
BARX2302.gsd (8 x 4 to 20 mA in)
BARX2303.gsd (4 x 4 to 20 mA in/out)
PA
L+
Order no.
07-7331-230H/0001
8 x 4 to 20 mA in
07-7331-230H/1011
4 x 4 to 20 mA in/out
Technical data subject to change without notice.
03-0330-0711-07/2014-BAT-346038/2
.8 .9
Ax
B
25 26 27 28 29 30
Notes
A
x1
6
4
9
25
B
ADDRESS
x 10
A
X4.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6
1
Load
< 500 Ω
6
3
9
Quantification
366.2 nA/LSB
5
Ex i
Transformation time
< 70 ms
Output resistance
Ri = 367 Ω
4
2
PROFIBUS
4 x Analog in
4 x Analog out
Input resistance
External 4 to 20 mA-signals:
Ri = 234 Ω + approx. 2 V (3 diodes)
 Output channels
3
1
219
PROFIBUS Coupler/PROFIBUS Repeater
Explosion protection
Ex protection type Ex i
II 2 G / I M2
Ex d e [ib] IIC Gb
Ex d e [ib] I Mb
Class I Zone 1 IIC
A/Ex d e [ib] IIC Gb
PROFIBUS Koppler
PROFIBUS Repeater
Features
Description
 Time flow refresh signal
The PROFIBUS couplers and PROFIBUS repeaters
have been particularly dimensioned for the industrial
requirements of hazardous areas of zone 1.
 PROFIBUS coupler/PROFIBUS repeater
also for hazardous areas of Zone 1.
 Galvanically isolated bus segments for
PROFIBUS-DP and PROFIBUS-IS.
 Availability of couplers for PROFIBUS-DP
as well as for PROFIBUS-IS (intrinsically
safe).
PROFIBUS couplers and PROFIBUS repeaters
are used for the separation or generation of new
segments, converting the RS485 typical line structure
into an open and flexible tree structure. Downstream
stations can be coupled to and de-coupled from the
superior bus system in a non-reactive and break/
short-circuit tolerant manner, even during running
bus operation.
The devices facilitate a duplication of the signal to
realize a redundant connection to a master.
Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1068 U
IECEx PTB 11.0083U
INMETRO TÜV 13.1683U
CSA 2011-2484303U
Fitting
Type 17-6583-.3..
II (2) G [Ex ib Gb] IIC
II (2) D [Ex ib Db] IIIC
IBExU05ATEX1074
IECEx IBE 12.0021
INMETRO UL-BR 14.0357
Ex protection type Ex e
II 2 G / I M2
Ex d e IIC Gb
Ex d e I Mb
Class I Zone 1 IIC
A/Ex d e IIC Gb
For further data see verification certificates.
Technical data
Construction
Flameproof, clip-on enclosure for TH 35
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastics
The devices are available as PROFIBUS-DP and as
PROFIBUS-IS (intrinsically safe).
Protection class
Module
IP 66/IEC 60529
Terminals
IP 20/IEC 60529
Terminals with cover IP 30/IEC 60529
Module tasks:
Terminals
2.5 mm2, fine stranded
- Separation of bus segments or generation
of new segments
Labelling
written marking labels
- Creation of complex networks in line,
star and tree structures
Displays
LED green
Operational readiness
LED green/yellow Bus activity
- PROFIBUS-conforming regeneration
of the bus signals in amplitude and time
- Increase of station number
Ambient temperature
-25 °C to +60 °C at T4
- Segment cascading for range increase
Storage temperature
-25 °C to +70 °C
- Provision of intrinsically safe bus segments
for Ex i version according with RS485 IS.
 Electrical data
03-0330-0415/E-08/2014-BAT-239830/1
Supply voltage
DC 20 V to 30 V
Nominal current input
max. 70 mA
Operational readiness indication
LED green
220
PROFIBUS Coupler/PROFIBUS Repeater
RS485 interface
PROFIBUS-DP, PROFIBUS-IS,
EN 61158-2; EN 61784-1
Connection resistance
Ex e
PROFIBUS-DP
Ex i
PROFIBUS-IS
e. g. function plan for 4 channel, intrinsically safe circuits
Standard
Standard
Input manual connectable
OutputSet
Data direction switching
automatic
Bus activity
dynamic
Transmission rate Ex e
Kbit/s- 4, 8/9, 6/19, 2/45, 45/93,
75/187, 5/250/375/500/750
Mbit/s-1.0/1.5/2.0/3.0/6.0/12.0
Transmission rate Ex i
Kbit/s- 4, 8/9, 6/19, 2/45, 45/93,
75/187, 5/250/375/500/750
Mbit/s-1.0/1.5
PROFIBUS-DP Coupler - increased safe
Transmission rate switchover
manual
Description
Options
Module width
Guidelines
Directive 2004/108/EC
Directive 94/9/EC
PROFIBUS-DP Coupler
PROFIBUS-DP Coupler
Ex e, 1 output
30 mm07-7311-93WP/K1NO
Ex e, 2 outputs
30 mm
07-7311-93WP/K2NO
Weight
Module width 30 mm: 180 g
Module width 75 mm: 250 g
PROFIBUS-DP Coupler
Ex e, 4 outputs
75 mm
07-7311-97WP/K4NO
Dimensions (height x width x depth)
94 mm x 30 mm x 91 mm
94 mm x 75 mm x 91 mm
PROFIBUS-IS Coupler - intrinsically safe
Dimensions/Mounting positions
Order no.
Description
Options
Module width
Order no.
PROFIBUS-IS Coupler
PROFIBUS-IS Coupler
Ex i, 1 output
75 mm
07-7311-97WP/K1EO
Ex i, 2 outputs
75 mm
07-7311-97WP/K2EO
PROFIBUS-IS Coupler
Ex i, 4 outputs
75 mm
07-7311-97WP/K4EO
PROFIBUS-DP Repeater - increased safe
Modul width: 30 mm/75 mm
Description
PROFIBUS-DP Repeater
Options
Module width
Order no.
Ex e, 1 output
30 mm
07-7311-93WP/R1NO
PROFIBUS-DP Repeater
Ex e, 2 outputs
30 mm
07-7311-93WP/R2NO
PROFIBUS-DP Repeater
Ex e, 4 outputs
75 mm
07-7311-97WP/R4NO
03-0330-0415/E-08/2014-BAT-239830/2
Technical data subject to change without notice.
221
RS485/PROFIBUS LWL T-coupler
Description
LWL T-coupler
Features
Bridging of great distances
Noice-immune signal transmission
Galvanic isolation
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
II 2 G / I M2
Ex d e [ib] IIC Gb
Ex d e [ib] I Mb
Class I Zone 1 IIC
A/Ex d e [ib] IIC Gb
Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1068 U
IECEx PTB 11.0083U
INMETRO TÜV 13.1683U
TÜV 99 ATEX 1404 X
IECEx TUN 12.0024X
INMETRO UL-BR 14.0356X
CSA 2011-2484303U
The RS485/PROFIBUS LWL T-coupler reroutes
the PROFIBUS from copper conductors to optical
waveguides. The LWL T-coupler is a passive bus
participant. In plants, the LWL T-coupler allows the
bridging of great distance with PROFIBUS without
noice interference.
The electronics for the signal conversion are accomodated in the flameproof MODEX enclosure.
Transmitter and receiver for the LWL-coupler are
intrinsically safe headed.
The intrinsically safe control transmitter and receiver
of the electronic system guarantee that the transmitter
rate does not go beyond maximum value limits.
Optical waveguide
Transmitter
Type 17-2114-0002
II 2 G / II 2 D
Ex ib op is IIC T4 Gb
Ex ib IIIC TX* °C Db
Receiver
Type 17-2114-0003
II 2 G / II 2 D
Ex ib IIC T4 Gb
Ex ib IIIC TX* °C Db
Further safety data see EC type examination
certificate.
* Details see instruction manual.
Fitting
Type 17-1923-1133/0000
II (2) G / II (2) D
[Ex ib Gb] IIC
[Ex ib Db] IIIC
Dimensions/mounting positions
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
03-0330-0394/C-08/2014-BAT-234374/1
RS485/PROFIBUS LWL coupler
RS485/PROFIBUS Fiber optic link
BUS
222
RS485/PROFIBUS LWL T-coupler
Technical data
Electrical data
Construction
Clip-on enclosure to TH 35
Supply voltage
DC 20 V to DC 30 V
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastic
Power consumption dissipation
PV = 0.90 W
Protection class
minimum IP 20
Galvanic isolation
Bus//power supply//optical waveguide
Terminals
2.5 mm2, fine stranded
Bus input/output
2-wire remote bus with screw terminals
Labelling
front panel label for markings
LWL input/output
FSMA LWL plug-in connectors or
ST
LWL plug-in connectors
Display
LEDs on front panel
Wavelength
850 nm/glass
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +70 °C
Displays
operation LED green
active bus LED yellow
Ambient temperature
-25 °C to +60 °C at T4
Distance
1400 m; 50.0 µm fibre/glass
2600 m; 62.5 µm fibre/glass
Weight
600 g
Guidelines
Directive 2004/108/CE
Directive 94/9/CE
Examples of LWL T-coupler
Optical waveguide up to 2.600 m
RS485 - LWL coupler
el. BUS
RS485 - LWL coupler
el. BUS
Order no.
07-7311-97WP/4000T-coupler FSMA
07-7311-97WP/4010T-coupler ST
Technical data subject to change without notice.
03-0330-0394/C-08/2014-BAT-234374/2
223
RS485/PROFIBUS LWL Ring-coupler
Description
The RS485/PROFIBUS LWL Ring-coupler reroutes
the PROFIBUS from copper conductors to optical
waveguides. The LWL Ring-coupler is a passive
bus participant.
In plants, the LWL Ring-coupler allows the bridging
of great distance with PROFIBUS without noice
interference.
LWL Ring-coupler
The electronics for the signal conversion are accomodated in the flameproof MODEX enclosure.
Transmitter and receiver for the LWL-coupler are
intrinsically safe headed. The intrinsically safe control
transmitter and receiver of the electronic system
guarantee that the transmitter rate does not go beyond
maximum value limits.
Configuration
Features
Bridging of great distances
Noice-immune signal transmission
Galvanic isolation
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
II 2 G / I M2
Ex d e [ib] IIC Gb
Ex d e [ib] I Mb
Class I Zone 1 IIC
A/Ex d e [ib] IIC Gb
Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1068 U
IECEx PTB 11.0083U
INMETRO TÜV 13.1683U
TÜV 99 ATEX 1404 X
IECEx TUN 12.0024X
INMETRO UL-BR 14.0356X
CSA 2011-2484303U
According to topology, it is possible to connect
several items of equipment in a ring. A master (item
of equipment) needs to be included in the ring. All
the other items of equipment should be configurated
as slaves. The master needs to be connected to the
higher level (e. g. control unit).
Optical waveguide
Transmitter
Type 17-2114-0002
II 2 G / II 2 D
Ex ib op is IIC T4 Gb
Ex ib IIIC TX* °C Db
Receiver
Type 17-2114-0003
II 2 G / II 2 D
Ex ib IIC T4 Gb
Ex ib IIIC TX* °C Db
Further safety data see EC type examination
certificate.
* Details see instruction manual.
Fitting
Type 17-1923-1122/0000
II (2) G / II (2) D
[Ex ib Gb] IIC
[Ex ib Db] IIIC
Dimensions/mounting positions
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
03-0330-0392/C-08/2014-BAT-234372/1
RS485/PROFIBUS LWL-Ring-coupler
RS485/PROFIBUS Fiber optic ring-link
BUS
224
RS485/PROFIBUS LWL Ring-coupler
Technical data
Electrical data
Construction
Clip-on enclosure to TH 35
Supply voltage
DC 20 V to DC 30 V
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastic
Power consumption dissipation
PV = 1.50 W
Protection class
minimum IP 20
Galvanic isolation
Bus//power supply//optical waveguide
Terminals
2.5 mm2, fine stranded
Bus input/output
2-wire remote bus with screw terminals
Labelling
front panel label for markings
LWL input/output
FSMA LWL plug-in connectors or
ST
LWL plug-in connectors
Display
LEDs on front panel
Wavelength
850 nm/glass
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +70 °C
Displays
operation
active bus
Ambient temperature
-25 °C to +60 °C at T4
LED green
LED yellow
Distance
1400 m; 50.0 µm fibre/glass
2600 m; 62.5 µm fibre/glass
Weight
600 g
Guidelines
Directive 2004/108/EC
Directive 94/9/EC
Examples of LWL Ring-coupler
Optical waveguide up to 2.600 m
RS485 - LWL coupler
03-0330-0392/C-08/2014-BAT-234372/2
Optical waveguide up to 2.600 m
RS485 - LWL coupler
RS485 - LWL coupler
Order no.
07-7311-97WP/5400 Master/Slave*
FSMA
07-7311-97WP/5410 Master/Slave*
ST
*is configurate through an electrical bridge at the terminal Master/MA
Technical data subject to change without notice.
225
RS485/PROFIBUS LWL PP-coupler
Description
LWL PP-coupler
The RS485/PROFIBUS LWL PP-coupler reroutes
the PROFIBUS from copper conductors to optical
waveguides. The LWL PP-coupler is a passive bus
participant.
In plants, the LWL PP-coupler allows the bridging
of great distance with PROFIBUS without noice
interference.
Galvanic isolation
The electronics for the signal conversion are
accomodated in the flameproof MODEX enclosure.
Transmitter and receiver for the LWL-coupler are
intrinsically safe headed during the execution. The
intrinsically safe control transmitter and receiver of
the electronic system guarantee that the transmitter
rate does not go beyond maximum value limits.
Explosion protection
Optical waveguide
Ex protection type
II 2 G / I M2
Ex d e [ib] IIC Gb
Ex d e [ib] I Mb
Class I Zone 1 IIC
A/Ex d e [ib] IIC Gb
Transmitter
Type 17-2114-0002
II 2 G / II 2 D
Ex ib op is IIC T4 Gb
Ex ib IIIC TX* °C Db
Features
Bridging of great distances
Noice-immune signal transmission
Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1068 U
IECEx PTB 11.0083U
INMETRO TÜV 13.1683U
TÜV 99 ATEX 1404 X
IECEx TUN 12.0024X
INMETRO UL-BR 14.0356X
CSA 2011-2484303U
Receiver
Type 17-2114-0003
II 2 G / II 2 D
Ex ib IIC T4 Gb
Ex ib IIIC TX* °C Db
Further safety data see EC type examination
certificate.
* Details see instruction manual.
Fitting
Type 17-1923-1133/0000
II (2) G / II (2) D
[Ex ib Gb] IIC
[Ex ib Db] IIIC
Dimensions/mounting positions
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
03-0330-0393/C-08/2014-BAT-234373/1
RS485/PROFIBUS LWL-coupler
RS485/PROFIBUS Fiber optic link
BUS
226
RS485/PROFIBUS LWL PP-coupler
Technical data
Electrical data
Construction
Clip-on enclosure to TH 35
Supply voltage
DC 20 V to DC 30 V
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastic
Power consumption dissipation
PV = 0.85 W
Protection class
minimum IP 20
Galvanic isolation
Bus//power supply//optical waveguide
Terminals
2.5 mm2, fine stranded
Bus input/output
2-wire remote bus with screw terminals
Labelling
front panel label for markings
LWL input/output
F-SMALWL plug-in connectors or
ST
LWL plug-in connectors
Display
LEDs on front panel
Wavelength
850 nm/glass
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +70 °C
Displays
operation LED green
active bus LED yellow
Ambient temperature
-25 °C to +60 °C at T4
Distance
1400 m; 50.0 µm fibre/glass
2600 m; 62.5 µm fibre/glass
Weight
600 g
Guidelines
Directive 2004/108/EC
Directive 94/9/EC
Example of LWL PP-coupler
Optical waveguide up to 2.600 m
03-0330-0393/C-08/2014-BAT-234373/2
RS485 - LWL coupler
RS485 - LWL coupler
Order no.
07-7311-97WP/6000
LWL PP-coupler
FSMA
07-7311-97WP/6010
LWL PP-coupler
ST
Technical data subject to change without notice.
227
PROFIBUS-Interface Terminator
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
II 2 G / I M2
Ex d e IIC Gb
Ex d e I Mb
Class I Zone 1 IIC
A/Ex d e IIC Gb
Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1068 U
IECEx PTB 11.0083U
INMETRO TÜV 13.1683U
CSA 2011-2484303U
Terminator
Technical data
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastics
Protection class
Module
IP 66/IEC 60529
Terminals IP 20/IEC 60529
Terminals
2.5 mm2, fine stranded
Description
The PROFIBUS Interface Terminator is an active bus
terminator. Its essential benefit is the fact that bus
devices can be switched off, removed or replaced
without impairing data transfer.
This especially applies to bus devices on both ends
of the bus line through which terminal resistances
previously had to be switched and supplied.
Dimensions/mounting position
Mounting rail
TH 35 x 7.5 (15) EN 60715
Labelling
front panel label for markings
Ambient temperature
-25 °C to +60 °C at T4
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +70 °C
Weight
0.250 kg
 Electrical data
Supply voltage
DC 20 V to 30 V
Power consumption
Ptot. = 0.3 W
Guidelines
Directive 2004/108/EC
Directive 94/9/EC
Module width: 30 mm
Wiring diagram/terminal assigment
03-0330-0282/E-07/2014-BAT-206448
Order no.
07-7311-93WP/0000
Technical data subject to change without notice!
228
1 kΩ/10 kΩ resistive coupling element
Technical data
Resistance
1 kΩ/0.6 W
10 kΩ/0.6 W
Terminals
1.5 mm2
Connection cable
0.75 mm2
Supply voltage
max. DC 20 V
Resistive coupling element
Ambient temperature
-40 °C to +60 °C
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +70 °C
Description
Four states can be detected:
The 1 kΩ/10 kΩ resistive coupling element is
used to monitor open and short circuits in isolator
amplifier circuits controlled by mechanical contacts.
Open circuit (broken cable)
The coupling element is installed directly to the
control contact or inside its terminal box.
Short circuit
Function
Numerous isolator amplifiers can monitor the
connected sensor line for open or short circuit
conditions thanks to the employment of electronic
proximity switches to which current can be applied in
both damped and undamped status (DIN EN 609475-6). Current values outside the specified range are
identified as open or short circuits.
The resistive coupling element can be used with
all isolator amplifiers featuring open and short
circuit monitoring, e. g.
Open switch
BARTEC, CEAG, Hartmann & Braun,
Pepperl + Fuchs
Closed switch
Installation
for example, in the sensor terminal box
Application
Open/short circuit monitoring for isolator
amplifiers with contact control.
Sensor
terminal box
Isolator amplifier
If simple mechanical contacts are used, it is not
possible to identify a short circuit. Neither can be
distinguished between open circuit and open contact.
This problem can be solved by installing a resistor
combination at the end of the sensor line immediately
before the switch.
Cable and sub-distribution
to isolator amplifier
This combination provides a closed-circuit current
even when the contacts is open.
At closed contact it restricts the current to a value
which lies clearly below the response threhold for
short circuit.
Resistive coupling element
mounted on sensor
Dimensions
03-0330-0178/A-07/2014-BCS-200057
Wiring diagram
Sensor and contact for
monitoring
Order no.
17-9Z62-0002
Other variants on request.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
229
1 kΩ/10 kΩ Resistive coupling element
Technical data
Resistance
1 kΩ/0.6 W
10 kΩ/0.6 W
Terminals
2.5 mm2
Resistive coupling element
Mounting rail
TH 35
Supply voltage
max. DC 20 V
Ambient temperature
-40 °C to +60 °C
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +60 °C
Description
Function
The 1 kΩ/10 kΩ resistive coupling element is used to
monitor open and short circuits in isolator amplifier
circuits controlled by mechanical contacts.
Numerous isolator amplifiers can monitor
the connected sensor line for open or short
circuit conditions thanks to the employment of
electronic proximity switches to which current can be
applied in both damped and undamped status DIN
EN 60947-5-6.
The coupling element is installed directly to the control
contact or inside its terminal box.
Current values outside the specified range are identified as open or short circuits.
Four states can be detected:
Open circuit (broken cable)
If simple mechanical contacts are used, it is not
possible to identify a short circuit. Neither can be
distinguished between open circuit and open contact.
This problem can be solved by installing a resistor
combination at the end of the sensor line immediately
before the switch.
Open switch
Closed switch
Short circuit
Wiring diagram/terminal assigment
To the use in intrinsically safe electric circuits to
temperature class T5.
The resistive coupling element can be used
with all isolator amplifiers featuring open and
short circuit monitoring.
Application
Open/short circuit monitoring for isolator
amplifiers with contact control.
1
This combination provides a closed-circuit current
even when the contacts is open. At closed contact it
restricts the current to a value which lies clearly below
the response threhold for short circuit.
2
3
4
39,9
45,9
Dimensions
1 Isolator amplifier
03-0330-0495-07/2014-BAT-281178
2 Cable and sub-distribution
7,4
67,5
3 Resistive coupling element mounted on sensor
4 Sensor and contact for monitoring
Order no.
17-9Z63-0002
Other variants on request.
Technical data subject to change without notice!
230
Control units MODEX
Control units MODEX
Isolator terminal IP 30, 2-pole
07-7311-6131/EE00
234
Fuse max. 1.25 A with double terminals
07-7311-61J2/..20
235
Fuse max. 1.25 A with single terminals
07-7311-61J2/.TA0
236
Fuse max. 2.5 A
07-7311-63J2/..00
237
Fuse max. 6.3 A
07-7311-93J2/..00
238
Fuse max. 6.3 A, quick-acting
07-7311-93J2/..00
239
Freewheeling diode single
07-7311-61GF/54.0
240
Freewheeling diode double
07-7311-63GF/5300
241
Resistors max. 0.8 Watt
07-7311-61TW/0.00
Lamp test diode module
07-7311-97GW/E3K0
242
243
Resistors max. 1.2 Watt
07-7311-63TW/....
244 - 245
Miniature switching relay
07-7311-6371/.000
246
Relay, 1 changeover contact/2 changeover contacts
07-7311-937./.000
247
Isolator relay, contact seperation acc. to DIN EN 60079-0 and DIN EN 60079-11
07-7311-937./..00
248
Power relay
07-7311-9772/.310
249
Cradle relay
07-7331-977./.100
250 - 251
Transformer AC 24 V/500 mA
07-7311-97S3/H3N0
252
AC/DC converter DC 24 V/450 mA
07-7311-97S7/AAMO
253
Power supply unit DC 24 V/2 A
07-7331-1201/0000
254
Power supply unit AC/DC 110 to 250 V
07-7311-97S9/J..0
255
Optocoupler, 2-channel
07-7311-93QH/C5M0
256
Isolator amplifier, 4-channel with display
07-7311-97MT/BA..
257 - 258
Measuring transducer for Pt100
07-7311-93T4/.350
259
Power contactor
07-7311-97ER/31.0
260
Process Monitor
261 - 262
Process Monitor PM 420ex262
17-71MM-1002
Network Technology
263 - 272
Optical Transceiver BNT 100ex264
for the output of intrinsically safe optical signals
07-7362-1..0
Optical Transceiver BNT 1000ex265
for the output of intrinsically safe optical signals
07-7362-1330
Media Converter/Optical Transceiver BNT 1000ex-SM10266
for the output of intrinsically safe optical signals on single mode glass fibre
with a range up to 10 km
07-7362-2.40
Ethernet Switch BNT 1002ex-MC
Gigabit Ethernet Media Converter
07-7382-11.2/0000; 07-7382-23.2/0000
Ethernet Switch BNT 1005ex-TX269
Gigabit Ethernet Switch
07-7383-11.1/0000; 07-7382-23.1/0000
Ethernet Switch BNT 1003ex-GX2
07-7382-11.3/0000; 07-7382-23.3/0000
Power supply 100 W for Zone 1, 2 and Zone 21, 22
07-7381-1.00
267 - 268
270 - 271
272
Isolator terminal IP 30 2-pole
Description
The MODEX series offers an isolator terminal which
can be used both for service and test jobs as well
as for conventional, manual switching functions.
Thanks to the visibly clear distinction between switching positions and extremely small enclosure with
4 integrated terminals, the isolator terminal is very
easy to install. The labelling options are the same
as for rail-mounted terminals. The MODEX isolator
terminal is installed directly in an Ex e enclosure and
installed like a rail-mounted terminal.
Isolator terminal
Features
Being a terminal with positive opening operation, it
offers additional safety. All conducting parts are protected against accidental contact which allows you to
open the Ex e enclosure and to operate the switch by
hand when voltage is applied and within the Ex area.
Any actuators or sensors are isolated by the double
poles and can thus be replaced under hazardous
conditions providing local regulations allow this.
Explosion protection
IP 30 terminal cover
Positive opening contact, 2-pole
Safety isolation of Ex e power circuits
Replaced system shutdown or
fire-work-permission
Dimensions/mounting positions
Ex protection type
II 2 G / I M2
Ex d e IIC Gb
Ex d e I Mb
Class I Zone 1 IIC
A/Ex d e IIC Gb
IP 54
IP 20
IP 30
Terminals
2.5 mm2, fine stranded
Mounting rail
TH 35 x 7.5 (15) EN 60715
Ambient temperature
-40 °C to +70 °C
03-0330-0153/F-08/2014-BAT-128925
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +70 °C
11
Weight
0.245 kg
Electrical data
22
21
Rated isolation voltage
400 V
Short-circuit protection
fuse-links
characteristic - quick-acting: 10 A
Mechanical life
1 x 106 switching cycles
Electrical life
1 x 104 switching cycles
Conventional thermal current
7 A at Ta < +40 °C
Alternating current 40 to 80 Hz
Terminal designation
written marking labels
12
Contact type
2-pole NC contact
Rated operating current
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastic and duroplastic
Wiring diagram (I-position)/
terminal assignment (I-position)
Contact version
positive opening contact
Switching capacity
according to EN 61058-1
see table
Technical data
Module width: 15 mm
Contact material
pure silver, gold-plated
Utilization categories
AC-15 for 400 V/2 A
DC-13 for 250 V/0.15 A
Certification
PTB 98 ATEX 1020 U
IECEx PTB 11.0087U
CSA 2011-2484303U
INMETRO TÜV 13.1678U
Protection class
Module
Terminals
Terminals with cover
Service life
electrical/mechanical 0.6 ≥ 104
switching cycles
Switching elements
2-pole positive opening contact
Load U
Ohmic load
I/AC-12 A
Inductive load
I/AC-15 A
125 V
5A
250 V
4A
4.0 A
400 V
2A
2.0 A
Direct current
Ohmic load
Inductive load
30 V
7A
approx. 5 A
250 V
0.6 A
0.15 A
Guidelines
Directive 94/9/EC
Notes
Adhere to VBG 4 § 6 par. 2 when working on
the unit
Provide IP 30 covers on terminals 11 and 21
(enclosed)
Only terminals 12 and 22 can be worked with
Protect against unintentional reclosing/seal
isolator terminal
Ensure isolation from supply
(pay attention to valves and fittings with
energy storage mechanism)
Cover neighboring, conducting parts
Order no.
07-7311-6131/EE00
Technical data subject to change without notice.
234
Fuse max. 1.25 A with double terminals
Technical data
Enclosure material
High quality thermoplastic
Protection class
Module
IP 66/IEC 60529
Terminals IP 20/IEC 60529
Terminals
2.5 mm2, fine stranded
Description
Fuse
Fused modules are required to protect equipment and
power circuits in areas in which an explosion hazard
exists. The increasing automation of functions and
processes make it necessary to install the standard
protective devices on-site. An advantage of MODEX
fuses is that they are fitted in explosion-protected
enclosures with integrated double terminals. This
allows the input and output voltage to be used further
by the MODEX componentt.
Please indicate the desired current value with your
order (see selection chart).
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
II 2 G / I M2
Ex d e IIC Gb
Ex d e I Mb
Class I Zone 1 IIC
A/Ex d e IIC Gb
Certification
PTB 98 ATEX 1010 U
IECEx PTB 11.0086U
CSA 2011-2484303U
INMETRO TÜV 13.1677U
Dimensions/mounting positions
Mounting rail
TH 35 x 7.5 (15) EN 60715
Terminal designation
written marking labels
Ambient temperature
-40 °C to +50 °C at T6
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +70 °C
Weight
0.055 kg
Electrical data see selection chart
Nominal voltage
250 V
Switching capability
at 250 V, 50 Hz, cos ϕ = 1
80 A for (M) 0.1 A to 1.25 A
35 A for (T) 0.1 A to 1.25 A
Guidelines
Directive 94/9/EC
Selection chart
Nominal
current
Module width: 15 mm
03-0330-0075/E-08/2014-BAT-124616
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
Code
no.
0.1 A
5
0.2 A
8
0.25 A
9
0.5 A
C
1.0 A
G
1.25 A
H
Characteristic
Code
no.
medium time-lag
M
time-lag
T
07-7311-61J2 /
Complete order no.
20
Please enter code number.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
235
Fuse max. 1.25 A with single terminals
Description
Fused modules are required to protect equipment
and power circuits in areas in which an explosion
hazard exists.
The increasing automation of functions and processes make it necessary to install the standard protective
devices on-site. An advantage of MODEX fuses is that
they are fitted in explosion-protected enclosures with
integrated double terminals.
Fuse
This allows the input and output voltage to be used
further by the MODEX component. Please indicate
the desired current value with your order (see
selection chart).
Explosion protection
Technical data
Enclosure material
High quality thermoplastic
Protection class
Module
IP 66/IEC 60529
Terminals IP 20/IEC 60529
Terminals
2.5 mm2, fine stranded
Mounting rail
TH 35 x 7.5 (15) EN 60715
Terminal designation
written marking labels
Ambient temperature
-40 °C to +50 °C at T6
Ex protection type
II 2 G / I M2
Ex d e IIC Gb
Ex d e I Mb
Class I Zone 1 IIC
A/Ex d e IIC Gb
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +70 °C
Certification
PTB 98 ATEX 1010 U
IECEx PTB 11.0086U
CSA 2011-2484303U
INMETRO TÜV 13.1677U
Electrical data see selection chart
Weight
0.055 kg
Nominal voltage
250 V
Switching capability
at 250 V, 50 Hz, cos ϕ = 1
35 A for (T) 0.032 A to 1.25 A
Guidelines
Directive 94/9/EC
Dimensions/mounting positions
Selection chart
Nominal current (time-lag)
Module width: 15 mm
03-0330-0194/E-08/2014-BAT-201045
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
3
1
4
2
Code no.
0.032 A
1
0.050 A
2
0.063 A
3
0.08 A
4
0.1 A
5
0.125 A
6
0.16 A
7
0.2 A
8
0.25 A
9
0.315 A
A
0.4 A
B
0.5 A
C
0.63 A
E
0.8 A
F
1.0 A
G
1.25 A
H
07-7311-61J2 /
TA0
Complete order no.
Please enter code number.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
236
Fuse to 2.5 A
Description
Fused modules are required to protect equipment and
power circuits in areas in which an explosion hazard
exists. The increasing automation of functions and
processes make it necessary to install the standard
protective devices on-site.
An advantage of MODEX fuses is that they are fitted
in explosion-protected enclosures with integrated
double terminals.
Explosion protection
Fuse
Technical data
Enclosure material
High quality thermoplastic
Protection class
Module
IP 66/IEC 60529
Terminals IP 20/IEC 60529
Terminals
2.5 mm2, fine stranded
Mounting rail
TH 35 x 7.5 (15) EN 60715
Terminal designation
written marking labels
Ex protection type
II 2 G / I M2
Ex d e IIC Gb
Ex d e I Mb
Class I Zone 1 IIC
A/Ex d e IIC Gb
Ambient temperature
-40 °C to +50 °C at T6
Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1068 U
IECEx PTB 11.0083U
CSA 2011-2484303U
INMETRO TÜV 13.1683U
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +70 °C
Weight
0.120 kg
Electrical data see selection chart
Nominal voltage
250 V
Switching capability
at 250 V, 50 Hz, cos ϕ = 1
1000 A for (M) 1.6 A to 2.5 A
35 A for (T)
1.6 A to 2.5 A
Dimensions/mounting positions
Guidelines
Directive 94/9/EC
Module width: 30 mm
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
Selection chart
Nominal
current
03-0330-0076/G-08/2014-BAT-124617
1
2
1
2
Code
no.
1.6 A
J
2.0 A
K
2.5 A
L
Characteristic
Code
no.
medium time lag
M
time lag
T
07-7311-63J2/
00
Complete order no.
*07-7311-63J2/LT00 not available!
Please enter code number.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
237
Fuse max. 6.3 A
Description
Fused modules are required to protect equipment
and circuits in hazardous areas. With the increasing automation of functions and processes requires
the installation of the standard protective devices
on-site.
An advantage of MODEX fuses is that they are fitted
in flameproof enclosures with integrated double
terminals. This allows the input and output voltage
to be used by other MODEX components, too.
Fuse
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
II 2 G / I M2
Ex d e IIC Gb
Ex d e I Mb
Class I Zone 1 IIC
A/Ex d e IIC Gb
Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1068 U
IECEx PTB 11.0083U
CSA 2011-2484303U
INMETRO TÜV 13.1683U
Technical data
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastic
Protection class
Module IP 66/IEC 60529
Terminals IP 20/IEC 60529
Terminals
2.5 mm2, stranded
Mounting rail
TH 35 x 7.5 (15) EN 60715
Terminal designation
written marking labels
Ambient temperature
-40 °C to +50 °C at T6
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +70 °C
Weight
0.250 kg
Electrical data
see selection chart
Nominal voltage
250 V
Dimensions/mounting positions
Switching capacity
at 250 V, 50 Hz, cos ϕ = 1
1000 A for (M) 3.15 A to 6.3 A
35 Afor (T) to 3.15 A
40 Afor (T) 4 A
50 Afor (T) 5 A
63 Afor (T) 6.3 A
Guidelines
Directive 94/9/EC
Module width: 30 mm
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
Selection chart
03-0330-0417/D-08/2014-BAT-240388
Nominal
current
Code
no.
3.15 A
M
4.0 A
N
5.0 A
P
6.3 A
Q
Characteristic
Code
no.
time lag
T
medium time lag
M
07-7311-93J2/
00
Complete order no.
Please enter code number.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
238
Fuse max. 6.3 A, quick-acting
Description
Fused modules are required to protect equipment
and circuits in hazardous areas. With the increasing automation of functions and processes requires
the installation of the standard protective devices
on-site.
An advantage of MODEX fuses is that they are fitted
in flameproof enclosures with integrated double
terminals. This allows the input and output voltage
to be used by other MODEX components, too.
Fuse
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
II 2 G / I M2
Ex d e IIC Gb
Ex d e I Mb
Class I Zone 1 IIC
A/Ex d e IIC Gb
Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1068 U
IECEx PTB 11.0083U
CSA 2011-2484303U
INMETRO TÜV 13.1683U
Technical data
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastic
Protection class
ModuleIP 66/IEC 60529
TerminalsIP 20/IEC 60529
Terminals
2.5 mm2, fine stranded
Mounting rail
TH 35 x 7.5 (15) EN 60715
Terminal designation
written marking labels
Ambient temperature
-40 °C to +50 °C at T6
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +70 °C
Weight
0.250 kg
Electrical data
see selection chart
Rated voltage
250 V
Dimensions/mounting positions
Switching capacity
at 250 V, 50 Hz, cos ϕ = 1
35 A for 3.15 A
40 A for 4 A
63 A for 6.3 A
Guidelines
Directive 94/9/EC
Module width: 30 mm
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
Selection chart
03-0330-0424/D-08/2014-BAT-240842
Nominal
current
Code
no.
2.5 A
L
4.0 A
N
6.3 A
Q
Characteristic
quick-acting
Code
no.
F
07-7311-93J2 /
00
Complete order no.
Please enter code number.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
239
Freewheeling diode single
Technical data
Enclosure material
High quality thermoplastic
Protection class
Module
IP 66/IEC 60529
Terminals IP 20/IEC 60529
Terminals
2.5 mm2, fine stranded
Freewheeling diode
Description
A freewheeling diode acting as a suppressor, this
module can be installed in series or in parallel to
an electrical circuit just like any modular terminal.
There are two connection points on either side to
facilitate wiring to other MODEX modules or direct
connection.
Mounting rail
TH 35 x 7.5 (15) EN 60715
Terminal designation
written marking labels
Ambient temperature
-25 °C to +60 °C at T4
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +70 °C
Weight
0.055 kg
Dimensions/mounting position
Module width: 15 mm
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
II 2 G / I M2
Ex d e IIC Gb
Ex d e I Mb
Class I Zone 1 IIC
A/Ex d e IIC Gb
 Electrical data
Certification
PTB 98 ATEX 1010 U
IECEx PTB 11.0086U
CSA 2011-2484303U
INMETRO TÜV 13.1677U
Current
0.7 A
Wiring diagram 1/terminal assignment 1
Wiring diagram 2/terminal assignment 2
Variant 1
Variant 2
Rated voltage
400 V
Reverse voltage
1000 V
Type 1 N 4007
other types on request
Guidelines
Directive 94/9/EC
03-0330-0012/E-08/2014-BAT-106806
Selection chart
Variants
Code no.
Variant 1
0
Variant 2
1
07-7311-61GF/54
0
Complete order no.
Please enter code number.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
240
Freewheeling diode double
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
II 2 G / I M2
Ex d e IIC Gb
Ex d e I Mb
Class I Zone 1 IIC
A/Ex d e IIC Gb
Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1068 U
IECEx PTB 11.0083U
CSA 2011-2484303U
INMETRO TÜV 13.1683U
Freewheeling diode
Technical data
Enclosure material
high-quality thermoplastic
Description
Protection class
Module
IP 66/IEC 60529
Terminals IP 20/IEC 60529
Suppressors for electrical and electronic control
systems.
Terminals
2.5 mm2, fine stranded
Spark suppressors for the prevention of overvoltage
in inductive loads such as solenoids, DC relays etc.
Mounting rail
TH 35 x 7.5 (15) EN 60715
Dimensions/mounting position
Terminal designation
written marking labels
Ambient temperature
-25 °C to +60 °C at T4
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +70 °C
Weight
0.250 kg
 Electrical data
Module width: 30 mm
Rated voltage
400 V
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
1
1
3
3
Reverse voltage
1000 V
Current
Type 1N4007 max. 0.6 A
Other types on request
Guidelines
Directive 94/9/EC
03-0330-0070/C-08/2014-BAT-124611
2
2
4
4
Order no.
07-7311-63GF/5300
Technical data subject to change without notice.
241
Resistor max. 0.8 W
Description
For general use throughout the field of measuring and control engineering for hazardous areas
(e. g. monitoring switching contacts, open circuit
monitoring).
Explosion protection
Resistor
Ex protection type
II 2 G / I M2
Ex d e IIC Gb
Ex d e I Mb
Class I Zone 1 IIC
A/Ex d e IIC Gb
Technical data
Enclosure material
High quality thermoplastic
Protection class
Module
IP 66/IEC 60529
Terminals IP 20/IEC 60529
Terminals
2.5 mm2, fine stranded
Mounting rail
TH 35 x 7.5 (15) EN 60715
Terminal designation
written marking labels
Certification
PTB 98 ATEX 1010 U
IECEx PTB 11.0086U
CSA 2011-2484303U
INMETRO TÜV 13.1677U
Ambient temperature
-25 °C to +60 °C at T4
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +70 °C
Weight
0.050 kg
 Electrical data see selection chart
Dimensions/mounting position
Guidelines
Directive 94/9/EC
Selection chart
Rating
Module width: 15 mm
Wiring diagram 1/terminal assignment 1
03-0330-0067/F-08/2014-BAT-124608/1
Wiring diagram 2/terminal assignment 2
Spacing
Wiring diagram
terminal assigment
Code
no.
R1 10kΩ ± 1 %
R2 1kΩ ± 1 %
Imax. = 6 mA
Imax. = 6 mA
without
2
0
R13.3kΩ ± 1 %
R21.8kΩ ± 1 %
Imax. = 8 mA
Imax. = 8 mA
without
2
1
R14.7kΩ ± 5 %
Imax. = 12 mA
without
1
2
R1120 Ω ± 1 %
Imax. = 60 mA
without
1
3
R1 1kΩ ± 1 %
Imax. = 25 mA
without
1
4
R1250 Ω ± 0,1 %
Imax. = 50 mA
without
1
5
R1 2kΩ ± 1 %
R2 1kΩ ± 1 %
Imax. = 6 mA
without
2
6
R1249 Ω ± 1 %
R2100 Ω ± 1 %
Imax. = 50 mA
without
2
7
R1 10kΩ ± 1 %
R2 2kΩ ± 1 %
Imax. = 6 mA
without
2
8
R18.2kΩ ± 1 %
R21.5kΩ ± 1 %
Imax. = 8 mA
Imax. = 19 mA
without
2
9
Complete order no. 07-7311-61TW/0
00
Please enter code number. Technical data subject to change without notice.
242
Lamp test diode module
Technical data
Enclosure material
High quality thermoplastic
Protection class
Module IP 66/IEC 60529
TerminalsIP 20/IEC 60529
Terminals
2.5 mm2, fine stranded
Mounting rail
TH 35 x 7.5 (15) EN 60715
Lamp test
diode module
Description
This module combines a given number of diodes
on a single printed board. The diodes are connected
to terminals.
Typical applications:
Signal isolation in lamp testing. The diodes are
connected in pairs and can be supplied with either a
common cathode or anode.
Dimensions/mounting positions
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
II 2 G / I M2
Ex d e IIC Gb
Ex d e I Mb
Class I Zone 1 IIC
A/Ex d e IIC Gb
Module width: 75 mm
Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1068 U
IECEx PTB 11.0083U
CSA 2011-2484303U
INMETRO TÜV 13.1683U
Terminal designation
written marking labels
Ambient temperature
-25 °C to +60 °C at T4
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +70 °C
Weight
0.400 kg
Electrical data
Reverse voltage
max. DC 300 V
Reverse voltage
1 000 V
Diode current
0.3 A max per lamp
Type 1 N 4007
Guidelines
Directive 94/9/EC
03-0330-0072-08/2014-BAT-124613
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
Order no.
07-7311-97GW/E3K0
Technical data subject to change without notice.
243
(Precision) Resistors max 1.2 W
(Precision) Resistors
Description
For general use throughout the field of measuring and control engineering for hazardous areas
(e. g. monitoring switching contacts, open circuit
monitoring).
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
II 2 G / I M2
Ex d e IIC Gb
Ex d e I Mb
Class I Zone 1 IIC
A/Ex d e IIC Gb
Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1068 U
IECEx PTB 11.0083U
CSA 2011-2484303U
INMETRO TÜV 13.1683U
Technical data
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastic
Protection class
Module
IP 66/IEC 60529
Terminals IP 20/IEC 60529
Terminals
2.5 mm², fine stranded
Mounting rail
TS 35 x 7.5 (15) EN 60715
Terminal designation
written marking labels
Ambient temperature
-25 °C to +60 °C at T4
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +70 °C
Weight
0.110 kg
 Electrical data see selection chart
03-0330-0068/H-08/2014-BAT-124609/1
Guidelines
Directive 94/9/EC
244
(Precision) Resistors max 1.2 W
Dimensions/mounting positions
Selection chart
Rating
Module width: 30 mm
Wiring diagram 1/terminal assignment 1
Wiring diagram 2/terminal assignment 2
03-0330-0068/H-08/2014-BAT-124609/2
Wiring diagram 3/terminal assignment 3
Spacing
Wiring diagram
terminal assignment
Code no.
R1 4.7kΩ ± 10 %
R2 10kΩ ± 10 %
Imax. = 5 mA
Imax. = 5 mA
without
1
01A0
R1100Ω ±
R2 100 Ω ±
1 %
1 %
Imax. = 50 mA
Imax. = 50 mA
without
3
0251
R1 2.2kΩ ± 1 %
R2680Ω ± 5 %
Imax. = 15 mA
Imax. = 35 mA
8 mm
3
03A0
R1680Ω ± 5 %
Imax. = 35 mA
without
2
04A0
R11 kΩ ± 1 %
R2 10kΩ ± 1 %
Imax. = 20 mA
Imax. = 5 mA
without
3
05G0
R1820Ω ±
5 %
Imax. = 35 mA
without
2
0600
R1 3.3kΩ ± 5 %
Imax. = 17 mA
without
2
0700
R1 2.7kΩ ± 5 %
Imax. = 19 mA
without
2
0800
R13 kΩ ± 1 %
R2 4.3kΩ ± 1 %
Imax. = 10 mA
Imax. = 9 mA
without
3
0900
R182 Ω ± 1 %
R2100Ω ± 1 %
Imax. = 70 mA
Imax. = 60 mA
without
3
1000
R1120Ω ± 1 %
R2150Ω ± 1 %
Imax. = 60 mA
Imax. = 50 mA
without
3
1100
R1 6.8kΩ ± 1 %
R2820Ω ± 1 %
Imax. = 3.5 mA
Imax. = 29 mA
without
3
1200
R1680Ω ± 2 %
R2 3.3kΩ ± 2 %
Imax. = 25 mA
Imax. = 10 mA
without
1
1300
R1 2.2kΩ ± 1 %
R2 3.3kΩ ± 1 %
Imax. = 15 mA
Imax. = 10 mA
without
1
1400
R1 6.8kΩ ± 1 %
R2 6.8kΩ ± 1 %
Imax. = 9 mA
Imax. = 9 mA
without
3
1500
R13 kΩ ± 1 %
R23 kΩ ± 1 %
Imax. = 10 mA
Imax. = 10 mA
without
1
1600
R1 22 kΩ ± 1 %
Imax. = 5 mA
without
2
17A0
R1 15kΩ ± 1 %
R2 15kΩ ± 1 %
Imax. = 5 mA
Imax. = 5 mA
without
3
1800
R1 1.8kΩ ± 1 %
R2 4.7kΩ ± 1 %
Imax. = 2 mA
Imax. = 10 mA
without
3
1900
R1 1.5kΩ ± 1 %
R2 2.2kΩ ± 1 %
Imax. = 19 mA
Imax. = 16 mA
without
1
2000
R1 8.2kΩ ± 1 %
R2 1.5kΩ ± 1 %
Imax. = 12 mA
Imax. = 28 mA
without
3
2100
R1 51.1 kΩ ± 1 %
R2 51.1 kΩ ± 1 %
Imax. = 3 mA
Imax. = 3 mA
without
3
2200
Complete order no. 07-7311-63TW /
Please enter code number. Technical data subject to change without notice.
245
Miniature switching relay
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +70 °C
Weight
0.250 kg
Electrical data
Miniature
switching relay
Coil data
AC/DC 11.2 V to 16 V/0.53 VA/0.37 W
AC/DC 21.5 V to 28 V/0.43 VA/0.33 W
AC/DC 42 V to 60.5 V/0.53 VA/0.4 W
AC/DC 54 V to 72 V/0.41 VA/0.3 W
AC 96 V to 144 V; 50/60 Hz/0.85 VA
AC 176 V to 264 V; 50 Hz/1.5 VA
Contact material
AgCdO
Max. switching voltage
AC 250 V/DC 300 V
Description
The relay modules of the MODEX series offer most
up-to-date switching configurations. A suppressor
diode on the coil protects the power circuit from peak
voltages. High shock and vibration resistance is just
as important as the IP 66 protection of the contacts.
The MODEX relay switches circuits up to 5 A and
is used as an isolator between low-current control
circuits and high-current switching circuits.
Dimensions/mounting positions
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
II 2 G / I M2
Ex d e IIC Gb
Ex d e I Mb
Class I Zone 1 IIC
A/Ex d e IIC Gb
Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1068 U
IECEx PTB 11.0083U
CSA 2011-2484303U
INMETRO TÜV 13.1683U
Module width: 30 mm
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
Technical data
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastic
Terminals
2.5 mm2, fine stranded
03-0330-0085/E-08/2014-BCS-124626
Test voltage
Coil-contact 4 kV
Mechanical life
min. 3 x 106 switching cycles
Electrical life
> 1 x 105 switching cycles/
AC 220 V, 5 A ohmic load
Operating frequency
7 200 switching cycles/h
Guidelines
Directive 2004/108/EC
Directive 94/9/EC
Selection chart
Voltage
Protection class
Module
IP 66/IEC 60529
Terminals IP 20/IEC 60529
Mounting rail
TS 35 x 7.5 (15) EN 60715
Labelling
written marking labels
Ambient temperature
-40 °C to +40 °C at T6
246
Max. switching capacity
(ohmic load)
1 250 VA (50 W)
Code no.
AC/DC 11.2 V
to
16 V
2
AC/DC 21.5 V
to
28 V
3
AC/DC
42 V
to
60.5 V
4
AC/DC
54 V
to
72 V
5
AC
96 V
to
144 V
7
AC
176 V
to
264 V
8
07-7311-6371/ 000
Complete order no.
Please insert correct code.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
Relay 1 changeover contact/2 changeover contacts
Description
Contact data Contact material AgCdO
The relay modules of the MODEX series offer most
up-to-date switching configurations. A suppressor
diode on the coil protects the power circuit from
peak voltages.
The MODEX relay serves for the switching of
power circuits up to 6 A. Thanks to its low power
consumption it can be controlled by means of
electronic circuits, optorelays from BARTEC or
standard power circuits.
Relay
Dimensions/mounting positions
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
II 2 G / I M2
Ex d e IIC Gb
Ex d e I Mb
Class I Zone 1 IIC
A/Ex d e IIC Gb
Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1068 U
IECEx PTB 11.0083U
CSA 2011-2484303U
INMETRO TÜV 13.1683U
Technical data
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastic
Module width: 30 mm
Wiring diagram 1/terminal assignment 1
Protection class
Module
IP 66/IEC 60529
Terminals IP 20/IEC 60529
Terminals
2.5 mm2, fine stranded
Mounting rail
TH 35 x 7.5 (15) EN 60715
UA
Imax.
Pmax.
AC 400 V
2.0 A
0700 VA
AC 250 V
6.0 A
1400 VA
DC 125 V
0.6 A
0075 W
DC 050 V
3.0 A
0150 W
UA
Imax.
Pmax.
AC 400 V
1.0 A
0350 VA
AC 250 V
3.0 A
0700 VA
DC 125 V 0.25 A
0030 W
DC 050 V
0175 W
1.5 A
(1 changeover
contact)


cos ϕ = 1
ohmic load
cos ϕ = 1
ohmic load
(2 changeover
contacts)


cos ϕ = 1
ohmic load
cos ϕ = 1
ohmic load
Making current (16 ms)
20 A (1 changeover contact)
10 A (2 changeover contacts)
Test voltage
Coil-contact 4 kV
Mechanical life
> 20 x 106 switching cycles
Electrical life
> 1 x 105 switching cycles/AC 230 V
6 A ohmic load (1 changeover contact)
> 1 x 105 switching cycles/AC 230 V
3 A ohmic load (2 changeover contacts)
Operating frequency
1 800 switching cycles/h
Guidelines
Directive 2004/108/EC
Directive 94/9/EC
Labelling
written marking labels
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +70 °C
Ambient temperature
-20 °C to +40 °C
Weight
0.250 kg
Wiring diagram 2/terminal assignment 1
03-0330-0014/F-08/2014-BAT-107006
Contacts
Electrical data
Coil
AC/DC 12 V
± 10 %
Selection chart
AC/DC 24 V
± 10 %
0.45 W0.46 W
0.6 VA0.56 VA
1
changeover
2
changeovers
Code
no.
1
2
Voltage
Code
no.
AC/DC 12 V
2
AC/DC 24 V
3
AC 110 V
7
AC 120 V/60 Hz
H
AC 230 V/240 V
9
AC 110 V
+10 %
AC 120 V
+10 %/60 Hz
1.2 VA 1.0 VA
AC 230/240 V
+ 10 %
Please insert correct code.
1.2 VA
Technical data subject to change without notice.
07-7311-937
/
000
Complete order no.
Relay, 2 changeover contacts also available in AC/DC
48 V. Order no. 07-7311-9372/4000
247
Power relay
Terminal designation
written marking labels
Ambient temperature
Mounted in sequence on TH
at ≥ 16 mm spacing
-25 °C to +40 °C at T6
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +70 °C
Weight
0.500 kg
Power relay
Description
Relay modules in the MODEX system offer modern
switch features in explosive areas.
The MODEX power relay is used to switch loadcurrent circuits to 12 A, e. g. heating circuits or
smaller motors.
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
II 2 G / I M2
Ex d e IIC Gb
Ex d e I Mb
Class I Zone 1 IIC
A/Ex d e IIC Gb
Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1068 U
IECEx PTB 11.0083U
CSA 2011-2484303U
INMETRO TÜV 13.1683U
Technical data
Electrical data
Coil data
DC 24 V ± 10 %
AC 230 V± 10 %
Nominal power
DC 24 V approx. 1.25 W
AC 230 Vapprox. 1.9 VA
Contact data
Contact material AgCdO
Max. switching voltage
AC 400 V
Max. switching current (ohmic load)
12 A
Max. switching capacity (ohmic load)
4 560 VA
Test voltage
Coil contact 2.5 kV effective
15/10 ms
Mechanical life
20 x 106 switching cycles
Enclosure material
High quality thermoplastic
Switching frequency
6 000 switching cycles/h without load
1 000 switching cycles/h at nominal load
Protection class
Module IP 66/IEC 60529
TerminalsIP 20/IEC 60529
Guidelines
Directive 2004/108/EC
Directive 94/9/EC
Terminals
2.5 mm2, fine stranded
Mounting rail
TH 35 x 7.5 (15) EN 60715
03-0330-0089/D-08/2014-BAT-124630
Dimensions/mounting positions
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
Selection chart
Voltage
Code no.
DC 24 V
3
AC 230 V
H
07-7311-9772/
310
Complete order no.
Module width: 75 mm
248
Please enter code number.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
Isolator relay contact seperation as per DIN EN 60079-0 and DIN EN 60079-11
Description
This relay is used as an isolator between nonintrinsically safe and intrinsically safe circuits. Various coil and contact configurations are available.
Several intrinsically safe circuits can be connected
to the contact circuits, provided that intrinsic safety
is maintained.
Safe galvanic isolation in conformance to DIN
EN 60079-11 up to 375 V is provided between the
coil and contacts.
Explosion protection
Isolator relay
Ex protection type
II 2(1)G Ex de [ia] IIC
Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1068 U
PTB 03 ATEX 2169 X
IECEx PTB 11.0083U
INMETRO TÜV 13.1683U
Technical data
Dimensions/mounting positions
Max. switching voltage
AC 46 V
DC 65 V
Max. switching current
2A
Max. switching current (AC)
92VA/cos ϕ = 1
Max. switching capacity
48 W/ohmic load
Test voltages
Coil-contact
5000 Vrms
Contact assembly-
contact assembly 2500 Vrms
Contact open
1000 Vrms
Protection class
Module IP 66/IEC 60529
Terminals IP 20/IEC 60529
Electrical life
3 x 105 switching cycles
(single-pole contact, AC 250 V; 4 A;
cos ϕ = 1; 360 switching cycles/h)
Guidelines
Directive 2004/108/EC
Directive 94/9/EC
Terminal designation
written marking label
Module width: 30 mm
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +70 °C
Selection chart
Ambient temperature
-25 °C to +55 °C (DC 12 V/24 V)
at T6 and 15 mm distance
Contacts
II 2(1)G Ex de [ia] IIC
Weight
0.250 kg
II 2(1)G Ex de [ia] IIC
Double contact
Contact material AgCuNi, hard gold plated
Mechanical life
> 50 x 106 switching cycles
Mounting rail
TH 35 x 7.5 (15) EN 60715
Electrical data
Coil data
DC 12 V; 60 mA (9 to 14 V)
DC 24 V; 30 mA (18 to 28 V)
DC 48 V; 15 mA (36 to 56 V)
II 2(1)G Ex de [ia] IIC
Voltage
1 changeover
1
4
DC 12 V
2 NO
V5
2 NC
6
DC 24 V
W5
1 NO
1 NC
7
DC 48 V
X5
(intrinsically safe)
E
F
Single-pole contact
Contact material AgCuNi
2 NO
G
Max. switching voltage
AC 250 V
2 NC
H
Max. switching current (AC)
100 VA/cos ϕ = 1
(intrinsically
safe)
(non-intrinsically safe)
1 NO
1 NC
Max. switching current
4A
Code
no.
Code
no.
(non-intrinsically
safe)
1 changeover
Contact data (non-intrinsically safe)
II 2(1)G Ex de [ia] IIC
Contact data (intrinsically safe)
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastic
Terminals
2.5 mm2, fine stranded
03-0330-0088/G-08/2014-BAT-124629
Max. switching capacity
(at switching voltage up to DC 24 V)
96 W/ohmic load
DC 12 V
N6
DC 24 V
Q6
DC 48 V
R6
07-7311-937/
00
Complete order no.
Please enter correct code.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
249
Cradle relay
Description
Cradle relay for direct and alternating voltages,
neutral, monostable. High-quality cradle relays for
different AC and DC voltage ranges are encapsulated
flameproof and installed in the MODEX enclosure.
Protection class IP 66 guarantees that the contacts
are protected against aggressive atmospheres.
Cradle relay
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
II 2 G / I M2
Ex d e IIC Gb
Ex d e I Mb
Class I Zone 1 IIC
A/Ex d e IIC Gb
Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1068 U
IECEx PTB 11.0083U
CSA 2011-2484303U
INMETRO TÜV 13.1683U
Technical data
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastics
Protection class
Module IP 66/IEC 60529
Terminals IP 20/IEC 60529
Operating data (coil circuit)
UN
IN (8 contact decks)
DC 15 V
60 mA
DC 24 V
27 mA
DC 48 V
17 mA
AC 110 V
25 mA
AC 120 V/50 Hz
28 mA
AC 120 V/60 Hz
25 mA
AC 220 V
13 mA
AC 230/240 V
13 mA
Contact data
Switching voltage:UA max.= AC/DC 125 V
Switching current:Imax. = 1 A (per contact)
Switching capacity
Pmax. = 40 W/50 VA
Contact material
silver, gold-flashed
Mounting rail
TH 35 x 7.5 (15) EN 60715
Contact arrangement
4 changeovers; 8 NO;
4 NO; 4 NC
Ambient temperature
-25 °C to +50 °C at T6
mounted in sequence on TH at 5 mm spacing
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +70 °C
Weight
0.500 kg
03-0330-0028/J-08/2014-BAT-108406/1
 Electrical data
Terminals
2.5 mm2, fine stranded
Terminal designation
written marking labels
250
Applications:
Switching of measuring and control circuits in
industrial plants.
Guidelines
Directive 2004/108/EC
Directive 94/9/EC
Cradle relay
Wiring diagrams/terminal assignments
4 changeovers
8 NO
Dimensions/mounting positions
Module width: 75 mm
4 NO/4 NC
Note
For use with inductive loads the relays can be connected with an effective suppressor in order to protect
the contacts.
Other data
AC types
DC types
Max. switching frequency
(switching cycles/sec.)
20
50
Mech. service life
(switching cycles)
approx.107
approx.108
Test voltage:
coil/contact (V~ rms)
500 at UN < 60 V
500
2 000 at UN > 60 V
contact/contact (V~ rms)
500
500
Selection chart
Contacts
4 changeovers
4
C
8 NO
03-0330-0028/J-08/2014-BAT-108406/2
Code no.
4 NO, 4 NC
H
Voltage
Code no.
DC 15 V
8
DC 24 V
3
DC 48 V
4
AC 110 V
G
AC 220 V
H
AC 230 V/240 V
J
AC 120 V/60 Hz
R
Complete order no. 07-7311-977
/
100
Please enter code number. Technical data subject to change without notice.
251
Transformer AC 24 V/500 mA
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
II 2 G / I M2
Ex d e IIC Gb
Ex d e I Mb
Class I Zone 1 IIC
A/Ex d e IIC Gb
Transformer
Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1068 U
IECEx PTB 11.0083U
CSA 2011-2484303U
INMETRO TÜV 13.1683U
Technical data
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastic
Protection class
Module IP 66/IEC 60529
TerminalsIP 20/IEC 60529
Terminals
2.5 mm2, fine stranded
Mounting rail
TH 35 x 7.5 (15) EN 60715
Terminal designation
written marking labels
Description
The control transformer steps down mains voltage to
low voltage. Input and output are electrically isolated.
Especially suitable for supplying low power AC
devices in zone 1 hazardous areas.
Dimensions/mounting positions
Ambient temperature
-25 °C to +60 °C at T4
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +60 °C
Weight
0.900 kg
Electrical data
Input voltage
AC 230 V ± 10 %, 50 Hz
Output voltage
AC 24 V ± 10 %
Output current
max. 500 mA
Module width: 75 mm
03-0330-0108/F-08/2014-BAT-124649
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
Power
12 VA
Guidelines
Directive 2004/108/EC
Directive 94/9/EC
Order no.
07-7311-97S3/H3N0
Technical data subject to change without notice.
252
AC/DC converter DC 24 V/450 mA
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
II 2 G / I M2
Ex d e IIC Gb
Ex d e I Mb
Class I Zone 1 IIC
A/Ex d e IIC Gb
Converter
Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1068 U
IECEx PTB 11.0083U
CSA 2011-2484303U
INMETRO TÜV 13.1683U
Technical data
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastic
Protection class
Module
IP 66/IEC 60529
Terminal IP 20/IEC 60529
Mounting rail
TH 35 x 7.5 (15) EN 60715
Terminal designation
written marking labels
Ambient temperature
-20 °C to +40 °C at T6
Description
The power supply module is ideal for instrumentation
and process control engineering PLCs as well as for
Ex de loads with DC connection. The power supply
unit has a stabilzed output and offers short-circuit
protection.
Dimensions/mounting positions
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +70 °C
Weight
0.400 kg
Electrical data
Input voltage
AC 24 V + 15 % - 5 %, 50/60 Hz
Output voltage
DC 24 V ± 5 %
Output current
450 mA
Power dissipation
≤ 2.5 W
Module width: 75 mm
03-0330-0109/E-08/2014-BAT-124650
Wiring diagramm/terminal assignment
Residual ripple
≤ 20 mVSS
Power consumption
max. 13 W
Guidelines
Directive 2004/108/EC
in connection with a transformer
Type 07-7311-97S3/H3N0
Directive 94/9/EC
Order no.
07-7311-97S7/AAMO
Technical data subject to change without notice.
253
Power supply unit DC 24 V/2 A
Description
 Electrical data
This power supply unit is universally applicable and
offers a wide input range.
The DC output voltage is stabilized, galvanically
isolated and permanently protected against shortcircuits.
Explosion protection
Power supply unit
Ex protection type
II 2G Ex de IIC
I M2 Ex de I
Wide input range AC 94 V to 264 V
High efficiency
Interference immunity in according with
DIN EN 61000-4-2: 2001,
DIN EN 61000-4-3: 2008,
DIN EN 61000-4-4: 2003,
DIN EN 61000-4-6: 2007
Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1066 U
IECEx PTB 11.0082U
INMETRO UL-BR 13.0397U
Dimensions/mounting positions
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastic
Terminals
2.5 mm², fine stranded
Terminal designation
written marking labels
Display
LEDs on front panel
Storage temperature
-25 °C to +60 °C
Ambient temperature
-25 °C to +60 °C at T4
Nominal input current
0.6 A at AC 230 V/1.1 A at AC 120 V
Power consumption
P = 66 W (max.)
Galvanic isolation
Input//Output
Construction
Flameproof, clip-on enclosure for TH 35 rail
Protection class
Module
Terminals
Terminals with cover
Input voltage range
AC 94 to 265 V
Power dissipation
PV tot. = 7.3 W
Technical data
Features
Supply voltage
AC 110 to 250 V, 47 to 63 Hz
Display
Operation
LED green
Overload > 3 A
resp. short-circuit LED green flashing
Output data
Output voltage
DC 24 V +/-3 %
IP 66
IP 20
IP 30
Output current
2 A at Tu < +50 °C
Power derating
2.5 %/K > +50 °C
Nominal output power
Pa = 48 W
Residual ripple
< 50 mV at Tu = -10 °C to +60 °C
Protection and monitoring
Permanent short-circuit protection
Overload proof
Guidelines
Directive 2004/108/EC
Directive 94/9/EC
Weight
2.1 kg
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
BARTEC
03-0330-0324/B-08/2014-BAT-217131
Power supply unit
DC 24 V/2 A
Note
A clearance of 40 mm must be ensured around
the power supply unit.
Order no.
07-7331-1201/0000
Technical data subject to change without notice.
254
Power supply unit AC/DC 110 to 250 V
Technical
data
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastic
Protection class
Module
IP 66/IEC 60529
Terminals IP 20/IEC 60529
Terminals
max. 2.5 mm2, fine stranded
Mounting rail
TH 35 x 15 (7.5) EN 60715
Power supply unit
Terminal designation
written marking labels
Ambient temperature
mounted on rail with 8 mm spacing
-20 °C to +40 °C at T6
Storage temperature
-20 °C to +65 °C
Description
This power supply can be universally used with
either AC or DC voltage on the input side.
The output voltage is stabilized and conditionally
short-circuit and overload-protected.
An additional output circuit protection is recommended.
Dimensions/mounting positions
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
II 2 G / I M2
Ex d e IIC Gb
Ex d e I Mb
Class I Zone 1 IIC
A/Ex d e IIC Gb
Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1068 U
IECEx PTB 11.0083U
CSA 2011-2484303U
INMETRO TÜV 13.1683U
Weight
0.600 kg
Electrical data see selection chart
Input voltage
DC 110 V to max. 320 V
AC 100 V to max. 250 V 50/60 Hz
Residual ripple
max. 150 mVSS
Power dissipation
max. 3 W
Guidelines
Directive 2004/108/EC
Directive 94/9/EC
Module width: 75 mm
03-0330-0106/E-08/2014-BAT-124647
Wiring diagram 1/terminal assignment 1
Wiring diagram 2/terminal assignment 2
Selection chart
Output voltage
Output
current
Code
no.
DC 12 V ± 5 %
440 mA
5L
DC 24 V ± 5 % resp.
DC +12 V/-12 V ± 5 %
220 mA
± 220 mA
6G
07-7311-97S9/J
Complete order no.
0
Please enter code number.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
255
Optocoupler 2-channel
Electrical data
Total power dissipation
Pmax. = 0.8 W
No capacities and inductances
Optocoupler
Description
 Input data
This optocoupler provides for a safe galvanic
isolation between a non-intrinsically safe incoming
circuit (transmitter) and the output connected to an
intrinsically safe circuit (receiver), which is clearly
identified by means of light blue terminals.
Input voltage
DC 20 to 28 V (non-interchangeable)
The two channels are also safely galvanically isolated among each other.
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
II 2 (1) G / I M2
Ex d e [ia Ga] IIC Gb
Ex d e [ia Ma] I Mb
Class I Zone 1 IIC
A/Ex d e [ia] IIC Gb
Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1068 U
IECEx PTB 11.0083U
INMETRO TÜV 13.1683U
CSA 2011-2484303U
TÜV 01 ATEX 1715
IECEx TUN 11.0029X
INMETRO UL-BR 14.0255X
Dimensions/mounting positions
Fitting
Type 17-9135-4.../....
II (1) G / II (1) D
[Ex ia Ga] IIC
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
Input current
5.5 mA to 9.2 mA
 Output data
Voltage
DC 4 V to max. 30 V
Saturation voltage
0.9 V
Current
max. 50 mA (only for connecting to certified
intrinsically safe circuits. Ci and Li negligible)
 Transmission data
Switching frequency
max. 5 kHz (with UA = 10 V)
Switching times measured at
UE = 20 VSS; UA = 10 VSS; IA = 50 mA
Rise time
Drop-out time
Switch-on time
Switch-off time
approx. 15 µs
approx. 13 µs
approx. 18 µs
approx. 19 µs
Galvanic isolation transmitter/receiver
max. 375 V (peak value)
Guidelines
Directive 2004/108/EC
Directive 94/9/EC
For further data see verification certificates.
Technical data
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastic
Module width: 30 mm
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
Protection class
Module
IP 66/IEC 60529
Terminals IP 20/IEC 60529
Terminals
2.5 mm2, fine stranded
Mounting rail
TH 35 x 7.5 (15) EN 60715
Terminal designation
written marking labels
03-0330-0416/D-08/2014-BAT-240326
Ambient temperature
-20 °C to +40 °C at T6
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +70 °C
Weight
0.250 kg
Order no.
07-7311-93QH/C5M0
Technical data subject to change without notice.
256
Isolator amplifier 4-channel with display
Isolator amplifier
Features
Description
4-channel
4 NAMUR sensors, optocouplers, mechanical contacts or other operating elements can be connected
to the isolator amplifier in an intrinsically safe way.
For NAMUR sensors EN 60947-5-6
For mechanical contacts
Galvanic isolation EN 60079-11
LED displays
Ex ia/ib
Active transistor outputs
The intrinsically safe inputs are safely galvanically
isolated from the supply voltage and the outputs in
accordance with EN 60079-11. Open- and short-circuits of the sensor lines are detected and signaled
via an additional transistor output as group fault
signal. LEDs display the output states.
Additional group fault signal output
Standard or inverted
Dimensions/mounting positions
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
II 2 (1) G / I M2
Ex d e [ia Ga] IIC Gb
Ex d e [ia Ma] I Mb
Class I Zone 1 IIC
A/Ex d e [ia] IIC Gb
Module width: 75 mm
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1068 U
IECEx PTB 11.0083U
INMETRO TÜV 13.1683U
CSA 2011-2484303U
TÜV 97 ATEX 1211 X
IECEx TUN 11.0027X
INMETRO UL-BR 14.0254X
Fitting
Type 17-5521-4.../....
II (1) G / II (1) D
[Ex ia Ga] IIC
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
Um= 253 V
I0 =30 mA
U0=11.55 V
P0 =86.4 mW
03-0330-0128/E-08/2014-BAT-127171/1
For further data see verification certificates.
257
Isolator amplifier 4-channel with display
Technical
data
Electrical data
Construction
Clip-on enclosure for TH 35 rail
Supply voltage
DC 20 V to DC 30 V
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastics
Power consumption
max. 580 mA
Protection class
Module
IP 66/IEC 60529
Terminals
IP 20/IEC 60529
Terminals with cover IP 30/IEC 60529
Power dissipation
PV = max. 2.4 W
Galvanic isolation
Inputs//power supply, outputs
Terminals
max. 2.5 mm², fine stranded
Input data
Mounting rail
TH 35 x 15 (7.5) EN 60715
Voltage
Ua = 8.2 V
Terminal designation
written marking labels
Switching thresholds
open circuit < 0.26 mA
damped
< 1.2 mA
undamped > 2.1 mA
short circuit > 7.4 mA
Ambient temperature
-20 °C to +50 °C
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +60 °C
Output data
Weight
0.640 kg
Transistor outputs
output current
signal level
switching frequency
channel max. 100 mA
1 - signal = Ub - 1 V
0 - signal = 0.9 V
1.5 kHz
Displays
LED’s for all outputs
Line monitoring
always active, separate fault signal output
Guidelines
Directive 2004/108/EC
Directive 94/9/EC
Notes
Observe the terminal assignment
Transistor output is not short-circuit proof
For open/short-circuit monitoring with contact call-up, use 1 kΩ/10 kΩ resistive coupling link;
Type 17-9Z62-0002
Status chart
03-0330-0128/E-08/2014-BAT-127171/2
Input
B/S
Out
B/S
Out
B/S
Out
damped
0
1
0
0
1
1
undamped
0
0
0
1
1
0
open circuit
1
1
1
0
0
1
short circuit
1
0
1
1
0
0
Code no.
12
Complete order no. 07-7311-97MT/BA
Please insert correct code. Technical data subject to change without notice.
258
22
32
Measuring transducer for Pt100
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
II 2 (1) G / I M2
Ex d e [ia Ga] IIC/IIB Gb
Ex d e [ia Ma] I Mb
Class I Zone 1 IIC
A/Ex d e [ia] IIC Gb
Measuring
transducer
Features
For Pt100
Analog output 4 to 20 mA
Fault detector
Ex ia/ib
Two-, three-wire senors
EMV according to DIN EN 61000-6-3: 2005;
DIN EN 61000-6-4: 2002;
DIN EN 61000-6-1: 2002;
DIN EN 61000-6-2: 2006
Description
The MODEX series includes a temperature measuring transducer mounted on-site in the same way
as a modular terminal. The module transforms the
signal received from the Pt100 temperature sensor
into a proportional, load-in-dependent 4 to 20 mA
output signal. The sensor circuit is intrinsically safe
according to Ex protection type Ex ia.
An output current exceeding the 4 to 20 mA range
signals a senor fault (open/short circuit). The Pt100
temperature sensor can be operate in 2- or 3-wire
circuits within Zone 0 or 1.
Dimensions/mounting positions
Ambient temperature
-25 °C to +60 °C at T4
Stockage temperature
-40 °C to +60 °C
Weight
0.250 kg
Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1068 U
IECEx PTB 11.0083U
INMETRO TÜV 13.1683U
CSA 2011-2484303U
TÜV 97 ATEX 1204 X
IECEx TUN 11.0030X
 Electrical data
Operating voltage
DC 24 V + 10 %, - 15 %
Power consumption
0.6 W
Fitting
Pt100 measuring transducer
Type 17-6582-1.../....
II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB
II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC/IIIB
Sensor
Pt100 temperature sensor
2- or 3-wire circuits
For further data see verification certificates.
Safety data
Um = 253 V
I0 = 63.1 mA
U0 = 21 V
P= 331 mW
Ex ia
IIC
IIB
L0 (mH) ≤
9
35
C0 (nF) ≤
170
1250
Output
Load independent current: 4 to 20 mA
Max. load: ≤ 400 Ω
Temperature range
-50 °C to+100 °C
0 °C to+200 °C
0 °C to+400 °C
Accuracy
± 1 % of upper value
Function test
Connect 100 Ω resistance to terminal
15-16 and bridge terminals 16 and 17.
Apply current between L- and terminal 31.
Technical data
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastic
Protection class
Module
Terminals
Terminal designation
written marking labels
IP 66/IEC 60529
IP 20/IEC 60529
Guidelines
Directive 2004/108/EC
Directive 94/9/EC
Terminals
2.5 mm2, fine stranded
Mounting rail
TH 35 x 15 (7.5) EN 60715
Note: Observe terminal assignment.
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
Selection chart
Temperature range
Pt100
Module width: 30 mm
L+ 31 L-
Ex d e [ia Ga] IIC/IIB Gb
0V
PA
Z7 Z6 Z5 Z4
4...20 mA
Pt100
T
Z3 Z1 Z2
24 V
03-0330-0122/F-08/2014-BAT-126575
15 16 17
Code no.
-50 °C
to
+100 °C
5
0 °C
to
+200 °C
7
0 °C
to
+400 °C
9
0 °C
to
+150 °C
A
Complete
order no.
07-7311-93T4/
350
Please insert correct code.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
259
Two-position controller
Explosion protection
Supply voltage
DC 24 V + 15 %
Ex protection type
II 2 G / I M2
Ex d e IIC Gb
Ex d e I Mb
Class I Zone 1 IIC
A/Ex d e IIC Gb
Two-position
controller
Nominal power
max. 2.5 W
Certification
PTB 97 ATEX 1068 U
IECEx PTB 11.0083U
CSA 2011-2484303U
INMETRO TÜV 13.1683U
Technical data
Enclosure material
High-quality thermoplastic
Protection class
Module
Terminals
IP 66/IEC 60529
IP 20/IEC 60529
Terminals
2.5 mm2, fine stranded
Mounting rail
TH 35 x 15 (7.5) EN 60715
Description
MODEX controller module for more switching configurations in the Ex area. The standard two-position
controller monitors limit values (limit monitor). The
analog input signal is compared with the potentiometer setpoint.
A floating relay changeover contact is provided as
output. The two-point controller is available with
overcurrent/undercurrent detection, current output
and signalling relay. The current output allows you to
loop in (input current balancing) further devices up to
a total load of 400 Ω into power circuit (4 to 20 mA).
Dimensions/mounting positions
Electrical data
Terminal designation
written marking labels
Ambient temperature
mounted on rail
with spacing ≥ 16 mm:
-20 °C to +40 °C
Input signal
0 to 35 mA
≤ 3.5 mA - undercurrent
≥ 25 mA - overcurrent
4 to 20 mA ≙ 0 to 100 %
Load: 200 Ω
Hysteresis
2 mA
Repeat accuracy
± 0.5 % of under range limit (20 mA)
Ambient temperature
Influence: ≤ 0.008 %/K
Outputs
Relay output:
Load: AC 250 V, 3 A, 750 VA
Optional
Signal relay: AC 250 V, 1 A, 250 VA
Sensor fault relay: AC 250 V, 1 A, 250 VA
Current output: 4 to 20 mA
Load: 400 Ω
Guidelines
Directive 2004/108/EC
Directive 94/9/EC
Storage temperature
-40 °C to +60 °C
Weight
0.500 kg
Wiring diagram/terminal assignment
Selection chart
Options
Code no.
Standard
0
With make/break monitor
current output and signal relay
5
03-0330-0105/D-08/2014-BAT-124646
07-7311-97ER/31
Complete order no.
Module width: 75 mm
260
0
Please enter code number.
Technical data subject to change without notice.
Process Monitor
Process Monitor PM 420ex
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
II 2(1)G Ex [ia Ga] IIC T5 Gb
Certification
IBExU 09 ATEX 1095 X
Ambient temperature
-20 °C < Ta < +60 °C
Safety retated data
Ui < DC 30 V
Ii < 100 mA
Li <insignificant
Ci < 12 nF
Process Monitor PM 420 ex
Technical data
Structure
front-panel fitting
Features
Enclosure material
high-quality thermoplastics
Version in Ex i
Protection class
front installation
terminals
Five-digit transreflective graphics display
No additional voltage supply needed
Display
Type height 13 mm
Description
Connecting terminals
2,5 mm2, fine-stranded
The process monitor is a 5-digit intrinsically safe
display unit.
Storage temperature
-40 °C up to +80 °C
It can be used to show electricity flowing out of a
4 mA up to 20 mA field circuit into technical units.
Dimensions (width x height x depth)
96 mm x 48 mm x 82 mm
No additional voltage supply or battery is needed
for operation.
Wall cut-out
91 mm x 44 mm + 0,5 mm
48 mm
Input mode unit
96 mm
Depth: 82 mm
Mounting
Mounting
clamp
03-0330-0535-09/2013-BAT-291436
Bar graph capability
Weight
120 g
Dimensions/mounting positions
262
IP 40
IP 20
Parameter
Unit
Parameter
Unit
0
°C
13
t
1
A
14
ph
2
mA
15
ppm
3
V
16
rpm
4
mV
17
mbar
5
n
18
bar
6
mm
19
kPa
7
cm
20
1/min
8
m
21
µS/cm
9
km
22
mS/cm
10
m3
23
m3/h
11
%
24
Nm3/h
12
kg
Electrical data
Measuring range
4 up to 20 mA
Measured variable
Current
Error of indication
< 0.1 % of the display range
Temperature drift
< 0.01 %/K
Order no.
17-71MM-1002
Technical data subject to change without notice.
Network Technology
Optical transceiver BNT 100ex for the output of intrinsically safe optical signals
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
Mining
I (M1) [Ex op is Ma] I
Gas
II (1)G [Ex op is Ga] IIC T4
Dust
II (1)D [Ex op is Da] IIIC T135 °C
Optical Transceiver BNT 100
Certification
IBExU 13 ATEX 1132
ex
Technical data
Features
Description
 Fibre optic cable (FOC) buffer stage for
ATEX Zone 1, 21 and ATEX M2
The optical transceivers in the BNT series are characterised by their intrinsically safe fibre optic cable
connections. The common connector types SC and
ST are available, as is the possibility of a redundant
power supply.
 Redundant DC 10 to 30 V power supply
 Connects easily to additional devices
 Connector types SC and ST available
 Range 2000 m
The optical transfer in the BNT series guarantees
safe communication in potentially explosive atmospheres.
Version
Code no.
BNT 100ex with SC connector
11
BNT 100ex with ST connector
12
Complete order no. 07-7362-1
0
03-0330-0785-02/2014-BAT-364923
Please insert correct code. Technical data subject to change without notice.
264
Operating temperature
-40 °C to +80 °C
Power supply
DC 10 to 30 V, redundant
Recommended fusing
1 AT (time-lag)
Connections
1 x 100 Mbit FOC input
1 x 100 Mbit FOC intrinsically safe output
1 x power supply
Selection chart
Network specifications
- Optical transceiver
- Output of opis compliant signals
- SC and ST connectors available
- Up to 100 Mbit/s data throughput
- LED display: Power
Recommended optical fibre
Multimode 50/125 µm
Dimensions (height x width x depth)
114 mm x 29 mm x 104 mm
Weight
325 g
Optical transceiver BNT 1000ex for the output of intrinsically safe optical signals
Technical data
Network specifications
- Optical transceiver
- Output of intrinsically safe signals
- LC connector
- Up to 1000 Mbit/s data throughput
- LED display: Power
Operating temperature
-40 °C to +80 °C
Optical Transceiver BNT 1000 ex
Power supply
DC 10 to 30 V, redundant
Recommended fusing
1 AT (time-lag)
Features
 Fibre optic cable (FOC) buffer stage for
ATEX Zone 1, 21 and ATEX M2
 Redundant DC 10 to 30 V power supply
 Connects easily to additional devices
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
Mining
I (M1) [Ex op is Ma] I
Connections
1 x 1000 Mbit FOC input
1 x 1000 Mbit FOC intrinsically safe output
1 x power supply
Recommended optical fibre
Multimode 50/125 µm
Gas
II (1)G [Ex op is Ga] IIC T4
Dimensions (height x width x depth)
111 mm x 24.5 mm x 106.5 mm
 Range up to 550 m
Dust
II (1)D [Ex op is Da] IIIC T135 °C
Weight
300 g
Description
Certification
IBExU 13 ATEX 1132
 Connector type LC
The optical transceivers in the BNT series are characterised by their opis compliant fibre optic cables.
The common connector type LC is available, as is
the possibility of a redundant power supply.
The optical transfer in the BNT series guarantees
safe communication in potentially explosive atmospheres.
Connection possibility
POLARIS
BNT 1000ex
03-0330-0786-02/2014-BAT-364924
BNT 1005ex-TX
BNT 1002ex-MC
1000BaseLX SM intrinsically safe
10/100/1000BaseT
Ex area
Safe area
Order no.
07-7362-1330
Technical data subject to change without notice.
265
Media converter/optical transceiver BNT 1000ex-SM10 for the output
of intrinsically safe optical signals on single mode glass fibre with a range up to 10 km
Media Converter/Optical Transceiver
BNT 1000 ex-SM10
Features
Description
 Single mode intrinsically safe transceiver
for 10 km
The optical transceivers in the BNT series are characterised by their intrinsically safe fibre optic cable
connections. The common connector types LC and
TX are available, as is the possibility of a redundant
power supply.
 Input side selectable:
TX; single mode fibre or multimode fibre
 Fibre optic cable (FOC) buffer stage for
ATEX Zone 1, 21 and ATEX M1
The optical transfer in the BNT series guarantees
safe communication in potentially explosive atmospheres.
 Redundant DC 10 to 30 V power supply
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
Mining
I (M1) [Ex op is Ma] I
Gas
II (1)G [Ex op is Ga] IIC T4
Dust
II (1)D [Ex op is Da] IIIC T135 °C
Certification
IBExU 13 ATEX 1132
Connection possibility
Technical data
POLARIS
BNT 1000ex-SM10
1000BaseLX SM intrinsically safe
Network specifications
- Optical transceiver, media converter
- Output of intrinsically safe signals
- LC connector
- Up to 1000 Mbit/s data throughput
- LED display: Power, RX loss, TX fault
Operating temperature
-40 °C to +80 °C
Power supply
DC 10 to 30 V, redundant
Ex area
Safe area
Recommended fusing
1 AT (time-lag)
Selection chart input connector
Version
Code no.
BNT 1000ex-SM10 with LC connector (multimode)
3
BNT 1000 -SM10 with LC connector (signal mode)
4
BNT 1000ex-SM10 with RJ45 connector (copper)
5
03-0330-0787-02/2014-BAT-364925
ex
Complete order no. 07-7362-2
Please insert correct code. Technical data subject to change without notice.
266
40
Connections
1 x 1000 Mbit FOC/copper input
1 x 1000 Mbit FOC intrinsically safe output
1 x power supply
Recommended optical fibre
Single mode 9/125 µm
Dimensions (height x width x depth)
111 mm x 24.5 mm x 105.5 mm
Weight
340 g
Ethernet switch BNT 1002ex-MC Gigabit Ethernet media converter
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
Mining M2
I M2 (M1) Ex eb qb [op is] l
Ethernet Switch BNT 1002 ex-MC
Gas Zone 1
II 2(1)G Ex eb qb [op is] IIC T4
Dust Zone 21
II 2(1)D Ex tb [op is] IIIC T135 °C
Certification
IBExU 13 ATEX 1131
Technical data
Main device
N-TRON 1002MC
Features
 Direct installation in ATEX Zone 1 and 21
as well as ATEX M2
 No additional explosion protection enclosure
required
 No additional mains adapter required
 Connects easily to additional devices
 Full functionality of the main product
Network specifications
- Unmanaged switch, media converter
- Fully IEEE 802.3, 3u, 3z and 3ab compliant
- 1 x 10/100/1000BaseT connection and
1 x 1000BaseSX multimode FOC
- ST connector
- Full/half duplex operation
- Up to 2 Gbit/s data throughput
-Auto-sensing
- Supports up to 1,024 MAC addresses
- Store-and-Forward technology
- LED display: Link/Activity
Operating temperature
-40 °C to +80 °C
 Range max. 550 m with Multimode
Reliability
> 2 million MTBF hours
Description
Power supply
DC 10 to 30 V, redundant
AC 90 to 253 V, external
The Ethernet switches and media converters in the
BNT series are used as stationary devices in potentially explosive atmospheres of device groups I and II.
They are used to transfer optical or electronic data
signals up to a maximum bandwidth of 2 Gbit/s.
They are available in two different models, with aluminium housing for use in ATEX Zone 1 and 21
and the stainless steel housing for use in the ATEX
M2 area.
Connections
1 x Gigabit TX
1 x Gigabit FOC, ST connector
1 x power supply
Recommended optical fibre
Multimode 50/125 µm
Supported network protocols
Ethernet/IP
ProfiNET IO
Range (applies only at 1,000 Mbit/s)
max. 550 m (fibre optic "ST") with Multimode
Average forwarding time
1580 ns
03-0330-0788-02/2014-BAT-364927/1
Dimensions (height x width x depth)
140 mm x 380 mm x 56 mm
Weight
4.5 kg for Zone 1, 21
7.2 kg for M2
Protection class (EN 60529)
IP 64
267
Ethernet switch BNT 1002ex-MC Gigabit Ethernet media converter
Connection possibility
POLARIS
BNT 1000ex
BNT 1005ex-TX
BNT 1002ex-MC
1000BaseLX SM intrinsically safe
10/100/1000BaseT
Ex area
Safe area
Selection chart BNT 1002ex-MC
03-0330-0788-02/2014-BAT-364927/2
268
Power supply
Code no.
AC 90 V to 230 V
1
DC 10 V to 30 V
2
Complete order no.
BNT 1002ex-MC for ATEX Zone 1 and 21
07-7382-11
2/0000
for ATEX M2
07-7382-23
Please insert correct code. Technical data subject to change without notice.
2/0000
Ethernet Switch BNT 1005ex-TX Gigabit Ethernet Switch
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
Mining M2
I M2 Ex eb qb l
Gigabit Ethernet Switch BNT 1005 ex-TX
 Direct installation in ATEX Zone 1 and 21
as well as ATEX M2
The Ethernet switches and media converters in the
BNT series are used as stationary devices in potentially explosive atmospheres of device groups I and II.
 Connects easily to additional devices
 Full functionality of the main product
 Max. range 100 m
Dust Zone 21
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T135°C
Technical data
Description
 No additional mains adapter required
Gas Zone 1
II 2G Ex eb qb IIC T4
Certification
IBExU 13 ATEX 1131
Features
 No additional explosion protection enclosure
required
They are used to transfer optical or electronic data
signals up to a maximum bandwidth of 10 Gbit/s.
They are available in two different models, with aluminium housing for use in ATEX Zone 1 and 21 and
the stainless steel housing for use in the ATEX M2
area.
Main device
N-TRON 1005TX
Network specifications
- Unmanaged switch
- Fully IEEE 802.3, 3u and 3ab compliant
- 5 x 10/100/1000BaseT connections
- Full/half duplex operation
- Up to 10 Gbit/s data throughput
-Auto-sensing
- Supports up to 4,000 MAC addresses
- Store-and-Forward technology
- LED display: Link/Activity
Connection possibility
Operating temperature
-40 °C to +80 °C
POLARIS
Reliability
> 2 million MTBF hours
Power supply
DC 10 to 30 V, redundant
AC 90 to 253 V, external
Connections
5 x Gigabit TX
1 x power supply
BNT 1005ex-TX
Supported network protocols
Ethernet/IP
ProfiNET IO
Range (applies only at 1,000 Mbit/s)
max. 100 m (copper Cat5e)
Average forwarding time
1580 ns
Safe area
10/100/1000BaseT
03-0330-0790-07/2014-BAT-364929
Selection chart BNT 1005ex-TX
Power supply
Code no.
AC 90 V to 230 V
1
DC 10 V to 30 V
2
Complete order no.
BNT 1005ex-TX for Zone 1 and 21 07-7382-11
Dimensions (height x width x depth)
140 mm x 380 mm x 56 mm
Weight
4.5 kg for Zone 1, 21
7.2 kg for M2
Protection class (EN 60529)
IP 64
1/0000
for M2
07-7382-23 1/0000
Please insert correct code. Technical data subject to change without notice.
269
Ethernet Switch BNT 1003ex-GX2
Explosion protection
Ex protection type
Mining M2
I M2 (M1) Ex eb qb [op is] I
Ethernet Switch BNT 1003 ex-GX2
Gas Zone 1
II 2(1)G Ex eb qb [op is] IIC T4
Dust Zone 21
II 2(1)D Ex tb [op is] IIIC T135 °C
Certification
IBExU 13 ATEX 1131
Technical data
Main device
N-TRON 1003GX2
Features
 Direct installation in ATEX Zone 1 and 21
as well as ATEX M2
 No additional explosion protection enclosure
required
 No additional mains adapter required
 Connects easily to additional devices
 Full functionality of the main product
 Range max. 550 m with Multimode
Description
The Ethernet switches and media converters in the
BNT series are used as stationary devices in potentially explosive atmospheres of device groups I and II.
They are used to transfer optical or electronic data
signals up to a maximum bandwidth of 6 Gbit/s.
They are available in two different models, with aluminium housing for use in ATEX Zone 1 and Zone
21 and the stainless steel housing for use in the
ATEX M2 area.
Network specifications
- Unmanaged switch
- Fully IEEE 802.3, 3u, 3z and 3ab compliant
- 1 x 10/100/1000BaseT connection and
2 x 1000BaseSX multimode FOC
- ST connector
- Full/half duplex operation
- Up to 6 Gbit/s data throughput
-Auto-sensing
- Supports up to 1,024 MAC addresses
- Store-and-Forward technology
- LED display: Link/Activity
Operating temperature
-40 °C to +80 °C
Reliability
> 2 million MTBF hours
Power supply
DC 10 to 30 V, redundant
AC 90 to 253 V, external
Connections
1 x Gigabit TX
2 x Gigabit FOC, ST connector
1 x power supply
Recommended optical fibre
Multimode 50/125 µm
Supported network protocols
Ethernet/IP
ProfiNET IO
Range (applies only at 1,000 Mbit/s)
max. 550 m (fibre optic "ST") with Multimode
Average forwarding time
1580 ns
Dimensions (height x width x depth)
140 mm x 380 mm x 56 mm
03-0330-0789-02/2014-BAT-364928/1
Weight
4.5 kg for Zone 1, 21
7.2 kg for M2
Protection class (EN 60529)
IP 64
270
Ethernet Switch BNT 1003ex-GX2
Connection possibility
1000BaseLX SM
1000BaseLX SM intrinsically safe
10/100/1000BaseT
BNT 1000ex
Ring manager
BNT 1000ex
ANTARES
BNT 1003ex-GX2
Ex area
Safe area
Selection chart BNT 1003ex-GX2
Power supply
Code no.
AC 90 V to 230 V
1
DC 10 V to 30 V
2
Complete order no.
BNT 1003ex-GX2for Zone 1 and 21 07-7382-11
3/0000
03-0330-0789-02/2014-BAT-364928/2
for M2
07-7382-23 3/0000
Please insert correct code. Technical data subject to change without notice.
271
Power Supply 100 W for Zone 1 + 2 and Zone 21 + 22
Technical
data
Structure
Aluminium enclosure
Protection class
IP 64
Connecting terminals
2.5 mm2, fine-stranded
Terminal marking
printed
Power Supply 100 W
Storage temperature
-20 °C up to +60 °C
Ambient temperature
-20 °C up to +60 °C
Dimensions (width x depth x height)
140 mm x 250 mm x 86 mm
Features
Description
Weight
3 kg
Wide-range input AC 90 V to 253 V
This power supply unit is universally usable and
offers a wide-range input.
Electrical data
The DC output voltage is stabilised and switches off
in the event of overcurrent or short circuit.
Rated voltage
AC 110 up to 230 V, 47 up to 63 Hz
The power supply unit switches on again automatically once the rated current is reached.
Input voltage range
AC 90 up to 253 V
The wired connections are established by means of an
integrated terminal compartment in the „e“ increased
safety type of protection.
Input rated current
max. 0.5 A at UN = 230 V
1 A at UN = 110 V
High efficiency factor
Automatic disconnection
Use in Zone 1 + 2 and Zone 21 + 22
Explosion
protection
Ex protection type
II 2G Ex eq IIC T4
II 2D Ex tD 21 IP 64 T135 °C
Dimensions
Certification
IBExU 09 ATEX 1092
140 mm
Guidelines
Directive 94/9/EC
Directive 2004/108/EC
250 mm
Structure
Power consumption
P = max. 120 W
Power dissipation
PV tot. = 18 W
Outputs
Output voltage (regulated)
DC 24 V ± 2 % at 4.2 A
DC 12 V ± 2 % at 8.5 A
DC 5 V ± 2 % at 20 A
56 mm
Selection chart
03-0330-0534-05/2014-BAT-291435
Output voltage
Terminal connection chamber in increased safety
272
Code no.
DC 24 V
3
DC 12 V
2
DC 5 V
1
Complete order no. 07-7381-1
00
Please insert correct code. Technical data subject to change without notice.
Subject Index
Subject
Type number
Page
AC/DC converter DC 24 V/450 mA
07-7311-97S7/AAMO
253
Accessories for ANTARES
03-..; 05-..; 17-..
176
Accessories for hand-held scanner BCS 160ex
03-..; 17-..
140
Accessories for hand-held scanner BCS 160 BT 03-..; 17-..
143 - 144
Accessories for MC 75Axex Series
03-..; 17-..; B7-..
136 - 137
Accessories for MC 92NOx Series
03-..; 05-..; 17-..; B7-..
120 - 121
Accessories for MC 959xex-NI Series
03-..; 05-..; 17-..; B7-..
128 - 129
Accessories for POLARIS BASIC
03-..; 04-..; 05-..; 07-..; 17-..
101 - 102
Accessories for POLARIS COMFORT
03-..; 04-..; 05-..; 07-..; 17-..
88 - 89
Accessories for POLARIS PROFESSIONAL 02-..; 03-..; 04-..; 05-..; 07-..; 17-..
39 - 42
Accessories for POLARIS REMOTE
02-..; 03-..; 04-..; 05-..; 07-..
74 - 77
ANTARES Connection Examples
17-..
154 - 155
ANTARES Connection Module
17-5164-9..0
156 - 157
ANTARES Head module
17-5174-1.00
156 - 157
ANTARES RCU (Rail Control Unit) 17-5174-1.00; 17-5164-9..0
156 - 157
ANTARES Remote I/O Module 16DI-N
17-6143-1008/0000
160 - 161
ANTARES Remote I/O Module 4AIO
17-6143-1006/0000
170 - 171
ANTARES Remote I/O Module 4AIOH
17-6143-1007/0000
172 - 173
ANTARES Remote I/O Module 4TI
17-6143-1003/0000
174 - 175
ANTARES Remote I/O Module 8AI
17-6143-1004/0000
166 - 167
ANTARES Remote I/O Module 8AIH
17-6143-1005/0000
168 - 169
ANTARES Remote I/O Module 8DI-N
17-6143-1002/0000
158 - 159
ANTARES Remote I/O Module 8DO
17-6143-1001/0000
162 - 163
ANTARES Remote I/O Module 8DO-SCL
17-6143-1010/0000
164 - 165
ANTARES System Configuration
17-..
152 - 153
Bus modules PROFIBUS for Zone 1
07-73..
190 - 230
Cradle relay
07-7331-977./.100
250 - 251
Enclosure for mouse and keyboard for POLARIS PROFESSIONAL
05-0041-0277
36
Enclosure for mouse and keyboard for POLARIS REMOTE
05-0041-0277
72
Ethernet Switch BNT 1002 -MC Gigabit Ethernet Media Converter
07-7382-11.2/0000; 07-7382-23.2/0000
267 - 268
Ethernet Switch BNT 1003ex-GX2
07-7382-11.3/0000; 07-7382-23.3/0000
270 - 271
Ethernet Switch BNT 1005 -TX Gigabit Ethernet Switch 07-7383-11.1/0000; 07-7382-23.1/0000
269
Excellent Remote I/O Automation Solutions - Introduction
17-..
150 - 151
Freewheeling diode double
07-7311-63GF/5300
241
Freewheeling diode single
07-7311-61GF/54.0
240
Fuse max. 1.25 A with double terminals
07-7311-61J2/..20
235
ex
ex
ex
ex
273
Subject Index
Subject
Type number
Page
Fuse max. 1.25 A with single terminals
07-7311-61J2/.TA0
236
Fuse max. 2.5 A
07-7311-63J2/..00
237
Fuse max. 6.3 A
07-7311-93J2/..00
238
Fuse max. 6.3 A, quick-acting
07-7311-93J2/..00
239
Hand-held scanner BCS 160ex for ATEX Zone 1 and Zone for 1D and PDF barcodes
17-21BA-M31S/.000
138 - 13
Implementation Bus systems - Technical information
07-73..
182 - 189
Input devices for POLARIS COMFORT
17-71VZ-.000
87
Input devices for POLARIS PROFESSIONAL
17-71VZ-....
36 - 37
Input devices for POLARIS REMOTE
17-71VZ-.0.0
72 - 73
Isolator amplifier, 4-channel with display
07-7311-97MT/BA..
257 - 258
Isolator relay, contact seperation acc. to DIN EN 60079-0 and DIN EN 60079-11
07-7311-937./..00
248
Isolator terminal IP 30, 2-pole
07-7311-6131/EE00
234
Lamp test diode module
07-7311-97GW/E3K0
243
07-7311-93T4/.350
259
Media Converter/Optical Transceiver BNT 1000 -SM10
for the output of intrinsically safe optical signals on single mode glass fibre
with a range up to 10 km
07-7362-2.40
266
Miniature switching relay
07-7311-6371/.000
246
Mobile Computer MC 75Ax -NI for ATEX/IECEx Zone 2 and 22
B7-A273-...S/W.RA9W00
130 - 132
Mobile Computer MC 75Ax -NI HF for ATEX/IECEx Zone 2 and 22
with GSM-HSDPA (WWAN)
B7-A273-64CS/WRRAAR00
133 - 135
Mobile Computer MC 75Axex-NI Series
B7-A273-..../....
130 - 137
Mobile Computer MC 92NO -G and -K for ATEX/IECEx Zone 1
with extended RFID reader
17-A1A3-RG../SY..A600;
17-A1A3-RK../SY..A600
112 - 113
B7-A2A4-RG../SY..A600;
B7-A2A4-RK../SY..A600
118 - 119
Mobile Computer MC 92NOex-G for ATEX/IECEx Zone 1
with 1D-Long Range Scan Engine or 1D-/2D Imager Engine
17-A1A3-0G.0/SY..A600 108 - 109
Mobile Computer MC 92NOex-G for Class I, II, III Div. 2 and ATEX Zone 2/22
with 1D-Long Range Scan Engine or 1D-/2D Imager Engine
B7-A2A4-OG.0/SY..A600
114 - 115
Mobile Computer MC 92NOex-IS Series
17-A1A3-...../....
108 - 113
Mobile Computer MC 92NO -K for ATEX/IECEx Zone 1
with 1D-Standard Range Scan Engine or 1D-/2D Imager Engine
17-A1A3-0K.0/SY..A600
110 - 111
Mobile Computer MC 92NOex-K for Class I, II, III Div. 2 and ATEX Zone 2/22
with 1D-Standard Range Scan Engine or 1D-/2D Imager Engine
B7-A2A4-OK.0/SY..A600
116 - 117
Mobile Computer MC 959xex-NI for ATEX/IECEx Zone 2 and 22
B7-A293-0.0D/­A.100000;
B7-A293-6.AE/A.100000;
B7-A293-8..E/A.100000
122 - 125
Mobile Computer MC 959xex-NI Series
B7-A293-..../....
122 - 129
Mobile Computer Series - Introduction to Identification Systems
17-..; B7-..; G7-..
106 - 107
Network Technology
07-73..
263 - 272
Measuring transducer for Pt100
ex
ex
ex
ex
Mobile Computer MC 92NOex-G and -K
for Class I, II, III Div. 2 and ATEX Zone 2/22 with extended RFID reader
ex
274
Subject Index
Subject
Type number
Page
Optical Transceiver BNT 1000ex for the output of intrinsically safe optical signals
07-7362-1330
265
Optical Transceiver BNT 100 for the output of intrinsically safe optical signals
07-7362-1..0
264
Optocoupler, 2-channel
07-7311-93QH/C5M0
256
POLARIS Control
17-71V0-000.
92 - 93
POLARIS HMI Device Series - Implementation
17-71..
6-7
POLARIS HMI Device Series - Overview
17-71..
8-9
POLARIS II Panel PC 19.1"
17-7.V4-...2/..00
30 - 31
POLARIS II Panel PC 22"
17-7.V4-...2/..00
32 - 33
POLARIS II Panel PC 24"
17-7.V4-8..2/..00
34 - 35
POLARIS II Remote 19.1"
17-7.V5-..0./..00
66 - 67
POLARIS II Remote 22"
17-7.V5-..0./..00
68 - 69
POLARIS II Remote 24"
17-7.V5-8.0./..00
70 - 71
POLARIS Panel PC 10.4"
17-71V1-90../.000
14 - 15
POLARIS Panel PC 10.4"
17-71V1-20..
96 - 97
POLARIS Panel PC 12.1"
17-71V1-30..
98 - 99
POLARIS Panel PC 12.1" 17-71V1-80../.000
16 - 17
POLARIS Panel PC 12.1" W 17-71V1-B0../.000
18 - 19
POLARIS Panel PC 15" 17-71V1-.0../.000
20 - 21
POLARIS Panel PC 15" Sunlight 17-71V1-.2../.000
22 - 23
POLARIS Panel PC 17.3" 17-71V1-.0../.000
24 - 25
POLARIS Panel PC 19.1" 17-71V1-.0../.000
26 - 27
POLARIS Panel PC 24" 17-71V1-.0../.000
28 - 29
POLARIS Panel PC 5.7"
17-71V1-10..
94 - 95
POLARIS Remote 15"
17-71V2-.0..
48 - 49
POLARIS Remote 19.1"
17-71V2-.0..
50 - 51
POLARIS Remote 24"
17-71V2-.0..
52 - 53
POLARIS Touch Panel 10.4"
17-71V1-90../X000
82 - 83
POLARIS Touch Panel 12.1"
17-71V1-80../X000
84 - 85
POLARIS Touch Panel 5.7"
17-71V1-A0../X000
80 - 81
POLARIS ZeroClient 12.1" W
17-71V1-B436/Z000
54 - 55
POLARIS ZeroClient 15"
17-71V1-.072/Z000/.200
56 - 57
POLARIS ZeroClient 15" Sunlight
17-71V1-6272/Z000/.200
58 - 59
POLARIS ZeroClient 17.3"
17-71V1-.072/Z000/.200
60 - 61
POLARIS ZeroClient 19.1"
17-71V1-.072/Z000/.200
62 - 63
POLARIS ZeroClient 24"
17-71V1-.072/Z000/.200
64 - 65
Power contactor
07-7311-97ER/31.0
260
Power pack for hand-held scanner for ATEX Zone 1 and Zone 21
for RS232/RS422 and USB interface
17-21BB-170./0000
145
Power relay
07-7311-9772/.310
249
Power supply 100 W for Zone 1, 2 and Zone 21, 22
07-7381-1.00
272
Power supply unit AC/DC 110 to 250 V
07-7311-97S9/J..0
255
Power supply unit DC 24 V/2 A
07-7331-1201/0000
254
ex
275
Subject Index
Subject
Type number
Page
Process Monitor PM 420ex
17-71MM-1002262
PROFIBUS Coupler/PROFIBUS Repeater
07-7311-9.WP/K.NO;
220 - 221
07-7311-9.WP/K.EO;
07-7311-9.WP/R.NO
PROFIBUS-Interface 16 NAMUR in (16 x digital in Ex i)
07-7331-2303/0000;
196 - 197
07-7331-2303/1000
PROFIBUS-Interface 16 x digital in
07-7331-2302/0000
194 - 195
PROFIBUS-Interface 16 x digital out
07-7331-2301/0000
190 - 191
PROFIBUS-Interface 16 x digital out Ex i
07-7331-2301/1.00
192 - 193
PROFIBUS-Interface 4 x digital out Ex e/8 x digital in Ex i (NAMUR)
07-7331-2305/0000
204 - 205
PROFIBUS-Interface 4 x digital out Ex i/8 x digital in Ex i (NAMUR)
07-7331-2305/1000
206 - 207
PROFIBUS-Interface 4 x RTD in Ex i
07-7331-2307/0000
210 - 211
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 Transmitter in (8 x 4 to 20 mA, Transmitter in)
07-7331-2304/3000
202 - 203
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x 4 to 20 mA in
07-7331-2304/0000
198 - 199
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x 4 to 20 mA in passiv
07-7331-2304/2000
200 - 201
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x 4 to 20 mA in/4 x 4 to 20 mA in/out
07-7331-230H/0000;
216 - 217
07-7331-230H/1010
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x 4 to 20 mA in/4 x 4 to 20 mA in/out (15 Bit plus sign)
07-7331-230H/0001;
218 - 219
07-7331-230H/1011
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x 4 to 20 mA out
07-7331-2306/.000
208 - 209
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x Relay out
07-7331-2308/0000
212 - 213
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x Relay out Ex i
07-7331-2308/1000
214 - 215
PROFIBUS-Interface Terminator
07-7311-93WP/0000
228
Radio hand-held scanner BCS 160ex BT for ATEX Zone 1 and Zone 21
for 1D and PDF barcodes
17-21BA-M32S/.000
141 - 142
Relay, 1 changeover contact/2 changeover contacts
07-7311-937./.000
247
Resistive coupling element
17-9Z62-0002
229
Resistive coupling element
17-9Z63-0002
230
Resistors max. 0.8 Watt
07-7311-61TW/0.00
242
Resistors max. 1.2 Watt
07-7311-63TW/....
244 - 245
RFID Snap-on Modul for Mobile Computer MC 959x Series
G7-A0Z0-000.
127
RFID Snap-on Modul for Mobile Computer MC 959xex-NI Series
B7-A2Z0-002.
126
RS485/PROFIBUS LWL PP-coupler
07-7311-97WP/60.0
226 - 227
RS485/PROFIBUS LWL Ring-coupler
07-7311-97WP/54.0
224 - 225
RS485/PROFIBUS LWL T-coupler
07-7311-97WP/40.0
222 - 223
Software ANTARES Designer
17-28TF-0074
177
Transformer AC 24 V/500 mA
07-7311-97S3/H3N0
252
USB device WLAN for POLARIS PROFESSIONAL
17-71VZ-6000/0100
38
Visualization software BMS-Graf-pro 6
17-28TF-0071/0.00
100
Visualization software BMS-Graf-pro 7
17-28TF-0075
86
276
Type Index
Type numberSubject
Page
02-..; 03-..; 04-..; 05-..; 07-..
Accessories for POLARIS REMOTE
74 - 77
02-..; 03-..; 04-..; 05-..; 07-..; 17-..
Accessories for POLARIS PROFESSIONAL 39 - 42
03-..; 04-..; 05-..; 07-..; 17-..
Accessories for POLARIS BASIC
101 - 102
03-..; 04-..; 05-..; 07-..; 17-..
Accessories for POLARIS COMFORT
88 - 89
03-..; 05-..; 17-..
Accessories for ANTARES
176
03-..; 05-..; 17-..; B7-..
Accessories for MC 92NOxex Series
120 - 121
03-..; 05-..; 17-..; B7-..
Accessories for MC 959xex-NI Series
03-..; 17-..
Accessories for hand-held scanner BCS 160 140
03-..; 17-..
Accessories for hand-held scanner BCS 160ex BT 143 - 144
03-..; 17-..; B7-..
Accessories for MC 75Ax Series
136 - 137
05-0041-0277
Enclosure for mouse and keyboard for POLARIS PROFESSIONAL
36
05-0041-0277
Enclosure for mouse and keyboard for POLARIS REMOTE
72
07-73..
Bus modules PROFIBUS for Zone 1
190 - 230
07-73..
Implementation Bus systems - Technical information
182 - 189
07-73..
Network Technology
263 - 272
07-7311-6131/EE00
Isolator terminal IP 30, 2-pole
234
07-7311-61GF/54.0
Freewheeling diode single
240
07-7311-61J2/..20
Fuse max. 1.25 A with double terminals
235
07-7311-61J2/.TA0
Fuse max. 1.25 A with single terminals
236
07-7311-61TW/0.00
Resistors max. 0.8 Watt
242
07-7311-6371/.000
Miniature switching relay
246
07-7311-63GF/5300
Freewheeling diode double
241
07-7311-63J2/..00
Fuse max. 2.5 A
237
07-7311-63TW/....
Resistors max. 1.2 Watt
244 - 245
07-7311-9.WP/K.NO;
07-7311-9.WP/K.EO;
07-7311-9.WP/R.NO
PROFIBUS Coupler/PROFIBUS Repeater
220 - 221
07-7311-937./..00
Isolator relay, contact seperation acc. to DIN EN 60079-0 and DIN EN 60079-11
248
07-7311-937./.000
Relay, 1 changeover contact/2 changeover contacts
247
07-7311-93J2/..00
Fuse max. 6.3 A
238
07-7311-93J2/..00
Fuse max. 6.3 A, quick-acting
239
07-7311-93QH/C5M0
Optocoupler, 2-channel
256
07-7311-93T4/.350
Measuring transducer for Pt100
259
07-7311-93WP/0000
PROFIBUS-Interface Terminator
228
07-7311-9772/.310
Power relay
249
07-7311-97ER/31.0
Power contactor
260
07-7311-97GW/E3K0
Lamp test diode module
243
128 - 129
ex
ex
277
Type Index
Type numberSubject
Page
07-7311-97MT/BA..
Isolator amplifier, 4-channel with display
257 - 258
07-7311-97S3/H3N0
Transformer AC 24 V/500 mA
252
07-7311-97S7/AAMO
AC/DC converter DC 24 V/450 mA
253
07-7311-97S9/J..0
Power supply unit AC/DC 110 to 250 V
255
07-7311-97WP/40.0
RS485/PROFIBUS LWL T-coupler
222 - 223
07-7311-97WP/54.0
RS485/PROFIBUS LWL Ring-coupler
224 - 225
07-7311-97WP/60.0
RS485/PROFIBUS LWL PP-coupler
226 - 227
07-7331-1201/0000
Power supply unit DC 24 V/2 A
254
07-7331-2301/0000
PROFIBUS-Interface 16 x digital out
190 - 191
07-7331-2301/1.00
PROFIBUS-Interface 16 x digital out Ex i
192 - 193
07-7331-2302/0000
PROFIBUS-Interface 16 x digital in
194 - 195
07-7331-2303/0000, 07-7331-2303/1000
PROFIBUS-Interface 16 NAMUR in (16 x digital in Ex i)
196 - 197
07-7331-2304/0000
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x 4 to 20 mA in
198 - 199
07-7331-2304/2000
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x 4 to 20 mA in passiv
200 - 201
07-7331-2304/3000
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 Transmitter in (8 x 4 to 20 mA, Transmitter in)
202 - 203
07-7331-2305/0000
PROFIBUS-Interface 4 x digital out Ex e/8 x digital in Ex i (NAMUR)
204 - 205
07-7331-2305/1000
PROFIBUS-Interface 4 x digital out Ex i/8 x digital in Ex i (NAMUR)
206 - 207
07-7331-2306/.000
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x 4 to 20 mA out
208 - 209
07-7331-2307/0000
PROFIBUS-Interface 4 x RTD in Ex i
210 - 211
07-7331-2308/0000
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x Relay out
212 - 213
07-7331-2308/1000
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x Relay out Ex i
214 - 215
07-7331-230H/0000; 07-7331-230H/1010
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x 4 to 20 mA in/4 x 4 to 20 mA in/out
216 - 217
07-7331-230H/0001; 07-7331-230H/1011
PROFIBUS-Interface 8 x 4 to 20 mA in/4 x 4 to 20 mA in/out (15 Bit plus sign)
218 - 219
07-7331-977./.100
Cradle relay
250 - 251
07-7362-1..0
Optical Transceiver BNT 100ex for the output of intrinsically safe optical signals
264
07-7362-1330
Optical Transceiver BNT 1000 for the output of intrinsically safe optical signals
265
07-7362-2.40
Media Converter/Optical Transceiver BNT 1000ex-SM10266
for the output of intrinsically safe optical signals on single mode glass fibre
with a range up to 10 km
07-7381-1.00
Power supply 100 W for Zone 1, 2 and Zone 21, 22
272
07-7382-11.2/0000; 07-7382-23.2/0000
Ethernet Switch BNT 1002ex-MC Gigabit Ethernet Media Converter
267 - 268
07-7382-11.3/0000; 07-7382-23.3/0000
Ethernet Switch BNT 1003 -GX2
270 - 271
07-7383-11.1/0000; 07-7382-23.1/0000
Ethernet Switch BNT 1005ex-TX Gigabit Ethernet Switch 269
17-..
ANTARES Connection Examples
154 - 155
17-..
ANTARES System Configuration
152 - 153
17-..
Excellent Remote I/O Automation Solutions - Introduction
150 - 151
17-..; B7-..; G7-..
Mobile Computer Series - Introduction to Identification Systems
106 - 107
17-21BA-M31S/.000
Hand-held scanner BCS 160ex for ATEX Zone 1 and Zone 21 for 1D and PDF barcodes 138 - 139
17-21BA-M32S/.000
Radio hand-held scanner BCS 160ex BT
for ATEX Zone 1 and Zone 21 for 1D and PDF barcodes
278
ex
ex
141 - 142
Type Index
Type numberSubject
Page
17-21BB-170./0000
Power pack for hand-held scanner for ATEX Zone 1 and Zone 21
for RS232/RS422 and USB interface
145
17-28TF-0071/0.00
Visualization software BMS-Graf-pro 6
100
17-28TF-0074
Software ANTARES Designer
177
17-28TF-0075
Visualization software BMS-Graf-pro 7
86
17-5164-9..0
ANTARES Connection Module
156 - 157
17-5174-1.00
ANTARES Head module
156 - 157
17-5174-1.00; 17-5164-9..0
ANTARES RCU (Rail Control Unit) 156 - 157
17-6143-1001/0000
ANTARES Remote I/O Module 8DO
162 - 163
17-6143-1002/0000
ANTARES Remote I/O Module 8DI-N
158 - 159
17-6143-1003/0000
ANTARES Remote I/O Module 4TI
174 - 175
17-6143-1004/0000
ANTARES Remote I/O Module 8AI
166 - 167
17-6143-1005/0000
ANTARES Remote I/O Module 8AIH
168 - 169
17-6143-1006/0000
ANTARES Remote I/O Module 4AIO
170 - 171
17-6143-1007/0000
ANTARES Remote I/O Module 4AIOH
172 - 173
17-6143-1008/0000
ANTARES Remote I/O Module 16DI-N
160 - 161
17-6143-1010/0000
ANTARES Remote I/O Module 8DO-SCL
164 - 165
17-7.V4-...2/..00
POLARIS II Panel PC 19.1"
30 - 31
17-7.V4-...2/..00
POLARIS II Panel PC 22"
32 - 33
17-7.V4-8..2/..00
POLARIS II Panel PC 24"
34 - 35
17-7.V5-..0./..00
POLARIS II Remote 19.1"
66 - 67
17-7.V5-..0./..00
POLARIS II Remote 22"
68 - 69
17-7.V5-8.0./..00
POLARIS II Remote 24"
70 - 71
17-71..
POLARIS HMI Device Series - Implementation
6-7
17-71..
POLARIS HMI Device Series - Overview
8-9
17-71MM-1002
Process Monitor PM 420ex262
17-71V0-000.
POLARIS Control
92 - 93
17-71V1-.0../.000
POLARIS Panel PC 15" 20 - 21
17-71V1-.0../.000
POLARIS Panel PC 17.3" 24 - 25
17-71V1-.0../.000
POLARIS Panel PC 19.1" 26 - 27
17-71V1-.0../.000
POLARIS Panel PC 24" 28 - 29
17-71V1-.072/Z000/.200
POLARIS ZeroClient 15"
56 - 57
17-71V1-.072/Z000/.200
POLARIS ZeroClient 17.3"
60 - 61
17-71V1-.072/Z000/.200
POLARIS ZeroClient 19.1"
62 - 63
17-71V1-.072/Z000/.200
POLARIS ZeroClient 24"
64 - 65
17-71V1-.2../.000
POLARIS Panel PC 15" Sunlight 22 - 23
17-71V1-10..
POLARIS Panel PC 5.7"
94 - 95
17-71V1-20..
POLARIS Panel PC 10.4"
96 - 97
17-71V1-30..
POLARIS Panel PC 12.1"
98 - 99
17-71V1-6272/Z000/.200
POLARIS ZeroClient 15" Sunlight
58 - 59
279
Type Index
Type numberSubject
Page
17-71V1-80../.000
POLARIS Panel PC 12.1" 16 - 17
17-71V1-80../X000
POLARIS Touch Panel 12.1"
84 - 85
17-71V1-90../.000
POLARIS Panel PC 10.4"
14 - 15
17-71V1-90../X000
POLARIS Touch Panel 10.4"
82 - 83
17-71V1-A0../X000
POLARIS Touch Panel 5.7"
80 - 81
17-71V1-B0../.000
POLARIS Panel PC 12.1" W 18 - 19
17-71V1-B436/Z000
POLARIS ZeroClient 12.1" W
54 - 55
17-71V2-.0..
POLARIS Remote 15"
48 - 49
17-71V2-.0..
POLARIS Remote 19.1"
50 - 51
17-71V2-.0..
POLARIS Remote 24"
52 - 53
17-71VZ-....
Input devices for POLARIS PROFESSIONAL
36 - 37
17-71VZ-.0.0
Input devices for POLARIS REMOTE
72 - 73
17-71VZ-.000
Input devices for POLARIS COMFORT
87
17-71VZ-6000/0100
USB device WLAN for POLARIS PROFESSIONAL
38
17-9Z62-0002
Resistive coupling element
229
17-9Z63-0002
Resistive coupling element
230
17-A1A3-...../....
Mobile Computer MC 92NOex-IS Series
100 - 113
17-A1A3-0G.0/SY..A600 Mobile Computer MC 92NO -G for ATEX/IECEx Zone 1
with 1D-Long Range Scan Engine or 1D-/2D Imager Engine
108 - 109
17-A1A3-0K.0/SY..A600
Mobile Computer MC 92NOex-K for ATEX/IECEx Zone 1
with 1D-Standard Range Scan Engine or 1D-/2D Imager Engine
110 - 111
17-A1A3-RG../SY..A600;
17-A1A3-RK../SY..A600
Mobile Computer MC 92NOex-G and -K for ATEX/IECEx Zone 1
with extended RFID reader
112 - 113
B7-A273-..../....
Mobile Computer MC 75Axex-NI Series
130 - 137
B7-A273-...S/W.RA9W00
Mobile Computer MC 75Ax -NI for ATEX/IECEx Zone 2 and 22
130 - 132
B7-A273-64CS/WRRAAR00
Mobile Computer MC 75Axex-NI HF for ATEX/IECEx Zone 2 and 22
with GSM-HSDPA (WWAN)
133 - 135
B7-A293-..../....
Mobile Computer MC 959xex-NI Series
122 - 129
B7-A293-0.0D/­A.100000;
B7-A293-6.AE/A.100000;
B7-A293-8..E/A.100000
Mobile Computer MC 959x -NI for ATEX/IECEx Zone 2 and 22
122 - 125
B7-A2A4-OG.0/SY..A600
Mobile Computer MC 92NOex-G for Class I, II, III Div. 2 and ATEX Zone 2/22
with 1D-Long Range Scan Engine or 1D-/2D Imager Engine
114 - 115
B7-A2A4-OK.0/SY..A600
Mobile Computer MC 92NOex-K for Class I, II, III Div. 2 and ATEX Zone 2/22
with 1D-Standard Range Scan Engine or 1D-/2D Imager Engine
116 - 117
B7-A2A4-RG../SY..A600;
B7-A2A4-RK../SY..A600
Mobile Computer MC 92NOex-G and -K
for Class I, II, III Div. 2 and ATEX Zone 2/22 with extended RFID reader
118 - 119
B7-A2Z0-002.
RFID Snap-on Modul for Mobile Computer MC 959xex-NI Series
126
G7-A0Z0-000.
RFID Snap-on Modul for Mobile Computer MC 959x Series
127
280
ex
ex
ex
Safe.t® Solutions Safe.t® Components Safe.t® System
Safe.t® Systems Safe.t® Technology Safe.t® Seminars Safe
Safe.t® Solutions Safe.t® Components Safe.t® System
Safe.t® Technology Safe.t® Seminars
Safe.t® Solutions Safe.t® Components
Safe
Safe
UK-D-BAT090805-10/2014-BARTEC WerbeAgentur-240349
Safe.t® Systems
Safe.t® Seminars
BARTEC GmbH
Germany
Max-Eyth-Straße 16
97980 Bad Mergentheim
Phone:+49 7931 597-0
Fax: +49 7931 597-119
[email protected]
www.bartec-group.com
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement